TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR’S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT AND
GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS
FOR
GENERATOR, SIGNAL SG-1122/U
(HEWLETT-PACKARD MODEL 8443A and 8443B)
(NSN 6625-00-155-5990)
This copy is a reprint which includes current
pages from Changes 1 through 3.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
16 OCTOBER 1981
WARNING
Remove the power cord from the Model 8443A/B before removing the board.
Voltages are still present when the instrument is placed in standby. Voltages are
present in this instrument, when energized, which can cause death on contact.
NOTE
Users of this manual are advised to consult Section VII and Appendix B which
contains errors and changes in text and illustrations. The user should correct the
errors and perform the changes as indicated and needed.
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
C3
CHANGE
No. 3
}
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON, DC. 1 January 1989
OPERATOR’S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SIGNAL GENERATOR SG-1 122/U
(NSN 6625-00-155-5990)
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P, 16 October 1981, is changed as follows:
1.
Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical
bar in the margin of the page. Added or revised illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the identification
number.
2.
Remove pages
Insert pages
C-5/(C-6 blank)
C-5/(C-6 blank)
File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes.
Distribution authorized to the Department of Defense and DOD
contractors only for official use or for administration or operational
purposes. This determination was made on 5 July 1988. Other requests
for this document will be referred to Commander, US Army
Communications-Electronics Command and Fort Monmouth, ATTN:
AMSEL-LC-ME-P, Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703-5000.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE-Destroy by any method that will prevent
disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
Official:
CARL E. VUONO
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
WILLIAM J. MEEHAN II
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General
DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-36 Operator, Unit, and DS/GS requirements for SG-1122/U.
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
C2
CHANGE
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, DC, 1 June 1987
No. 2
OPERATOR’S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT
SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SIGNAL GENERATOE SG-1122/U
(NSN 6625-00-155-5990)
TM I1-6625-2858-14&P, 16 October 1981, is changed as follows:
1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in
the margin of the page. Added or revised illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the identification number.
Remove pages
Insert pages
C-1 through C-6.......................................C-1 through C-5/(C-6 blank)
2.
File this change sheet in the front of the publication for reference purposes.
Distribution authorized to the Department of Defense and DOD
contractors only for official use or for administration or operational
purposes. This determination was mode on 17 February 1987. Other
requests for this document will be referred to Commander, US Army
Communications-Electronics Command and Fort Monmouth, ATTN:
AMSEL-ME-P, Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703-5000.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE-Destroy by any method that will prevent
disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
Official:
JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR.
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
R.L. DILWORTH
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General
DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-36 literature requirements for SG-1122/U.
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
C1
CHANGE
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, DC, 1 January 1987
No. 1
OPERATOR’S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT
SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SIGNAL GENERATOR SG-1 122/U
(NSN 6625-00-155-5990)
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P, 16 October 1981, is changed as follows:
1.
Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical
bar in the margin of the page. Added or revised illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the identification
number.
Remove pages
Insert pages
a and b ....................................................a and b
i and ii ......................................................i and ii
0-1 and 1-0 ..............................................0-1 and 1-0
A- /(A-2 blank) .........................................A-/(A-2 blank)
B-I through B-4 ........................................B-l through B-43/(B-44 blank)
2.
File this change sheet in the front of the publication for reference purposes.
This publication Is required for official use or for administrative or
operational purposes only. Distribution is limited to US Government
Agencies. Other requests for this document must be referred to
Commander, US Army Communications-Electronics Command and Fort
Monmouth, ATTN: AMSEL-ME-P, Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703-5000.
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
Official:
JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR.
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
R.L. DILWORTH
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General
DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-36 literature requirements for SG-1122/U.
a
TRACKING GENERATOR/COUNTER
8443A
Serial Numbers Prefixed: 955-, 964-,
1049A, 1145A, 1217A
TRACKING GENERATOR
8443B
Serial Numbers Prefixed: 0973A, 1142A,
1228A
This manual applies directly to HP Model 8443A
Tracking Generator/Counters having the serial
number prefixes listed above.
This manual applies directly to HP Model 8443B
Tracking Generators having the serial number
prefixes listed above.
NOTE
NOTE
For Tracking Generator/Counters having
serial number prefix 1145A and below, see
Section VII, Manual Changes.
For Tracking Generators having serial
number prefix 1142A and below, see Section
VII, Manual Changes.
NOTE
NOTE
For Tracking Generator/Counters
having
serial number prefix 1217A00786 and above,
see Appendix B, Difference Data Sheets.
For Tracking Generators having serial
number prefix 1228A00151 and above, see
Appendix B, Difference Data Sheets.
Manual Part Number: 08443-90028
Supplement Part Number: 08443-90030
Microfiche Part Number: 08443-90029
Printed: APRIL 1972
Change 1 b
CERTIFICATION
The Hewlett-Packars Company certifies that this instrument was thoroughly tested and
inspected and found to meet its published specifications when it was shipped from the
factory.
The
Hewlett-Packard Company further certifies that its calibration
measurements are traceable to the U.S. National Bureau of Standards to the extent
allowed by the Bureau’s calibration
facilities, or to the calibration facilities of other
International Standards Organization members.
WARRANTY AND ASSISTANCE
This Hewlett-Packard product is warranted against defects in
materials and
workmanship. This warranty applies for one year from the date of delivery. HewlettPackard will repair or replace products which prove to be defective during the warranty
period provided they are returned to Hewlett-Packard. No other warranty is expressed or
implied. We are not liable for consequential damages. Service contracts or customer
assistance agreements are available
maintenance and repair
on-site.
for Hewlett-Packard products that require
For any assistance, contact your nearest Hewlett-
Packard Sales and Service Office. Addresses are provided at the back of this manual.
c (d blank)
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
This Manual includes copyright material reproduced by permission of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Technical Manual
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, DC, 16 October 1981
No. 11-6625-2858-14&P
OPERATOR’S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT
SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
SIGNAL GENERATOR SG-1122/U
(NSN 6625-00-155-5990)
REPORTING OF ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to
improve the procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028
(Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 located
in the back of this manual direct to: Commander, US Army Communications-Electronics
Command and Fort Monmouth, ATTN: AMSEL-ME-MP, Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703-5000.
A reply will be furnished to you.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
0
Page
INTRODUCTION
0-1
Scope...........................................................................................................0-1
0-2
Indexes of Publications................................................................................0-1
0-3
Maintenance Forms, Records and Reports .................................................0-1
0-4
Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR) ....................0-1
0-5
Administrative Storage.................................................................................0-1
0-6
Destruction of Army Electronics Materiel.....................................................0-1
0-7
Warranty Information ...................................................................................0-1
This manual is an authentication of the manufacturer’s commercial literature which, through usage, has been found to
cover the data required to operate and maintain this equipment. Since the manual was not prepared in accordance with
military specifications and AR 310-3, the format has not been structured to consider levels of maintenance.
Change 1 i
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
I
II
III
IV
Page
GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................... 1-1
1-1.
Introduction ....................................................... 1-1
1-5.
Instruments Covered by Manual ....................... 1-1
1-7.
Description........................................................ 1-1
1-15. Compatibility ..................................................... 1-3
1-16. Spectrum Analyzer RF Section ......................... 1-3
1-17. Spectrum Analyzer IF Section .......................... 1-3
1-18. Spectrum Analyzer Display Section .................. 1-3
1-19. Accessories Supplied ....................................... 1-3
1-21. Accessories Not Supplied ................................. 1-3
1-23. Warranty ........................................................... 1-3
1-25. Test Equipment and Accessories .....................
Required ........................................................... 1-3
......................................................................
INSTALLATION............................................................. 2-1
2-1.
Initial Inspection ................................................ 2-1
2-2.
Mechanical Check ............................................ 2-1
2-4.
Electrical Check ................................................ 2-1
2-6.
Claims for Damage ........................................... 2-1
2-9.
Preparation for Use........................................... 2-1
2-10. Power Requirements ........................................ 2-1
2-12. Power Cable ..................................................... 2-1
2-14. Operating Environment ..................................... 2-1
......................................................................
2-16. Bench Operation ............................................... 2-1
2-18. Storage and Shipment. ..................................... 2-2
2-19. Original Packaging............................................ 2-2
2-23. Other Packaging Materials ............................... 2-2
......................................................................
......................................................................
OPERATION ................................................................. 3-1
3-1.
Introduction ....................................................... 3-1
3-4.
Panel Features ................................................. 3-1
3-6.
Operating Instructions....................................... 3-1
3-8.
Operator’s Checks ............................................ 3-1
3-10. Special Features ............................................... 3-1
3-13. Operator’s Maintenance.................................... 3-1
3-17. Tracking Generator Operation .......................... 3-1
3-20. Measuring Passive Devices.............................. 3-7
3-24. Measuring Active Devices ................................ 3-7
3-27. Important Considerations.................................. 3-4.
PERFORMANCE TESTS .............................................. 4-1
4-1.
Introduction ....................................................... 4-1
4-3.
Test Procedures ............................................... 4-1
4-9.
Performance Tests ........................................... 4-1
4-10. Specification 1, Frequency Range .................... 4-1
4-11. Specification 2, Amplitude Range ..................... 4-3
4-12. Specification 3, Amplitude Accuracy .................
(Flatness) ...................................................... 4-6
4-13. Specification 4, Output Impedance ................... 4-7
Section
4-14.
4-15.
4-16.
4-17.
4-18.
4-19.
4-20.
4-21.
4-22.
Specification 5, Measurement Range
(8443A Only)............................................ 4-9
Specification 6, Resolution (Gat e Time,
8443A Only) ............................................. 4-9
Specification 7, Accuracy (8443A
Only) ........................................................ 4-9
Specification 8, Time Base Again Rate
(8443A Only ........................................... 4-10
Specification 9, Time Base Temperature
Drift (8443A Only) . ................................ 4-11
Specification 10, External Counter
Input (8443A Only). ................................ 4-12
Specification 11, External Time Base
(8443A Only).......................................... 4-12
Specification 12, Time Base Output
(8443A Only).......................................... 4-13
Specification 14, Digital Frequency
Readout (8443A Only) ........................... 4-13
V
ADJUSTMENTS....................................................... 5-1
4-1.
Introduction
5-3.
Checks and Adjustments ............................. 5-1
Arrangement ............................................ 5-1
5-5.
Test Equipment Required ............................ 5-1
5-7.
HP 08443-60011 Service Kit ....................... 5-1
5-10. Factory Selected Components .................... 5-1
5-12. Adjustment Procedures ............................... 5-1
5-13. Power Supplies............................................ 5-2
5-14. First Converter (A13) ................................... 5-3
5-15. 50 MHz IF Amplifier (A12) ........................... 5-4
5-16. Second Converter (All) ................................ 5-4
5-17. 200 MHz IF Amplifier (A10) ......................... 5-5
5-18. Third Converter (A9) .................................... 5-6
5-19. ALC/Video Amplifier .................................... 5-7
5-20. Reference Oscillator (A4)
(8443A Only)............................................ 5-8
VI
VII
REPLACEABLE PARTS .......................................... 6-1
MANUAL CHANGES ............................................... 7-1
7-1.
Introduction.................................................. 7-1
7-4.
Manual Back-Dating .................................... 7-1
VIII
ii
Page
SERVICE ................................................................. 8-1
8-1.
Introduction.................................................. 8-1
8-3.
Principles of Operation ................................ 8-1
8-5.
Recommended Test Equipment .................. 8-1
8-7.
Troubleshooting........................................... 8-1
8-11. Repair .......................................................... 8-1
8-20. General Service Hints.................................. 8-4
8-23. Basic Service Information ............................ 8-5
8-25. Logic Circuits and Symbols ......................... 8-5
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
4-1.
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
4-5.
4-6.
5-1.
5-2.
5-3.
5-4.
5-5.
5-6.
6-1.
7-1.
7-2.
8-1.
8-2.
8-3.
8-4.
8-5.
8-6.
8-7.
8-8.
8-9.
8-10.
8-11.
8-12.
8-13.
8-14.
8-15.
8-16.
8-17.
Page
Figure
Models 8443A Tracking Generator/Counter,
8443B Tracking Generator, and Accessories ... 1-0
Instrument Identification ......................................... 1-1
Service Kit Required for Maintenance .................... 1-6
Tracking Generator/Counter Controls,
Connectors and Indicators ................................ 3-2
Rear Panel Controls and Connectors ..................... 3-4
Operator’s Checks.................................................. 3-5
Frequency Range Test ........................................... 4-1
Amplitude Range Test Setup.................................. 4-3
Amplitude Accuracy Test ........................................ 4-6
Output Impedance Test Setup................................ 4-7
Time Base Aging Rate Test.................................. 4-10
Counter Input Test Setup ..................................... 4-12
Power Supply Test Setup ....................................... 5-2
First Converter Test Setup ..................................... 5-3
200 MHz IF Test Setup........................................... 5-5
Third Converter Test Setup .................................... 5-6
ALC/Video Amplifier Test Setup ............................. 5-7
Reference Oscillator Test Setup............................. 5-8
Cabinet Parts........................................................ 6-20
Changes for Figure 8-23 (Part of Change I) ........... 7-5
Changes for Figure 8-21 (Part of Change I) ........... 7-6
8-18.
8-19.
8-20.
8-21.
8-22.
8-23.
8-24.
8-25.
8-26.
8-27.
8-28.
8-29.
8-30.
8-31.
8-32.
8-33.
8-34.
Model 8443A with Circuit Board Extended
for Maintenance ................................................ 8-1
Basic AND and OR Gates ...................................... 8-5
Basic NAND and NOR Gates ................................. 8-9
Logic Comparison Diagrams ................................ 8-10
Basic NOR Gate Flip-Flop .................................... 8-10
Triggered Flip-Flop ............................................... 8-11
RS Flip-Flop ......................................................... 8-12
RST Flip-Flop ....................................................... 8-13
Clocked JK Flip-Flop ............................................ 8-13
JK Master-Slave Flip-Flop (Typical) ..................... 8-14
16 Counter Binary Counter Chain ........................ 8-15
8421 BCD Decade Counter .................................. 8-16
Blanking Decade Counter .................................... 8-17
Buffer/Store .......................................................... 8-18
Decoder ................................................................ 8-18
Integrated Circuit Packaging ................................ 8-19
Troubleshooting Tree ........................................... 8-20
8-35.
8-36.
8-37.
8-38.
8-39.
8-40.
8-41.
8-42.
8-43.
8-44.
iii
Page
Chassis Mounted Parts and Assembly
Locations ........................................................ 8-23
Overall Block Diagram ......................................... 8-25
All Second Converter, Cover and
Components ......................................................... 8-26
A13, First Converter, Cover and
Components ................................................... 8-27
A12, 50 MHz Amplifier, Cover and
Components ................................................... 8-27
First and Second Converter and IF Amplifier,
Schematic Diagram ........................................ 8-27
A8, ALC Video Amplifier....................................... 8-29
A9, Third Converter Assembly ............................. 8-29
A10, Bandpass Filter Assembly ........................... 8-29
200 MHz IF Amplifier Assembly, Third
Converter, ALC/Video Amplifier and
Attenuator, Schematic Diagram ...................... 8-29
A14, Sense Amplifier Assembly, Components ..... 8-31
A15, Rectifier Assembly, Components ................. 8-31
Power Supplies and Regulators,
Schematic Diagram ........................................ 8-31
Counter Section Logic Diagram ........................... 8-33
A7, Marker Control Assembly,
Cover and Components .................................. 8-35
Marker Control Circuit, Schematic Diagram ......... 8-35
A5, Time Base Assembly,
Cover and Components .................................. 8-37
Time Base Circuit Schematic Diagram ................ 8-37
A6, High Frequency Decade Assembly,
Cover and Components .................................. 8-39
High Frequency Decade Assembly,
Schematic Diagram ........................................ 8-39
A1A1, Low Frequency Counter Board
Assembly, Components .................................. 8-41
Low Frequency Counter Circuit,
Schematic Diagram ........................................ 8-41
A1, Low Frequency Counter Assembly
Components ................................................... 8-43
A1A2, Fan Motor Assembly, Components ........... 8-43
Fan Motor Circuits, Schematic Diagram .............. 8-43
Overall Wiring Diagram, Inclu ding Chassis
Mounted Parts ................................................ 8-44
A16, Switch Assembly (8443A) ............................ 8-44
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
LIST OF TABLES
Table
1-1.
1-2.
3-1.
4-1.
5-1.
6-1.
6-2.
6-3.
6-4.
7-1.
Page
Table
Model 8443A/B Specification.................................. 1-2
Test Equipment and Accessories ........................... 1-3
Fuse Information .................................................... 3-4
Performance Test Record .................................... 4-14
Adjustment Test Record ......................................... 5-9
Part Numbers for Assembly Exchange Orders ....... 6-1
Reference Designators and Abbreviations
used in Parts List .............................................. 6-2
Replaceable Parts .................................................. 6-3
Code List of Manufacturers .................................. 6-21
8443A Back-Dating Serial Numbers ....................... 7-1
7-2.
7-3.
7-4.
8-1.
8-2
8-3.
8-4.
8-5.
8-6.
8-7.
Page
8443B Back-Dating Serial Numbers ...................... 7-1
Changes Summary ................................................ 7-2
Manual Back-Dating ............................................... 7-3
Factory Selected Components ............................... 8-2
Schematic Diagram Notes ..................................... 8-3
Etched Circuit Soldering Equipment ...................... 8-4
Logic Symbology .................................................... 8-8
JK Flip-Flop Truth Table ...................................... 8-16
16 Count Binary Truth Table ................................ 8-16
Assembly and Component Locations ................... 8-23
APPENDICES
Appendix
Section
Appendix
A.
References .........................................................................................................................................A-1
B.
Difference Data Sheets.......................................................................................................................B-1
C.
Maintenance Allocation Chart
I.
Introduction .........................................................................................................................................C-1
II.
Maintenance Allocation Chart.............................................................................................................C-3
III.
Tool and Test Equipment Requirements ............................................................................................C-5
D.
Repair Parts and Special Tools List....................................................................................................D-1
iv
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Section 0
INTRODUCTION
This manual contains instructions for the operator,
organizational, direct support and general support
maintenance manuals for the SG-1122/U Generator,
Signal. Throughout this manual the SG-1122/U is
referred to as the 8443A and 8443B.
know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one
who can tell us what you don’t like about the design. Put
it on an SF 368 (Quality Deficiency Report). Mail it to
Commander, US Army Communications-Electronics
Command and Fort Monmouth, ATTN: AMSEL-PA-MAD, Fort Monmouth, New Jersey 07703-5000. We’ll send
you a reply.
0-2.
0-5.
0-1.
Scope.
Consolidated Index of Army Publications
and Blank Forms.
Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 310-1 to determine
whether there are new editions, changes, or additional
publications pertaining to the equipment.
0-3.
Maintenance Forms, Records, and Reports.
Administrative Storage.
The Generator SG-1122/U can be stored in stockrooms,
warehouses or other protected facilities. The equipment
should be protected from excessive humidity, sand, dust,
and chemical contaminants.
Before putting the
SG1122/U into administrative storage, make the
following preparations:
a. Report of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory
Department of the Army forms and
Equipment.
procedures used for equipment maintenance will be
those prescribed by DA PAM 738-750 as contained in
Maintenance Management Update.
b. Report of Packaging and Handling Deficiencies.
Fill out and forward SF 364 (Report of Discrepancy
(ROD)) as prescribed in AR 735-11-2/DLAR
4140.55/NAVMATINST 4355.73B/AFR 400-54/MCO
4430.3H.
c. Discrepancy in Shipment Report (DISREP) (SF
361). Fill out and forward Discrepancy in Shipment
Report (SF 361) as prescribed in AR 55-38/
NAVSUPINST 4610.33C/ AFR 75-18/ MCO P4610.19D/
DLAR 4500.15.
a. Perform all Operator’s Checks given in Figure 33 and assure that the unit is completely operable before
storing.
b. If the original packing material is not available,
follow the instructions in paragraph 2-23.
c. Store the equipment indoors, protected from
elements.
Maintain
the equipment
at moderate
temperatures and humidity.
0-4.
(See MIL-M-63038B, para 3.2.3.1.8).
Reporting
Equipment
Recommendations (EIR).
Improvement
0-6.
Destruction of Army Electronics Material.
Destruction of Army electronics materiel to prevent
enemy use shall be in accordance with TM 750-244-2.
0-7.
If your Signal Generator needs improvement, let us
Change 1 0-1
Warranty Information.
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 1-1. Models 8443A Tracking Generator/ Counter, 8443B Tracking Generator, and Accessories.
1-0
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION
1-1.
not listed on the inside title page of initial issue, manual
change sheets and manual up-dating information are
provided. Later editions or revisions to the manual will
contain the required change information in Section VII.
INTRODUCTION
1-2. This manual contains all information required to
install, operate, test adjust and service the Hewlettpackard Model 8443A Tracking Generator/ Counter and
the Model 8443B Tracking Generator. This section
covers instrument identification, description, options,
accessories, specifications and other basic information.
1-7.
DESCRIPTION
1-8. The Model 8443A/B was designed to be used in
conjunction with the Hewlett-Packard 8553/8552
Spectrum Analyzer. The Tracking Generator provides a
CW signal which tracks the frequency tuning of the
spectrum analyzer or restores the Spectrum Analyzer
input signal.
1-3. Figure 1-1 shows the 8443A and 8443B with the
supplied accessories.
1-4.
The various sections in this manual provide
information as follows:
1-9. As implied by the instrument name, the Model
8443A also includes a counter section. The counter
section may be used to count the output frequency of the
tracking generator or the frequency of signals generated
by external sources (up to better than 120 MHz). A rear
panel connector provides BCD data output from the
counter section for use in external equipment such as a
recorder.
a. SECTION II, INSTALLATION, provides
information relative to incoming inspection,
power requirements, mounting, packing and
shipping, etc.
b. SECTION III, OPERATION, provides
information relative to operating the instrument.
c. SECTION IV, PERFORMANCE TESTS,
provides information required to ascertain that
the instrument is performing in accordance with
published specificaitons.
1-10. The time base for the Model 8443A counter
section is a stable oven-contained, crystal-controlled 1
MHz oscillator. Provisions are made to use an external 1
MHz source for the time base if a frequency standard is
available. An output from the internal 1 MHz source is
also available for use in external equipment if desired.
d. SECTION V, ADJUSTMENTS, provides
information required to properly adjust and align
the instrument after repairs are made.
1-11. The Model 8443A Counter Section may be
operated in one of three modes. They are:
e. SECTION VI, PARTS LISTS, provides
ordering information for all replaceable parts and
assemblies.
f. SECTION
VII, MANUAL
CHANGES,
provides manual back-dating information.
g. SECTION VIII, SERVICE, includes all
information required to service the instrument.
1-5. INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL
1-6. Hewlett-Packard instruments carry a ten digit serial
number (see Figure 1-2) on the back panel. When the
prefix on the serial number plate of your instrument is the
same as one of the prefix numbers on the inside title
page of this manual, the manual applies directly to the
instrument. When the instrument serial number prefix is
Figure 1-2. Instrument Identification
1-1
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Table 1-1. Model 8443A/B Specification
SPECIFICATIONS
NOTE
Function:
Restore Signal:
Counter reads
frequency of an unknown signal to
counter accuracy when marker is placed
anywhere on signal response. Typically
15 dB signal-to-noise ratio required for
restored operation.
Numbered specifications coincide
with numbered performance tests in
`Section IV.
TRACKING GENERATOR
1. Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 110 MHz.
(Output frequency tracks the 8553/8552
Spectrum Analyzer tuning.)
Track Analyzer: RF OUTPUT tracks
spectrum analyzer tunging for swept
frequency at marker on spectrum
analyzer CRT.
2. Amplitude Range: <-120 dBm to +10 dBm
in 10 and 1 dB steps with a continuous 1.2
dB vernier.
External Inputs:
3. Amplitude Accuracy (flatness): ±0.5 dB.
Output attenuators 10 dB steps ±0.2 dB, 1
dB steps ±0.1 dB. Absolute: 0 dBm at 30
MHz ±0.3 dB.
10. Counter: 10 kHz to 120 MHz, 50 ohms, 10 dBm minimum, +25 dBm maximum.
11. Time Base: 1 MHz, 40 ohms, 1 Vrms
minimum.
4. Output Impedance: 50 ohms, AC coupled,
reflection coefficient <0.09 (1.2 SWR);
output <0 dBm.
Auxiliary Outputs:
12. Time Base: 1 MHz, 1 V rms nominal.
*COUNTER
Modes:
Marker: Counter reads frequency at marker
position on the Spectrum Analyzer Display.
Scan Hold: Scan starts at left edge of
display and stops at marker.
Counter
measures frequency continually. External:
Counter measures frequency of signal at
counter input.
13. Digital Frequency Output: 8,4,2,1, code:
positive logic.
GENERAL
Temperature Range: Operation 0 to 550C,
storage, -40 to +750C. Power: 115 V or 230
V, 48440 Hz, 75 watts.
(When the
instrument is in standby power consumption
is 30 watts.) RFI: Meets or exceeds MIL-I6181D.
5. Measurement Range: 100 kHz to 110
MHz.
Display; 7 digits with 1 digit
overrange.
6. Resolution (gate time): 1 kHz (1 mS), 100
Hz (10 mS) and 10 Hz (100 mS).
DIMENSIONS: 18-3/4 L x 16-3/4 W x 3-7’/8 H.
WEIGHT: 24 lbs, 5 oz. (11,02 kg)
7. Accuracy: +1 count + time base accuracy.
* 8443A only
8. Time Base Aging Rate: <3 x 10-9 per
day. (0.3 Hz/day) after warmup.
9. Time Base Temperature Drift: <3 x 10-8
(3 Hz) variation, 0 to 55 C.
1-2
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
a. EXTERNAL. For use in measuring frequency of
external signals not related to the Model 8443A or the
Spectrum Analyzer.
b. MARKER. In this mode the scan ramp of the
Spectrum Analyzer is stopped momentarily at a point
determined by the Model 8443A MARKER POSITION
control. At the point where the scan is stopped a bright
marker appears on the analyzer display CRT.
Simultaneously, the RF OUTPUT frequency from the
Tracking Generator is counted by the Model 8443A
Counter. If the FUNCTION switch is set to TRACK
ANALYZER, the counter frequency indicates marker
frequency, independent of Spectrum Analyzer input
signal frequency. If the FUNCTION switch is set to
RESTORE SIGNAL, the counter indicates the Spectrum
Analyzer input signal frequency (as long as the marker is
placed on the signal response).
c. SCAN HOLD.
in this mode operational
sequence is similar to the MARKER mode except that
when the scan is stopped it will not restart until the
operator changes the mode of operation. The counter
will count continually in the SCAN HOLD mode. The
marker position may be controlled manually by the
MARKER POSITION control to measure the frequency
at any point on the CRT.
to provide compatibility with the Model 8443A with serial
numbers prefix 1217A and above. The modification kit
part number is 08553-60142; after modification, the unit
is designated 8553L-TG-2.
1-19. 8553B. The HP Model 8553B with serial number
prefix 1215A and above is fully compatible with the
Model 8443A/B. The Model 8553B with serial number
prefix 1144A and below requires a modification to
provide compatibility with the Model 8443A with serial
number prefix 1217A and above. The modification kit
part number is 08553-60142; after modification, the unit
is designated 8553B-TG-2.
1-20.
1-21. 8552A. The HP Model 8552A with serial number
prefix 1213A and above is fully compatible with the
Model 8443A/B. The Model 8552A with serial number
prefix 945and below that does not have the TG-1
modification installed requires a modification to provide
compatibility with the Model 8443B and the Model
8443A. The modification kit part number is 08552-6060;
after modification, the unit is designated 8552A-TG-2.
1-22. The HP Model 8552A with serial number prefix
1144A and below that has the TG-1 modification
installed requires an additional modification to provide
compatibility with the Model 8443A with serial number
prefix 1217A and above. The modification kit part
number is 08552-60159; after modification, the unit is
designated 8552A-TG-2.
1-12. A three-position RESOLUTION control on the
Model 8443A provides counter readouts (in MHz) to
accuracies of 10 Hz, 100 Hz and 1 kHz.
1-13. The output of the Model 8443A/B is level (±0.5 dB)
from 100 kHz to 110 MHz. The output level may be
adjusted, by means of three front panel controls, to any
level between +10 dBm and -123.2 dBm.
1-23. 8552B. The HP Model 8552B with serial number
prefix 1210A and above is fully compatible with the
Model 8443A/B. The Model 8552B with serial number
prefix 1209A and below requires a modification to
provide compatibility with the Model 8443A with serial
number prefix 1217A and above. The modification kit
part number is 08552-60159; after modification, the unit
is designated 8552B-TG-2.
1-14. Complete specifications for the Model 8443A/B
are provided in Table 1-1.
1-15.
COMPATIBILITY
1-16.
Spectrum Analyzer RF Section
Spectrum Analyzer IF Section
1-24.
1-17. 8553L. The HP Model 8553L that does not have
the TG-1 modification installed requires a modification to
provide compatibility with the Model 8443B and the
Model 8443A. Modification kit part number is 085536065; after modification, the unit is designated 8553LTG-2.
Spectrum Analyzer Display Section
1-25. Display section models 140A, 140S, 141A and
141S all require HP modification kit number 0014069504 to provide compatibility with the Model 8443A/B
1-26. Display section models 140T and 141T are
compatible with the Model 8443A/B.
NOTE
The TG labels should be on the rear
panel next to the serial number.
1-27.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED
1-28. The following accessories are provided with the
Model 8443A/B:
1-18.
The HP Model 8553L that has the TG-1
modification installed requires an additional modification
1-3
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
a. An interconnecting cable for use between the
Spectrum Analyzer and the 8443A/B (HP 08443-60009).
(See Figure 3-2.)
the 8443A/B BCD output to an HP 5050 Digital Recorder.
1-31. WARRANTY
b. A power cable (HP 8120-1348).
1-32. Certification and Warranty information for
the Model 8443A/B appears on the inside front
cover of this manual.
c. A rack mounting kit (HP 5060-8739).
d. A joining bracket kit (HP 5060-8543).
1-29.
1-33. TEST EQUIPMENT
REQUIRED
AND
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES NOT SUPPLIED
1-34. Table 1-2 lists test equipment and accessories
recommended to service the Model 8443A/B.
1-30. A Service Kit, HP part number 08443-60011 is
recommended for maintenance purposes. An HP 562A16C Interface Cable can be used to connect
Table 1-2. Test Equipment and Accessories
Item
Minimum Specifications
Suggested Model
Digital Voltmeter
Voltage Accuracy: +0.2%
Range Selection: Manual or Automatic
Voltage Range: 1 - 1000 Vdc full
scale
Input Impedance: 10 megohms
Polarity: Automatic Indication
HP 3480A Digital Voltmeter
with
HP 3482A Plug-in
Oscilloscope
Frequency Range: dc to 50 MHz
Time Base: 1 us/div to 10 ms/div
Time Base Accuracy: + 3%
Dual Channel, Alternate Operation
Ac or dc Coupling
External Sweep Mode
Voltage Accuracy: +3%
Sensitivity: 0.020 V/div
Frequency Range: 0 - 100 MHz
Scan Width: 10 MHz
HP 180A with
HP 1804A Vertical Amplifier
and
HP 1821A Horizontal Amplifier
HP 10004 10:1 Divider
HP 10004 10:1 Divider
VHF Signal Generator
Frequency Range: 40 -455 MHz
Frequency Accuracy: +1%
Output Amplitude: >-20 dBm
Output Impedance: 50 ohms
HP 608E/F VHF Signal Generator
Frequency Counter
Frequency Range: 100 kHz - 300
MHz
Accuracy: +0.001%
Sensitivity: 100 mVrms
Readout Digits: 7 digits
HP 5245L Frequency
Counter
Tunable RF Voltmeter
Bandwidth: 1 kHz
Frequency Range: 1 - 1000 MHz
Sensitivity: 10 mV - 1 Vrms
Input Impedance: ≥,0.1 megohms
HP 8405A Vector Voltmeter
Spectrum Analyzer
1-4
HP 8443/8552/141S Spectrum Analyzer
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Table 1-2. Test Equipment and Accessories (cont’d)
Item
Minimum Specifications
Suggested Model
Three-Port Mixer
Frequency Range: 0.2 - 500 MHz
Impedance: 50 ohms
Connectors: Female BNC on all ports
Input Power: 5 mW nominal
HP 10514A Mixer (2)
Power Supply
Output Voltage: Variable, 0 - 30 Vdc
Output Current: 0 --400 mA
Meter Resolution: <5 mV
HP 6217A Power Supply
Spectrum Analyzer
0 - 310 MHz
HP 8554/8552/140 Spectrum
Analyzer
Digital to Analog
Converter/Recorder
Accuracy: 5% of full scale
Command Pulse: ±20 µsec or greater, 6
to 20 volts
Recorder: Response time < 1/2 second
or less
Accuracy: Better than 0.2% full scale
HP 581A Option 01 with
HP 680A
Recorder
Paper
Std. 5" roll chart: 50 minor
divisions
HP 9270-1012
Amplifier
Frequency Range: dc to 1 MHz
Accuracy: ±0.3% from dc to 10 kHz
Distortion: <0.01% below 1 kHz
HP 467A
Quartz Oscillator
Output Frequencies: 5 MHz, 1 MHz,
100 kHz
Stability: <5 X 10-10 per day
HP 105B
Frequency Synthesizer
Output Frequency: 100 kHz to 500
MHz
Digital Frequency Selection: 0.1 Hz
through 100 MHz per step, 20 µsec
selection time
HP 5101A/5110B
Attenuator
Standard
RF Amplifier
Range: 120 dB in 10 dB steps
Accuracy: ±0.01 dB
20 dB or 40 dB gain - 1 kHz to 150
MHz
HP H38-355D
RF Crystal Detector
0.1 MHz to 110 MHz, 50 ohms
HP 8471A
Temperature Controlled Oven
Adjustable from 0° to +55°C
Test Oscillator
10 Hz to 10 MHz, 3.16V max into
50Ω
HP 651B
Digital Recorder
8-4-2-1 input positive logic
Eight column printout
HP 5050B
AC Voltmeter
0.5V to 300 full scale
Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 4 MHz
HP 400D/E/F/H
1-5
HP 461A
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Table 1-2. Test Equipment and Accessories (cont’d)
Item
Minimum Specifications
Suggested Model
Service Kit
Contents:
12 Pin extender board (HP
5060-5915)
6 Pin extender board (HP
5060-5914)
22 Pin extender board (HP
5060-0630)
Coax Adapter, Selectro plug to
BNC jack (HP 1250-1236)
Coax Adapter, Selectro jack to
BNC jack (HP 1250-1237
Oscilloscope probe Adapters (4
each) (HP 10035-53202)
Alignment Screwdriver (HP
8710-1010)
HP 08443-60011 Service Kit
Variable Voltage
Transformer
Range: 102 - 127 Vac
Voltmeter Range: 103 - 127 Vac +1
volt
General Radio W5NMT3A or
Superior Electric UC1M
Cable Assembly (4)
Male BNC Connectors, 48 inches long
HP 10503A
Soldering Iron
47-1/2 watt
Ungar #776 with p4037
Heating Unit
X-Y Recorder
1,10,100 mV/in; 1 and 10 V/in
continuous vernier between range
HP 7035B
Attenuator
Standard
Range: 1.2 dB in 0.1 dB steps
Accuracy: 0.01 dB
HP H38-355C
1-6
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SERVICE KIT
Figure 1-3. Service Kit Required for Maintenance
1-7/1-8
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SECTION II
INSTALLATION
2-1.
INITIAL INSPECTION
2-10.
2-2.
Mechanical Check
2-11. The model 8443A/B may be operated on 115 or
230 volts ac +10% at 48 to 440 cycles, single phase.
Power required is 75 watts. The 115/230 volt slide
switch on the rear of the instrument must be in the
correct position to avoid damage to the instrument.
When shipped, the instrument is set for 115 volt ac
operation.
2-3. Check the shipping carton for evidence of damage
immediately after receipt. If there is any visible damage
to the carton, request the carrier’s agent to be present
when the instrument is unpacked. Inspect the Model
8443A/B for physical damage such as bent or broken
parts and dents or scratches. If damage is found refer to
paragraph 2-6 for recommended claim procedures. If
the Model 8443A/B appears undamaged, perform the
electrical check (see paragraph 2-4). The packaging
material should be retained for possible future use.
2-4.
2-12.
Power Cable
2-13. To protect operating personnel, the National
Electrical
Manufacturers
Association
(NEMA)
recommends that the instrument panel and cabinet be
grounded.
This instrument is equipped with a
detachable three-conductor power cable which, when
plugged into an appropriate receptacle, grounds the
instrument. The offset pin on the power cable threeprong connector is the ground connection. When using
a three-prong to two-prong adapter the ground lead on
the adapter should be grounded to retain the safety
feature.
Electrical Check
2-5. The electrical performance check consists of
following the procedures listed in paragraphs 4-10 to 422. These procedures allow the operator to determine
that the instrument is, or is not, operating within the
specifications listed in Table 1-1. The initial performance
and accuracy of the instrument are certified as stated on
the inside front cover of this manual. If the Model
8443A/B does not operate as specified, refer to
paragraph 2-6 for the recommended claim procedure.
2-14.
Operating Environment
2-15. The Model 8443B does not require forced air
cooling when operating at temperatures form 0 to 550C
(32 to 131° F). Normal air circulation will maintain a
reasonable temperature within the instrument. The
8443A is equipped with a fan which is capable of keeping
the instrument ambient temperature within reasonable
limits when the instrument is operated at temperatures
between 0° to 550C (32° to 1310F).
2-6. DELETED.
2-7. DELETED.
2-8. DELETED.
2-9.
Power Requirements
PREPARATION FOR USE
2-16.
CAUTION
Bench Operation
2-17. The Model 8443A/B cabinet has plastic feet and a
foldaway tilt stand for convenience in bench operation.
The tilt stand permits inclining the instrument for ease in
viewing the frequency readout. The plastic feet are
shaped to provide clearance for air circulation and to
make modular cabinet width instruments self-aligning
when stacked. The instrument may also be rack
mounted. A joining bracket kit is provided to assure a
common ground between the Model 8443A/B and the
Spectrum Analyzer.
Before applying power check the rear
panel slide switch for proper position
(115 or 230 volts).
2-1
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
2-18.
DELETED.
2-19.
DELETED.
2-20.
DELETED.
a. Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or plastic.
(If shipping to a Hewlett-Packard Service Office or
center, attach a tag indicating the type of service
required, return address, model number and full serial
number.)
DELETED.
b. Use a strong shipping container. A double-wall
carton made of 350 pound test material is adequate.
2-21.
c. Use enough shock-absorbing material (three to
four inch layer) around all sides of the instrument to
provide firm cushion and prevent movement inside the
container. Protect the control panel with cardboard.
2-22. In any correspondence refer to the instrument by
model number and full serial number.
2-23.
Other Packaging Materials
d. Seal the shipping container securely.
2-24. The following general instructions should be used
for repackaging with commercially available materials.
e. Mark the shipping container FRAGILE to assure
careful handling.
2-2
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SECTION III
OPERATION
3-1.
the switch located on the top of the A4 Time Base
Assembly must be placed in the EXT position.
INTRODUCTION
3-2. This section provides operating instructions for the
HP Model 8443A Tracking Generator/ Counter and the
Model 8443B Tracking Generator.
3-13.
3-14. Operator’s maintenance on the Model 8443A/B is
limited to fuse replacement and adjustment of the
controls indicated in the checkout procedure.
3-3. Operating instructions for the HP Model 8553/8552
Spectrum Analyzer, which must be interconnected with
the Model 8443A/B, are not included in this manual
except as required in initial setup and operation. The
operator should be thoroughly familiar with operation of
the Spectrum Analyzer or have the appropriate manual
on hand.
3-4.
NOTE
If maintaining an 8443B, disregard
references to the Counter section.
PANEL FEATURES
3-15. Adjustment of A7Rll on the marker control board
should be made only if the condition described in step j
of Figure 3-3 exists. To properly adjust A7Rll first turn
the MARKER POSITION control fully clockwise. Adjust
the CTR ADJ control so that the marker appears
approximately one minor division from the far right CRT
graticule line. Turn the MARKER POSITION control fully
counterclockwise. The marker should be two minor
division or less from the far left graticule line. Now pull
the MARKER POSITION control away from the panel
and adjust A7Rll to center the marker on the center CRT
graticule line.
3-5. Front and rear panel controls, indicators and
connectors are identified and described in Figures 3-1
and 3-2. For the 8443B, disregard references to the
Counter controls; the Tracking Generator controls are
the same in both instruments.
3-6.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3-7. In view of the simplicity of operation of the Model
8443A/B, the Operator’s Checks provide adequate
information to assure proper operation of the instrument.
However, the operator should experiment with the
instrument in order to become more familiar with its
operation. It should be noted that the output of any
device (within the frequency and amplitude range of the
analyzer) may be connected to the RF Section RF
INPUT and the frequency at any point of the response
counted by the Model 8443A. The input to the device
under test may be provided by an external signal
generator, or by the output of the Tracking Generator
itself.
3-8.
3-16. Fuse replacement information is provided in Table
3-1.
Table 3-1. Fuse Information
OPERATOR’S CHECKS
3-9. Use the operator’s checks in Figure 3-3 to verify
proper operation of the instrument’s main functions.
3-10.
OPERATOR’S MAINTENANCE
Designation
Purpose
F1
A15F1
A15F2
A15F3
A15F4
A15F5
Line Fuse
+175 Volt Supply
+24 Volt Supply
+5.8 Volt Supply
+20 Volt Supply
-12 Volt Supply
3-17.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Rating
2
0.25
1
2
1
1
amperes
ampere
ampere
amperes
ampere
ampere
TRACKING GENERATOR OPERATION
3-18. The Tracking Generator section of the 8443A and
the 8443B is a leveled signal source whose output
frequency precisely tracks the Spectrum Analyzer tuning
frequency. This output can be used as a source to
measure the frequency response of passive and active
devices operating within its frequency range.
3-11. The output of the internal 1 MHz time base
reference oscillator is available for use in external
equipment at J4 on the rear of the 8443A.
3-12. An external time base reference signal may be
applied to J3 on the rear panel of the Model 8443A.
When an external reference signal is used,
3-1
Section 1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 3-1. Front Panel Controls, Indicators, and Connectors (1 of 2)
tuning frequency. The Counter reads the frequency
at the marker (if MODE is set to MARKER or SCAN
HOLD). (This mode is used for frequency response
measurements.)
(1) MARKER INTENSITY: adjusts the intensity
of the marker that appears on the Spectrum
Analyzer’s CRT display.
(2) FREQUENCY MHz: display indicates
reading of Counter.
(3) MARKER POSITION: when in, sets position
of marker on CRT. When out, marker
automatically goes to center of CRT display.
(4) CTR ADJ: adjusts position of marker when
MARKER POSITION knob is out.
(5) FUNCTION*: controls function of Tracking
Generator and Counter.
RESTORE SIGNAL: if the marker is placed
anywhere on a signal response that appears on the
CRT, a restored version of that signal appears at RF
OUTPUT (i.e., frequency characteristics are the
same, and the amplitude depends upon RF
OUTPUT LEVEL controls); also, the COUNTER
reads that signal’s frequency (if MODE is set to
MARKER or SCAN HOLD). If the marker is not
placed on a signal response, little or no output
appears at RF OUTPUT and any COUNTER reading
should be disregarded. (This mode is used to
precisely measure the frequency of unknown
signals.)
TRACK ANALYZER: the signal at RF
OUTPUT tracks the Spectrum Analyzer’s
* Function control not installed on units with serial
number prefix 1049A and below. See backdating
information in Section VII.
3-2
Section 3
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
FRONT PANEL FEATURES
(6) RESOLUTION: sets frequency resolution of Counter
(when FUNCTION
ANALYZER).
(7) MODE: controls mode of Counter.
(10) RF OUTPUT LEVEL dBm: controls
set the signal level at the RF OUTPUT jack.
EXTERNAL: Counter reads frequency of
signal at COUNTER INPUT jack (up to 110
MHz).
is
set
to
TRACK
TENS: 10 dB steps from +10 to -110 dB.
UNITS: 1 dB steps from 0 to -12 dB.
MARKER:
marker.
Counter reads frequency at
TENTHS: 0 to -1.2 dB vernier, calibrated at
tenth-dB points.
SCAN HOLD: analyzer stops scanning:
tuning frequency follows marker, controlled
by MARKER POSITION. Counter reads
frequency at marker.
(11) RF OUTPUT 50 Ω: output for tracking
signal. BNC 50 ohm jack.
(12) POWER: when in ON position, it
applies power to the circuitry (while lamp
lights). When in STBY, it removes power
from the circuitry (blue lamp lights), however,
power is still applied to Counter reference
oscillator heater (8443A only).
(8) COUNTER INPUT: external input to
frequency counter. Signal level should be >10 dBm and <+15 dBm. BNC 50 ohm jack.
(9) TRACKING ADJUST: centers tracking
signal in IF pass-band of Spectrum Analyzer
Figure 3-1. Front Panel Controls, Indicators, and Connectors (2 of 2)
3
Section 3
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
(1) LINE Power Jack: connection for line
power cable.
(6) Interconnection Jack: connects to
Spectrum Analyzer Display Section AUX A
jack through interconnection cable.
(2) LINE SELECTOR: used to select 115
of 230 VAC operation.
(7) Interconnection Cable: connects to
Tracking \Generator/Counter interconnection
jack and to Display Section AUX A jack.
(3) LINE FUSE: houses line power fuse
(fuse value is the same for both voltages).
(8) DIGITAL OUTPUT: BCD output of
Counter indication (8443A).
(4) 1 MHz OUT: output for internal time
base signal, 1 Vrms (8443A).
(9)
UNBLANKED/BLANKED:
in UNBLANKED position, all seven digits are
always lit. In BLANKED position, insignificant zeros to the left of the decimal point
are blanked (8443A).
(5) EXT TIME BASE IN: input for external
time base signal, 1 MHz, >1 Vrms (8443A).
Figure 3-2. Rear Panel Controls and Connectors
3-4
Section 3
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
a. Set the LINE SELECTOR on the rear
panel (see Figure 3-2) to be compatible with the
available line voltage.
white ON lamp should light.
e. Apply power to the Spectrum Analyzer
and adjust the Display Section controls. Set the
analyzer as follows:
FREQUENCY..............................50 MHz
BANDWIDTH .............................300 kHz
SCAN WIDTH .................PER DIVISION
SCAN WIDTH PER DIVISION
....................................................10 MHz
INPUT ATTENUATION ..................10 dB
BASE LINE CLIPPER .......................ccw
SCAN TIMER PER DIVISION
.....................................1 MILLISECOND
LOG REF LEVEL ..........................0 dBm
LOG/LINEAR.......................... I0 dB LOG
VIDEO FILTER ................................OFF
SCAN MODE .................................... INT
SCAN TRIGGER........................... AUTO
b. Connect line power cable to LINE power jack
on rear panel (see Figure 3-2); plug power cable into
line power outlet. The blue STBY lamp (10) should
light.
NOTE
The Model 8443A should remain connected to line power when not in use. This
will maintain a constant temperature in
the time base reference oscillator oven.
c. Connect the interconnection cable to the
interconnection jack and to the analyzer’s AUX A
jack (see Figure 3-2).
f. Set the FUNCTION switch (8) to TRACK
d. Set POWER switch (10) to ON. The
ANALYZER. Set MODE switch (3) to
Figure 3-3. Operator’s Checks (1 of 2)
3-5
Section 3
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
OPERATOR’S CHECKS
MARKER, the RESOLUTION switch (5) to 100 Hz,
and RF OUTPUT LEVEL controls (11) to 0 dBm.
NOTE
If checking an 8443B, disregard references
to the Counter controls.
g. Connect RF OUTPUT (12) to the analyzer RF
INPUT with a BNC to BNC cable assembly. The
trace on the analyzer’s CRT display should rise
from the baseline to the top graticule line.
h. Set RF OUTPUT LEVEL (11) to -30
dBm. Set the Spectrum Analyzer SCAN WIDTH to
ZERO, BANDWIDTH to the narrowest bandwidth,
LOG/LINEAR to LINEAR and LINEAR SENSITIVITY to 1 mV/Div. Adjust TRACKING ADJUST (9)
for maximum vertical deflection on the CRT. (This
assures that the Tracking Generator is accurately
tracking the Spectrum Analyzer’s tuning frequency.)
Re-set the analyzer as set in step e.
i. Change the RF OUTPUT LEVEL controls (11); the trace on the CRT should change as
indicated by the controls. (At low output levels it will
be necessary to change the analyzer LOG REF
LEVEL control to keep the signal above the baseline.)
NOTE
This concludes the checks that apply to.
the 8443B
j. Adjust MARKER INTENSITY (2) for the
desired marker intensity. The marker is a bright
spot on the trace on the CRT. If it is not visible,
check that the MARKER POSITION knob (6) is in
(push toward the panel) and turn the knob to position the marker on-screen. (If the marker cannot
be positioned on-screen, follow the procedures
specified in Paragraph 3-15.)
l. Pull the MARKER POSITION knob (6)
away from the panel; the marker should be near the
center vertical graticule line on the CRT. Adjust CRT
ADJ (7) to position the marker on the line.
m. Tune the analyzer FREQUENCY control
through its range. The Counter should again display
whatever frequency is represented by the position
of the marker.
n. Set the analyzer to a narrow scan width
(20 kHz PER DIVISION or less), and set TUNING
STABILIZER to on. Set RESOLUTION (5) to 10 Hz
and then to 1 kHz. The Counter’s readout (4) should
have 10 Hz and then 1 kHz resolution.
o. Push the MARKER POSITION knob (6)
in, and set MODE (3) to EXTERNAL. Set RF
OUTPUT LEVEL (11) to 0 dBm and connect RF
OUTPUT (12) to COUNTER INPUT (1). Set analyzer
SCAN WIDTH to ZERO. The Counter should display
the frequency the analyzer is tuned to; the marker
should not be visible.
p. Set MODE (3) to SCAN HOLD. The
analzyer’s scan should stop at the marker, and the
Counter should display the frequency represented by
the position of the marker. The marker (the point at
which the scan is stopped) can be positioned at any
point on the CRT by the MARKER POSITION
control (6).
q. Set MODE (3) to MARKER, RESOLUTION (5) to 1 kHz, and tune the analyzer to a
frequency below 10 MHz. Set MARKER POSITION
(6) ccw and set the rear panel UNBLANKED/
BLANKED switch (see Figure 3-2) to UNBLANKED.
The digits to the left of any significant digits that are
left of the decimal point should display zeros. Set
UNBLANKED/BLANKED to blanked; the zeros
should blank (i.e., disappear).
r. Set the analyzer as set in step e. Connect
analyzer CAL OUTPUT to RF INPUT. Set FUNCTION
(8) to RESTORE SIGNAL. Using MARKER POSITION
(6) set marker on skirt of 30 MHz signal; the Counter
should indicate approximately 30 MHz. Set marker off
signal into baseline noise; the Counter should indicate
0 MHz or random frequencies.
k. Rotate MARKER POSITION (6) to position
the marker to various points on the CRT. The
Counter should display whatever frequency is
represented by the position of the marker.
Figure 3-3. Operator’s Checks (2 of 2)
3-6
Section 3
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
3-19. The signal output of the 8443A/B has absolute
amplitude calibration. It can be set, in one dB steps,
from +10 dBm to -122 dBm. There is also a vernier,
calibrated in tenth dB steps, that allows continuously
adjustable attenuation over a 1.2 dB range.
be the sum of the decrease and the dB reading from the
CRT graticule. (Remember, this is a negative number
on the graticule).
3-26. For example, the Spectrum Analyzer is calibrated
for a reference at the top graticule line of the CRT. Then
the setting of the RF OUTPUT LEVEL TENS control is
decreased 40 dB, and the device is connected between
the 8443A/B RF OUTPUT and the analyzer RF INPUT.
If the response curve is at the -7 dB graticule line, the
gain of the device is 33 dB (40 Db - 7 dB).
3-20. Measuring Passive Devices
3-21. To quickly measure the frequency response of a
passive device, set the Spectrum Analyzer to display the
desired frequency range. Set the RF OUTPUT LEVEL
control settings so that:
3-27. Important Considerations
a. The signal level at the analyzer’s input mixer
does not exceed -10 dBm (Signal level at input mixer =
Signal level at RF INPUT INPUT ATTENUATION).
3-28. When using the Tracking Generator for swept
response measurements, the Spectrum Analyzer
BANDWIDTH control and DISPLAY UNCAL light take on
a somewhat different significance. The BANDWIDTH
setting mainly affects the average noise level of the
analyzer and has only a secondary effect on resolution.
Narrowing BANDWIDTH improves dynamic range, but
requires slower scan rates.
b. The signal level out of the 8443A/B will not
damage or over-drive the device to be measured.
3-22. Set the analyzer LOG REF LEVEL controls to the
same settings as RF OUTPUT LEVEL. Connect the
device between the 8443A/B RF OUTPUT and the
analyzer RF INPUT. The frequency response of the
device will be displayed directly on the CRT. Insertion
loss can be read directly from the graticule lines.
3-29. In most cases the DISPLAY UNCAL light will not
apply.
The best procedure in swept response
measurements is to slow the scan rate (i.e. increase
SCAN TIME PER DIVISION) until the display amplitude
remains constant. At this point, the scan is at the proper
rate to satisfy the requirements of both the Spectrum
Analyzer and the device being measured.
3-23. Measuring Active Devices
3-24. When measuring active devices, some provision
should be made for the gain of the device to prevent
damage to the Spectrum Analyzer or to the device. This
is readily accomplished using the 8443A/B RF OUTPUT
LEVEL controls.
3-30. Spurious responses are not displayed on the CRT
due to the tracking signal source and receiver.
Therefore measurements can be made over a dynamic
range limited only by gain compression as an upper limit
and system noise as a lower limit.
3-25. Set the Tracking Generator and the Spectrum
Analyzer using the procedure described for measuring
passive devices. However, before connecting the active
device between the 8443A/B and the analyzer, decrease
the signal level out of the 8443A/B by an amount greater
than the gain of the device. The gain of the device will
3-31. Devices, such as filters, which have attenuation
greater than 100 dB can be measured. Trace the
response on the CRT in two 70 dB segments;
photograph each segment to get a composite picture.
3-7/3-8
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SECTION IV
PERFORMANCE TESTS
Step 1 of each test lists control settings for that test.
Each test procedure provides spaces for test data which
are duplicated in the Performance Test Card, Table 4-1,
at the end of this section.
4-1. INTRODUCTION
4-2. This section provides instructions for performance
testing the Model 8443A Tracking Generator/Counter
and the Model 8443B Tracking Generator. When testing
an 8443B, disregard tests and references that deal with
the Counter section of the 8443A.
4-6. All tests are made with the Model 8443A/B
interconnected with a HP 8553/8552/140 Spectrum
Analyzer which is known to be functioning properly.
4-3. TEST PROCEDURES
4-7. Test Equipment Required. The test instruments
required for performance testing are listed in Table 1-2
and in the individual tests. Test instruments other than
those listed may be used providing their performance
equals or exceeds the critical specifications listed in
Table 1-2.
4-4. Purpose. The performance test procedures are
used to check instrument performance for incoming
inspection and periodic evaluation.
The tests are
designed to verify published specifications. Tests are
numbered in the same sequence as the specifications in
Table 1-1.
4-8. Front Panel Checks and Adjustments. Refer to
paragraph 3-8 Operator’s Checks.
4-5. Each test applies directly to a listed specification.
Next a description of the test and any special instructions
are listed. Each test that requires test equipment has a
test setup drawing and a list of required equipment.
4-9. PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-10. Specification 1, Frequency Range
SPECIFICATION: 100 kHz to 110 MHz. (Output frequency tracks the 8553/8552 Spectrum Analyzer tuning).
DESCRIPTION: The frequency range is checked by applying signals to the Spectrum Analyzer, centering these signals
on the CRT and counting the signal frequency.
Figure 4-1. Frequency Range Test
EQUIPMENT:
HF Signal Generator
VHF Signal Generator
4-1
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-10. Specification 1, Frequency Range (cont’d)
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-1 and set the control as follows:
Tracking Generator/Counter:
MODE ................................................................................................................................. MARKER
RESOLUTION .......................................................................................................................... 10 Hz
MARKER POSITION ................................................................................................Knob pulled out
MARKER INTENSITY....................................................................................................... Mid- range
Spectrum Analyzer:
DISPLAY SECTION...........................................................................................Clearly defined trace
INPUT ATTENUATION............................................................................................................. 10 dB
SCAN WIDTH ............................................................................................................ PER DIVISION
SCAN WIDTH PER DIVISION.................................................................................................. 5 kHz
BANDWIDTH ............................................................................................................................ 1 kHz
SCAN TIME PER DIVISION ................................................................................................ 20 mSec
LOG REF LEVEL ..................................................................................................................... 0 dBm
HF Signal Generator:
FREQUENCY ....................................................................................................................... 100 kHz
ATTENUATOR . .................................................................................................................. -50 dBm
MODULATION SELECTOR . ..................................................................................................... CW
VHF Signal Generator:
FREQUENCY . ................................................................................................................... 110 MHz
OUTPUT ...............................................................................................................................-50 dBm
MODULATION ............................................................................................................................. CW
2. With the HF Signal Generator output connected to the analyzer RF INPUT, tune the analyzer FREQUENCY to 100
kHz. The Model 8443A counter, which is reading the output of the tracking generator, should provide a readout of
100 kHz ± 1 kHz.
100 kHz
NOTE
When testing an 8443B, connect a frequency counter to RF OUTPUT. Measure
frequency range with the counter.
3. With the VHF Signal Generator output connected to the analyzer RF INPUT, tune the analyzer FREQUENCY to
110 MHz. The Model 8443 counter should provide a readout of 110 MHz.
110 MHz
4. Any other frequency or frequencies of special interest within the range of 110 kHz to 110 MHz may be displayed in
the same manner.
4-2
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-11. Specification 2, Amplitude Range
SPECIFICATION: <-120 dBm to +10 dBm in 10 and 1 dB steps with a continuous 1.2 dB vernier.
DESCRIPTION: The output of the video amplifier in the Model 8443A/B is a constant +10 dBm signal. Two step
attenuators are provided to enable the operator to control the output amplitude in 10 dB and 1 dB steps. In addition, a 1.2
dB vernier provides continuous attenuation of its range. This test demonstrates the accuracy of the attenuators.
Figure 4-2. Amplitude Range Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
120 dB Attenuator Standard (10 dB Steps)
12 dB Attenuator Standard (1 dB Steps)
RF Amplifier ( 20dB gain, 30 MHz)
Digital Voltmeter
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect the 120 dB attenuator to the Model 8443A/B RF OUTPUT using a BNC to BNC adapter (do not use a
cable). Set the controls as follows:
Tracking Generator/Counter:
MODE ................................................................................................................................. MARKER
RESOLUTION .......................................................................................................................... 1 kHz
MARKER POSITION .................................................................................................................. Any
FUNCTION ........................................................................................................ TRACK ANALYZER
Attenuators:
TENS ........................................................................................................................................... +10
UNITS ...............................................................................................................................................0
TENTHS ...........................................................................................................................................0
4-3
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-11. Specification 2, Amplitude Range (cont’d)
Spectrum Analyzer:
FREQUENCY ........................................................................................................................ 30 MHz
BANDWIDTH ............................................................................................................................ 50 Hz
SCAN WIDTH ...........................................................................................................................ZERO
SCAN WIDTH PER DIVISION..................................................................................................... Any
INPUT ATTENUATION.....................................................................................................................0
SCAN TIME PER DIVISION ................................................................................... 1 MILLISECOND
LOG REF LEVEL .................................................................................................................... 40dBm
LOG REF LEVEL VERNIER.............................................................................................................0
LOG/LINEAR .............................................................................................................................. LOG
RF Amplifier: Power ON 40 dB gain
120 dB Calibrated Attenuator: Set for 120 dB attenuation
Digital Voltmeter: AUTORANGE or 1000 Millivolts
2. Use very short double shielded cables to connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-2. A low-pass filter (100
microfarad) is required between the vertical output of the 8552 and the digital voltmeter.
3. Adjust the analyzer FREQUENCY to 30 MHz.
4. Use the Model 8443A/B TENTHS control to set the digital voltmeter reading to 300 mV. (Allow time for the lowpass filter to stabilize).
5. Set the Model 8443A/B TENS control to 0 and the calibrated attenuator to 110 dB.
0 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
6. If necessary, reset the Model 8443A/B TENTHS control to obtain a reading of 300 mV on the digital voltmeter.
Change the Model 8443A/B TENS control to -10 and the calibrated attenuator to 100 dB.
-10 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
7. Check the remaining Model 8443A/B attenuator steps by adding 10 dB steps with the TENS attenuator, while
decreasing the calibrated attenuator in 10 dB steps (the sum of the two attenuators should always total 110 dB).
The digital voltmeter should be reset to 300 mV prior to each step if necessary.
-20 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-30 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-40 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-50 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-60 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-70 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-80 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-90 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-100 dBm dBM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-110 dBm DVM reading:
298 mV
302 mV
4-4
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-11. Specification 2, Amplitude Range (cont’d)
8. Remove the RF Amplifier and the 120 dB calibrated attenuator from the test setup. Connect the 12 dB calibrated
attenuator between the Model 8443A/B RF OUTPUT and the analyzer RF INPUT. Set the Model 8443A/B TENS
attenuator to -50 dBm and the analyzer LOG REF LEVEL to -10 dBm. Set the calibrated 12 dB attenuator to 12
dB. Adjust the Model 8552 LOG REF LEVEL vernier control to obtain a reading of 300 mV on the digital voltmeter.
9. Set the Model 8443A/B UNITS attenuator to -1 and the 12 dB calibrated attenuator to 11. The digital voltmeter
should indicate 300 mV ± 1 mV.
-1 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
10. Check the remaining UNITS steps by increasing the UNITS attenuation in 1 dB steps while decreasing the 12 dB
calibrated attenuator by 1 dB steps. (The sum of the two attenuators should always total 12 dB.) The digital
voltmeter should be reset to 300 mV prior to each step if necessary.
-3 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-4 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-5 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-6 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-7 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-8 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-9 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-10 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-11 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-12 dBm DVM reading:
299 mV
301 mV
4-5
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-12. Specification 3, Amplitude Accuracy (Flatness)
SPECIFICATION: ± 0.5 dB across entire range.
DESCRIPTION: The Spectrum Analyzer is swept through its entire range and the output of the Mode. 443A/B is recorded
on an X-Y Recorder.
Figure 4-3. Amplitude Accuracy Test
EQUIPMENT:
X-Y Recorder
Crystal Detector
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-3 and set the controls as follows:
Tracking Generator/Counter:
MODE ................................................................................................................................. MARKER
RF LEVEL ATTENUATORS ....................................................................................................... 0 dB
MARKER POSITION .................................................................................................................CCW
Spectrum Analyzer:
SCAN WIDTH ...........................................................................................................................ZERO
SCAN MODE ....................................................................................................................... SINGLE
SCAN TIME .........................................................................................................................2 sec/Div
SCAN TRIGGER . .................................................................................................................. AUTO
X-Y Recorder:
Horizontal trace begins at left margin of recorder chart paper and ends at right margin synchronized to the
beginning and end of the analyzer scan ramp.
Vertical position of the stylus may be anywhere on the recorder chart paper which permits a 1 dB step
without reaching top or bottom limits.
2. With all controls set as shown above, place the PEN switch on the recorder to the DOWN position. ,ii and push
the SINGLE scan button on the analyzer. Be sure to place the recorder PEN switch in the UP position as soon as
the scan stops.
3. Turn the Model 8443A/B UNITS attenuator to 1 dB and repeat step 2. Return the UNITS attenuate to 0 dB.
4-6
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-12. Specification 3. Amplitude Accuracy (Flatness) (cont’d)
4. Set the analyzer to SCAN WIDTH PER DIVISION at 10 MHz, and tune the analyzer to approximately 50 MHz.
Carefully tune the analyzer to indicate a 100 kHz readout on the Model 8443A. (On the 8443B, use a frequency
counter, connected to RF OUTPUT, to tune the analyzer to 100 kHz). Position the recorder stylus slightly below
the top line drawn in steps 2 and 3. Place the PEN switch on the recorder in the down position and depress the
SINGLE scan button on the analyzer. When the scan stops, set the PEN switch to UP.
5. Set the analyzer SCAN WIDTH PER DIVISION to 2 MHz and tune the analyzer FREQUENCY to a point where the
Model 8443A counter reads 90 MHz. (Connect an external counter to the 8443B to tune the analyzer to 90 MHz).
The recorder stylus should be positioned at the same level as measured at 90 MHz in test 4. Place the recorder
PEN switch in the DOWN position and push the SINGLE button on the analyzer. When the recorder stylus
reaches the right hand margin of the recorder chart place the PEN switch in the UP position. The entire trace
(steps 4 and 5) should be between the two lines drawn in steps 2 and 3.
± 0.5 dB
4-13. Specification 4, Output Impedance
SPECIFICATION: 50 ohms, ac coupled, reflection coefficient < or = 0.09 (1.2 SWR); output 0 dBm.
DESCRIPTION: The RF output from the Tracking Generator is measured with an RF Voltmeter, first with no load, then
terminated in 50 ohms. The source resistance (Rs) of the Tracking Generator is then calculated and finally the SWR is
determined by dividing Zo by Rs (Rs by Zo if Zo is greater than Rs).
Figure 4-4. Output Impedance Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
RF Vector Voltmeter
50 ohm dummy load
BNC Tee
4-7
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-13. Specification 4, Output Impedance (cont’d)
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-4 and set the controls as follows:
Tracking Generator/Counter:
RF OUTPUT
LEVEL dBm .................................................................................................. .All controls set to 0
POWER ........................................................................................................................................ ON
Spectrum Analyzer:
FREQUENCY ........................................................................................................................ 30 MHz
SCAN WIDTH PER DIVISION.................................................................................................. 1 kHz
SCAN WIDTH ...........................................................................................................................ZERO
ALL OTHER CONTROLS ...............................................................................................Any setting
RF Vector Voltmeter:
CHANNEL........................................................................................................................................ A
FREQ RANGE - MHz....................................................................................... 30 MHz (APC locked)
RANGE . ............................................................................................................................. 1000 mV
PHASE CONTROLS............................................................................................................ Not used
2. Measure the RF output of the Tracking Generator with the RF Vector Voltmeter. Record the reading:
Voc =
mVrms
3. Use the BNC Tee and terminate the Tracking Generator RF OUTPUT in 50 ohms. Measure the RF output with
the RF Vector Voltmeter. Record the reading:
VL =
mVrms
4. Find the source resistance of the Tracking Generator by the following formula:
Rs = RL Voc - RL
VL
Voc = Tracking Generator RF output open circuit voltage
VL = Tracking Generator RF output terminated in 50 ohms
RL = Zo = Characteristic Impedance = 50 ohms
5. Find SWR by the formula:
SWR = Z o
Rs
(Rs Ro
if Zo is greater than Rs.
)
6. Record this value; maximum allowable is 1.2
1.2
4-8
SWR
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-14. Specification 5, Measurement Range (8443A Only)
SPECIFICATION: 100 kHz to 110 MHz. Display: seven digits with one digit over-range (for frequencies of
100 MHz and higher).
DESCRIPTION: This test is identical to 4-10.
4-15. Specification 6, Resolution (Gate time, 8443A Only)
SPECIFICATION: 1 kHz (1 mSec), 100 Hz (10 mSec) and 10 Hz (100 mSec).
DESCRIPTION: This test consists of placing the RESOLUTION switch on the 8443A in each of its three positions and
observing the numerical readout.
PROCEDURE: Operate the Model 8443A in the MARKER mode with the MARKER POSITION knob pulled out. Tune the
analyzer to any frequency over 100 MHz, and place the Model 8443A RESOLUTION control in each of its three positions.
In the 10 Hz position all of the numerical readouts are illuminated and the decimal point is between the third and fourth
readouts. In the 100 Hz position the first numerical readout is blanked and the decimal point is between the fourth and fifth
readouts. In the 1 kHz position the first and second readouts are blanked and the decimal point is between the fifth and
sixth readouts.
4-16. Specification 7, Accuracy (8443A Only)
SPECIFICATION: ± count ± time base accuracy.
DESCRIPTION: Connect the 1 MHz OUT (J4 on rear panel of the Model 8443A) to the COUNTER INPUT. Place the
MODE control in the EXTERNAL position. In any position of the RESOLUTION control the last digit of the numerical
readout will be 0, 1 or 9.
4-9
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-17. Specification 8, Time Base Aging Rate (8443A Only)
SPECIFICATION: < 3 x 10-9 per day. (0.003 Hz/day at 1 MHz after warmup).
DESCRIPTION: This test checks long term frequency stability. This is accomplished by mixing the reference oscillator
frequency of the Model 8443A with a stable 1.000001 MHz signal and recording the drift on a strip recorder.
Figure 4-5. Time Base Again Rate Test
EQUIPMENT:
Digital-to-Analog Converter/Recorder
Frequency Counter
Double Balanced Mixer
Amplifier, dc to 1 MHz
Quartz Oscillator
Frequency Synthesizer
Oscilloscope
Attenuator
PROCEDURE:
1. Set controls as follows:
Digital-to-Analog Converter/Recorder:
POWER ........................................................................................................................................ ON
COLUMN SELECTOR........................................................................................................2, 3 and 4
OPERATE............................................................................... (after ZERO-CALIBRATE procedure)
MIN-N-HR ..................................................................................................................................... HR
div .....................................................................................................................................................8
PEN............................................................................................................................................ down
RANGE . ............................................................................................................................... 100 mV
Amplifier, dc:
Remove ground strap from low output terminal
GAIN ............................................................................................................................................ X10
Quartz Oscillator:
OUTPUT ................................................................................................................. From 1 MHz jack
4-10
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-17. Specification 8, Time Base Aging Rate (8443A Only) (cont’d)
Frequency Counter:
SIGNAL INPUT ............................................................................................................................. DC
TIME BASE ............................................................................................................................. 10 µ S
SAMPLE RATE ..............................................................................Just out of POWER OFF detent
SENSITIVITY (preset) ................................................................................................................ 0.1V
FUNCTION to PERIOD AVERAGE . ...............................................................................................1
STORAGE/OFF (on back panel) ......................................................................................STORAGE
Frequency Synthesizer:
FREQUENCY SELECTION . ........................................................... Local keyboard and OPERATE
OUTPUT LEVEL.....................................................................................................................full CW
FREQUENCY ............................................................................................................... 1,000,001 Hz
SEARCH OSCILLATOR ........................................................................................ Function not used
FREQUENCY STANDARD......................................................................................................... EXT
ATTENUATOR ......................................................................................................................... 20 dB
2. After connecting the equipment as shown in Figure 4-5 and setting controls, use the oscilloscope to check for the
presence of 50 cycle ac on the 1 cycle input to the frequency counter. If 60 cycles is present it is probably due to a
ground loop. Check all equipment grounds.
3. After warmup (seven days of continuous operation of 72 hours of continuous operation after an off time of less
than 72 hours) test the time base aging rate.
4. After the digital to analog converter/recorder has been calibrated, position the recorder stylus to a convenient point
on the recording paper. Check the time base for a 24 hour period. The recorder excursions must not exceed 1.4
minor divisions.
divisions
4-18. Specification 9, Time Base Temperature Drift (8443A Only)
SPECIFICATION: <3 x 10- 8 (0.03 Hz) variation referenced to 100 MHz 0 to 55°C.
DESCRIPTION: This test verifies frequency stability over the specified operating temperature range.
EQUIPMENT: Same as 4-17 plus a temperature controllable oven.
PROCEDURE:
1. With the equipment connected and adjusted as in 4-16, place the Model 8443A in a temperature controllable
oven. Adjust the temperature to +24°C and allow the temperature to stabilize.
2. Make a reference plot on the recorder at +24°C.
3. Lower the oven temperature to 0°C and allow three hours for the temperature to stabilize. Record the deviation
from the +24°C trace.
4. Increase the oven temperature to +55°C and allow three hours for the temperature to stabilize. Record the
deviation from the previous traces.
5. Total deviation must be not more than 3 x 10-8.
Deviation
4-11
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-19. Specification 10, External Counter Input (8443A Only)
SPECIFICATION: 10 kHz to 120 MHz, 50 ohms, -10 dBm minimum, +25 dBm maximum.
DESCRIPTION: This test verifies the ability of the counter to count frequencies between 10 kHz and 120
MHz at signal levels as low as -10 dBm.
Figure 4-6. Counter Input Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Test Oscillator
VHF Signal Generator
PROCEDURE:
1. Place the Model 8443A MODE switch in the EXTERNAL position and connect the test oscillator output to the
COUNTER INPUT. Set the test oscillator output to 10 kHz at -10 dBm. The counter readout should indicate 10
kHz. Increase the test oscillator output to +25 dBm. Counter readout remains the same.
2. Connect the VHF Signal Generator RF OUTPUT to the Model 8443A COUNTER INPUT. Set generator output to
120 MHz at -10 dBm. The counter readout should indicate 120 MHz.
3. Repeat the test at various frequencies between 10 kHz and 120 MHz.
4-20. Specification 11, External Time Base (8443A Only)
SPECIFICATION: 1 MHz, 50 ohm, 1 Vrms minimum.
DESCRIPTION: This test verifies proper operation of the counter when an external time base is used.
EQUIPMENT:
Frequency Standard
VHF Signal Generator
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect the signal generator RF OUTPUT to the Model 8443A COUNTER INPUT (100 MHz, -10 dBm). Counter
readout indicates 100 MHz.
2. Connect the frequency standard output (1 MHz) to the Model 8443A EXT TIME BASE IN (rear panel J3). Place
A4S2 in the EXT position. The counter readout should again indicate 100 MHz.
4-12
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
PERFORMANCE TESTS
4-21. Specification 12, Time Base Output (8443A Only)
SPECIFICATION: 1 MHz, 1 Vrms nominal.
DESCRIPTION: This test verifies the presence of the internal time base signal at J4 on the rear panel of the Model 8443A.
EQUIPMENT: Oscilloscope
PROCEDURE: Connect the 1 MHz OUT (rear panel J4) to the oscilloscope input. Oscilloscope displays a 1 MHz signal at
least 1 Vrms in amplitude.
4-22. Specification 14, Digital Frequency Readout (8443A Only)
SPECIFICATION: 8, 4, 2, 1 code: positive logic.
DESCRIPTION: This test verifies the availability of the digital output from the Model 8443A.
EQUIPMENT: Digital Recorder
PROCEDURE: Connect the DIGITAL OUTPUT on the rear panel of the Model 8443A to the digital recorder input. Place
the UNBLANKED/BLANKED switch on the Model 8443A to the BLANKED position (to prevent zero’s before the first
significant digit). In the EXTERNAL Mode set the analyzer to 10 MHz/Div and 10 second/Div. Connect the RF OUTPUT
to the COUNTER INPUT. Note that the digital recorder readout tracks (one count behind) the Model 8443A counter
readout.
4-13
Section 4
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 4-1. Performance Test Record
4-10. Frequency Range
100 kHz
110 MHz
4-11. Amplitude Range
0 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-10 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-20 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-30 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-40 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-50 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-60 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-70 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-80 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-90 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-100 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-110 dBm reading:
298 mV
302 mV
-1 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-2 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-3 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-4 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-5 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-6 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-7 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-8 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-9 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-10 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-11 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
-12 dBm reading:
299 mV
301 mV
4-12. Amplitude Accuracy (Flatness)
± 0.5 dB
4-13. Output Impedance
1.2
SWR
4-17. Time Base Aging Rate
divisions
4-18. Time Base Temperature Drift
deviation
4-14
Section 5
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SECTION V
ADJUSTMENTS
5-1. INTRODUCTION
5-2. This section describes adjustments and checks
required to return the Model 8443A/B to peak operation
capability when repairs are required. Included in this
section are test setups and procedures and a test card
for recording data taken during adjustment procedures.
Adjustment location illustrations are provided on the first
foldout in this manual. If adjusting an 8443B, disregard
references to the Counter circuits.
minimum specifications in order to adjust the Model
8443A/B effectively.
5-3. Checks and Adjustments Arrangement
5-9. Table 1-2 contains a detailed description of the
contents of the service kit. Any item in the kit may be
ordered separately if desired.
5-7. HP 08443-60011 Service Kit
5-8. The HP 08443-60011 Service Kit is an accessory
item available from Hewlett-Packard for use in
maintaining the Model 8443A/B.
5-4.
The check and adjustment procedures are
arranged in numerical order.
5-10. Factory Selected Components
5-5. Test Equipment Required
5-11. Some component values in the Model 8443A/B
are selected at the time of final assembly and test.
These components are listed in Table 8-1. They are also
listed in the adjustment procedure for the circuit in which
they appear.
5-6. Each test procedure in this section contains a list of
test equipment to be used. Required specifications for
test equipment are detailed in Table 1-2. Also, each test
setup identifies all test equipment and accessories by
callouts. Any equipment substituted for the instruments
or accessories listed in Table 1-2 must meet the
5-12. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES
5-1
Section 5
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-13. Power Supplies
REFERENCE: Service Sheet 4.
DESCRIPTION: The power supplies in the Model 8443A provide regulated outputs of +175 volts, +24 volts, +20 volts, +5.8
volts and -12 volts. These checks verify proper operation of the power supplies. (The power supplies in the 8443B
provide only +24 volts, +20 volts, and -12 volts).
Figure 5-1. Power Supply Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Digital Voltmeter
AC Voltmeter
Service Kit
Variable Voltage
Transformer
PROCEDURE:
1. With power applied to the model 8443A/B through the variable voltage transformer, connect the digital voltmeter to
the +24 volt test point on the A14 assembly. Vary the ac line voltage from 100 volts to 130 volts. The +24 volts
should not vary more than +10 mV.
Input AC
100 Vac
115 Vac
130 Vac
+24V
2. Measure the dc levels and the ac ripple at the test points on the A14 Sense Amplifier.
Level
+24V
+20V
+5.8V
-12V
Tolerance
±10.00 mV
±0.40 V
±0.12 V
±0.24V
3. Measure the dc level and ac ripple at the 175 V test point.
5-2
Ripple
<0.2 mV
<1.0 mV
<1.0 mV
<1.0 mV
Section 5
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-13. Power Supplies (cont’d)
Level
+175V
Tolerance
± 3.5V
Ripple
<1.0 V
4. If the voltages are not within tolerance connect the digital voltmeter to the +24 volt test point on the A14 assembly
and adjust reference level potentiometer R50. If the voltage cannot be adjusted to +24 volts, or if other dc outputs
are not within tolerance, refer to Service Sheet 4 in Section VIII and repair the power supply. Repeat these tests
after completing repairs.
NOTE
R11, R33, R38 and R43 are all factory selected at time of final assembly to provide
the proper reference level for the sense amplifier in which they appear. The value
of these resistors determines the dc level of the supply output.
5-14. First Converter (A13)
REFERENCE: Service Sheet 2.
DESCRIPTION: The first converter contains a 3 MHz crystal controlled oscillator, 3 MHz and 47 MHz amplifiers and a
diode quad mixer. These tests verify proper operation of the assembly.
Figure 5-2. First Converter Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
RF Voltmeter
Service Kit
Frequency Counter
PROCEDURE:
1. Set the TRACKING ADJUST control full ccw and monitor the 3 MHz test point on the A13 assembly with the RF
Voltmeter. Adjust L1 PEAK ADJ for maximum indication on the RF Voltmeter.
2. Monitor the 3 MHz test point with the frequency Counter and set L2, RANGE ADJ, for a frequency of 2 MHz.
3. Turn the TRACKING ADJUST control full cw. The frequency at the 3 MHz test point should be 3 MHz. If the
frequency is greater than 3.00025 MHz, replace R20 with a higher value.
4. Connect the RF Voltmeter to the 3 MHz test point. The minimum output level over the range of the TRACKING
ADJUST control should be 275 mVrms.
275 mVrms
5-3
Section 5
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-14. First Converter (A13) (cont’d)
5. Measure the output of the 3 MHz oscillator (Test Point 1) with the RF Voltmeter. Signal level should be 480
mVrms minimum.
480 mVrms
6. Reinstall the A13 assembly and connect the 50 MHz output to the Spectrum Analyzer RF INPUT. The 40 MHz
signal should be -26 dBm minimum.
26 dBm
5-15. 50 MHz IF Amplifier (A12)
REFERENCE: Service Sheet 2.
DESCRIPTION: The 50 MHz amplifier provides about 12 dB of gain. These tests verify proper operation of the bandpass
filter and the 44 and 47 MHz traps.
EQUIPMENT: Service Kit
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect the output of the A12 assembly to the Spectrum Analyzer RF INPUT. Adjust the BPF ADJ capacitors for
maximum 50 MHz signal on the analyzer CRT. Minimum signal level is -15 dBm.
-15 dBm
2. Adjust C8 and C17 for minimum signal at 44 MHz and C10 for minimum signal at 47 MHz. Check for minimum
separation of 60 dB between the 50 MHz signal and the 44 and 47 MHz signals over the entire range of the
analyzer’s third local oscillator signal.
Separation 60 dB
5-16. Second Converter (All)
REFERENCE: Service Sheet 2.
DESCRIPTION: The second converter contains a three-stage amplifier (about 20 dB gain) and a diode quad mixer. These
tests verify proper operation of the assembly.
EQUIPMENT:
Service Kit
RF Voltmeter
PROCEDURE:
1. Remove the All assembly and reinstall it using an extender board. Check the output from the amplifier to the
mixer (Test Point 1) with the RF Voltmeter. Level should be 800 mVrms minimum.
800 mVrms
2. Check the 200 MHz output with the RF Voltmeter (terminated in 50 ohms). Minimum level should be -22 dBm.
-22 dBm
5-4
Section 5
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-17. 200 MHz IF Amplifier (A10)
REFERENCE: Service Sheet 3.
DESCRIPTION: The A10 assembly contains a two-stage variable gain (about 20 dB) amplifier and a bandpass filter.
These tests verify proper operation of the assembly.
Figure 5-3. 200 MHz IF Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
VHF Signal Generator
Service Kit
0 - 1250 MHz Spectrum Analyzer
DC Power Supply
PROCEDURE:
1. Apply a -10 dBm, 100 MHz, CW signal to the 200 MHz input (green cable) on the A10 assembly. Connect the 200
MHz output of the A10 assembly to the RF INPUT of the 0 - 1250 MHz Spectrum Analyzer and tune the analyzer
to 100 MHz. Adjust A10C5 for minimum response on the analyzer CRT.
2. Change the input signal to 150 MHz and adjust A10C4 for minimum 150 MHz response.
3. Change the input signal to 200 MHz, center the signal on the 0 - 1250 Spectrum Analyzer CRT and adjust the
bandpass filter (C3, C5 and C6) for maximum response. Reduce the output of the signal generator to -35 dBm.
The signal level displayed on the 0 1250 Spectrum Analyzer should be -18 dBm (17 dB gain).
4. Remove the A8 assembly and apply a 23 volt dc level to the ALC Test Point (A10TP3) on the A10 assembly.
Tune the ALC RANGE ADJ for minimum signal level out as observed on the 0 - 1250 Spectrum Analyzer CRT.
5-5
Section 5
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-18. Third Converter (A9)
REFERENCE: Service Sheet 3.
DESCRIPTION: Third converter assembly contains a three-stage (about 20 dB gain) amplifier, a diode quad mixer and a
120 MHz low pass filter. These tests verify proper operation of the assembly.
Figure 5-4. Third Converter Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
RF Voltmeter
0 - 1250 MHz Spectrum Analyzer
Service Kit
PROCEDURE:
1. Remove the A9 assembly and reinstall it using an extender board from the service kit. Check the amplifier output
at Test Point 3 (Q1-c). Signal level should be 800 mVrms minimum.
800 mVrms
2. Connect the output of the A9 assembly to the analyzer RF INPUT. Signal level should be --32 dBm minimum.
-32 dBm
3. Connect the output of the A9 assembly to the RF INPUT of the 0 - 1250 MHz Spectrum Analyzer and verify that
frequencies above 120 MHz are sharply attenuated.
5-6
Section 5
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-19. ALC/Video Amplifier
REFERENCE: Service Sheet 3.
DESCRIPTION: The A8 assembly contains two integrated circuit RF amplifiers and a leveling circuit which controls the
gain of the 200 MHz IF amplifier. These tests verify proper operation of the assembly.
Figure 5-5. ALC/Video Amplifer Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
Power Supply
Service KIT
Power Meter
3.7 Volt Zener Diode
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect the 3.7 volt zener diode across the external power supply output terminals. Connect the negative power
supply lead to the CCW lead of the output vernier control and the positive lead to ground.
2. Set the OUTPUT LEVEL dBm TENS to +10 (UNITS and TENTHS to 0) and connect the power meter to the RF
OUTPUT. Set the analyzer to ZERO scan at 100 MHz.
3. Set OUTPUT LEVEL UNITS to -9 and TENTHS to -1. Adjust the power supply for a 0 dBm output from the Model
8443A/B as read on the power meter.
4. Set OUTPUT LEVEL dBm UNITS to -10 and TENTHS to 0. Adjust R16, 0 dB ADJ, on the A8 assembly for a 0
dBm output from the Model 8443A/B as read on the power meter.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until further adjustment is unnecessary.
6. Disconnect the external power supply and set OUTPUT LEVEL dBm UNITS to -9 and TENTHS to -1.
7. Adjust -1 dB ADJ (R14) on the A8 assembly for a 0 dBm output from the Model 8443A/B as read on the power
meter.
8. Set OUTPUT LEVEL dBm UNITS to -10 and TENTHS to 0. Verify 0 dBm output with the power meter.
5-7
Section 5
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
ADJUSTMENTS
5-20. Reference Oscillator (A4) (8443A Only)
REFERENCE: Service Sheet 7.
DESCRIPTION: This procedure allows adjustment of the reference oscillator (A4) in comparison with an external
frequency standard.
Figure 5-6. Reference Oscillator Test Setup
EQUIPMENT:
1 MHz Frequency Standard
Oscilloscope
PROCEDURE: After warmup (seven continuous days of operation or 72 hours of operation after an off time of 72 hours or
less), connect the oscilloscope and frequency standard as shown in Figure 5-6; set the oscilloscope to .05 µ Sec/Div and
adjust the vertical sensitivity for full scale sinusoid. Adjust the reference oscillator COARSE and FINE controls until the
display moves in either direction no faster than one division in five seconds.
5-8
Section 5
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 5-1. Adjustment Test Record
Hewlett-Packard Model 8443A/B
Tracking Generator/Counter
Tests Performed by
Serial No.
Date
5-13. Power Supplies Checks and Adjustments.
+24 volt supply at 100 Vac
at 115 Vac
Power Supply:
Measured Level
at 130 Vac
Measured ripple
+24V
+20V
+5.8V
-12V
+175V
5-14. First Converter (A13) Checks and Adjustments.
Test
4
275 mVrms
5
480 mVrms
6
-26 dBm
5-15. 50 MHz IF Amplifier (A12) Checks and Adjustments.
Test
1
-15 dBm
2
Separation 60 dB
5-16. Second Converter (All) Checks and Adjustments.
Test
1
800 mVrms
2
-22 dBm
5-18. Third Converter (A9) Checks and Adjustments.
Test
1
800 mVrms
2
-32 dBm
5-9/5-10
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SECTION VI
REPLACEABLE PARTS
6-1.
This section contains information relative to
ordering replacement parts and assemblies.
6-3.
Table 6-2 provides an index of reference
designations and abbreviations used in the preparation
of manuals by Hewlett-Packard.
6-2. Table 6-1 provides correct stock numbers for use
when ordering printed circuit board assemblies on an
exchange basis.
6-4. Table 6-3 identifies parts by reference designations.
6-5. Table 6-4 provides code number identification of
manufacturers.
Table 6-1. Part Numbers for Assembly Exchange Orders
Assembly
New
Pat No.
Exchange No.
A1
Low Frequency Counter
08443-60071
08443-60075
A2
0-120 dB Attenuator
08443-60001
08443-60102
A3
0-12 dB Attenuator
08443-60002
08443-60103
A5
Time Base
08443-60048
08443-60104
A6
High Frequency Decade
084.43-60047
08443-60105
A7
Marker Control
08443-60046
08443-60106
A8
ALC Video Amplifier
08443-60045
08443-60107
A9
Third Converter
08443-60044
08443-60108
A10 200 MHz IF Amplifier
08443-60043
08443-60109
A11 Second Converter
08443-60042
08443-60110
A12 50 MHz IF Amplifier
08443-60041
08443-60111
A13 First Converter
08443-60077
08443-60115
A14 Sense Amplifier
08443-60015
08443-60113
A15 Rectifier
08443-60014
08443-60114
6-1
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-2. Reference Designators and Abbreviations used in Parts List
REFERENCE DESIGNATORS
A
B
BT
C
CP
CR
DL
DS
E
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
assembly
motor
battery
capacitor
coupler
diode
delay line
device signaling (lamp)
misc electronic part
F
FL
J
K
L
LS
M
MK
MP
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
fuse
Filter
Jack
relay
inductor
loud speaker
meter
microphone
mechanical part
P
Q
R
RT
S
T
TB
TP
U
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
plug
transistor
resistor
thermistor
switch
transformer
terminal board
test point
integrated circuit
V -
VR
W
X
Y
Z
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
vacuum tube.
neon bulb.
photocell etc.
voltage
regulator
cable
socket
crystal
tuned cavity.
network
ABBREVIATIONS
A
AFC
N/O
NOM
NPO
=
=
=
NPN
NRFR
=
=
=
NSR
=
kilo =1000
OBD
=
LH
=
LIN
=
LK WASH =
left hand
linear taper
lock washer
OH
OX
P
PC
=
=
=
=
COMPL = complete
CONN = connector
CP
= cadmium plate
LOG
LPF
=
=
logarithmic taper
low pass filter
=
=
PH BRZ =
CRT
= cathode-ray tube
M
=
PHL
CW
= clockwise
MEG
=
milli = 10-3
meg = 106
PIV
DEPC
DR
= deposited carbon
= drive
MET FLM =
MET OX =
MFR
=
metal film
metallic oxide
manufacturer
MHz
MINAT
MOM
MOS
=
=
=
=
MTO
MY
=
=
mega Hertz
miniature
momentary
metalized
substrate
mounting
“mylar"
AMPL
= amperes
= automatic frequency
control
= amplifier
BFO
= beat frequency oscllator
BE CU = beryllium copper
BH
= binder head
BP
= bandpass
BRS
= brass
BWO
= backward wave oscillator
CCRW
CER
CMO
COEF
COM
COMP
=
=
=
=
=
=
counterclockwise
ceramic
cabinet mount only
coefficient
common
composition
ELECT = electrolytic
ENCAP = encapsulated
EXT
= external
F
FH
FIL H
FXD
=
=
=
=
G
= giga (109)
GE
GL
GRD
farads
flat head
Fillister head
fixed
= germanium
= glas
= ground(ed)
H
HDW
HEX
HG
HR
Hz
=
=
=
=
=
=
henries
hardware
hexagonal
mercury
hour(s)
Hertz
IF
IMPG
INCD
INCL
INS
INT
=
=
=
=
=
=
intermediate freq
impregnated
Incandescent
Include(s)
insulation(ed)
internal
K
=
N
N/C
NE
NI PL
=
=
=
=
nano (10-9)
normally closed
neon
nickel plate
normally open
nominal
negative positive
zero (zero ternperature coefficient)
negative-positivenegative
not recommended
for field replacement
not separately
replaceable
order by
description
oval head
oxide
peak
printed circuit
RMO
RMS
RWV
= rack mount only
= root-mean square
= reverse working
voltage
S-B
= slow-blow
SCR
= screw
SE
= selenium
SECT
= section(s)
SEMICON = semiconductor
SI
= silicon
SIL
= silver
SL
= slide
SPG
= spring
SPL
= special
SST
= Stainless steel
SR
= split ring
STL
= steel
TA
TD
= tantalum
= time delay
picofarads = 10-12
farads
phosphor bronze
TGL
THD
TI
= toggle
= thread
= titanium
=
Phillips
TOL
= tolerance
=
peak inverse
TRIM
= trimmer
=
voltage
positive-negativepositive
TWT
PNP
= traveling wave
tube
P/O
POLY
PORC
POS
POT
PP
PT
PWV
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
part of
polystrene
porcelain
position(s)
potentiometer
peak-to-peak
point
peak working voltage
µ
= micro = 10-6
VAR
VDCW
= variable
= dc working volts
W/
W
= with
= watts
WIV
RECT
RF
RH
=
=
=
rectifier
radio frequency
round head or
right hand
= working Inverse
voltage
= wire wound
= without
PF
6-2
WW
W/O
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
HP Part Number
Qty
A1
08443-60071
1
A10P1
A1MP2
A1MP3
A1MP3
A1MP3
A1MP3
A1MP3
A1MP3
A1MP3
A1MP4
A1MP5
A1MP5
A1MP5
A1MP6
A1MP6
A1MP7
A1MP7
A1MP8
A1MP9
A1MP10
A1MP11
A1MP12
A1MP13
A1W1
A1W1
A1A1C1
A1A1C2
A1A1C3
A1A1C4
A1A1CR1
A1A1CR1
A1A1CR2
A1A1CR3
A1A1CR4
A1A1CR5
A1A1DS1
A1A1DS2
A1A1DS2
A1A1DS2
A1A1DS3
A1A1DS3
A1A1DS4
A1A1SD4
A1A1SD5
A1A1SD5
A1A1SD6
A1A1SD6
A1A1DS7
A1A1DS7
A1A1DS8
A1A1DS8
A1A1L1
A1A1L2
A1A1L3
A1A1Q1
A1A1Q2
A1A1Q3
A1A1Q4
A1A1Q5
A1A1R1
A1A1R2
A1A1R3
A1A1R4
A1A1R5
A1A1R6
A1A1R7
A1A1R8
A1A1R9
A1A1R10
A1A1R11
A1A1R12
A1A1R13
08443-00009
08443-00016
08443-00042
08443-00007
08443-00008
08443-00010
08443-00011
08443-00015
08443-4D004
08443-03044
08443-60039
0380-0885
1251-1887
1400-0818
0400-0009
3160-0231
0400-0009
0400-0009
0400-0009
0400-0009
0400-0009
0400-0009
0400-0009
08443-60064
08443-60037
0160-2143
0160-2143
0160-2930
0180-0197
0180-0137
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1970-0042
1200-0405
1970-0042
1200-0405
1970-0042
1200-0405
1970-0042
1200-0405
1970-0042
1200-0405
1970-0042
1200-0405
1970-0042
1200-0435
1970-0042
1200-0405
9100-1643
9100-1616
9140-0051
1854-0022
1854-0071
1854-0022
1854-0022
1854-0022
0683-6825
0683-6825
0683-3025
0683-6825
0683-3025
0683-6825
0683-3025
0683-6825
0683-3025
0683-6825
0683-6825
0683-6825
0683-1025
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
8
1
5
1
1
3
6
12
1
30
8
8
2
6
1
4
43
8
7
13
Description
BOARD ASSY:LOW-FREOUENCY COUNTER
(8443A ONLY)
COVER:TOP COUNTER BOX
BRACKET:RETAINING
COVER BOX
COVER:BOTTOM C-BOX
PANEL:REAR C-BOX
BRACKET MOUNTING, LEFT C-BOX
BRACKET MOUNTING, RIGHT C-BOX
SCREEN:NIXIE SHIELD
BRACKET:SCREEN
GUIDE:CONNECTOR BOARD
BOARD ASSY:CONNECTOR
STANDOFF:CAPTIVE 0.156" LG 4-43 THREAD
CONNECTOR:PC 44 CONTACTS (2 X 22)
CLAMP:MOTOR 0.750" TO #6 MTG HOLES
GROMMET:VINYL FITS 1/4" DIA HOLE
FAN BLADE:2.500" DIA
GROMMET:VINYL FITS 1/4" DIA HOLE
GROMMET:VINYL FITS 1/4" DIA HOLE
GROMMET:VINYL FITS 1/4" DIA HOLE
GROMMET:VINYL FITS 1/4“ DIA HOLE
GROMMET:VINYL FITS 1/4" DIA HOLE
GROMMET:VINYL FITS 1/4" DIA HOLE
GROMMET:VINYL FITS 1/4” DIA HOLE
CABLE ASSY
BOARD ASSY:LOW FREQ COUNTER
C:FXD CER 2000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 2000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 2.2 UF +80-10% 20VDCW
C:FXD CER 100 UF +80-20% 10VDCW
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/IV
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/IV
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/IV
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/IV
TUBE:NUMERICAL INDICATOR
SOCKET:TUBE FOR 5700 SERIES
TUBE:NUMERICAL INDICATOR
SOCKET:TUBE FOR 5700 SERIES
TUBE:NUMERICAL INDICATOR
SOCKET:TUBE FOR 5700 SERIES
TUBE:NUMERICAL INDICATOR
SOCKET:TUBE FOR 5700 SERIES
TUBE:NUMERICAL INDICATOR
SOCKET:TUBE FOR 5700 SERIES
TUBE:NUMERICAL INDICATOR
SOCKET:TUBE FOR 5730 SERIES
TUBE:NUMERICAL INDICATOR
SOCKET:TUBE FOR 5700 SERIES
TUBE:NUMERICAL INDICATOR
SOCKET:TUBE FOR 5700 SERIES
COIL/CHOKE 300 UH 5%
COIL/CHOKE 1.50 UH 10%
COIL:FXD 400 UHY
TSTRI:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
R:FXD COMP 6800 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 6800 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 3000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 6500 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 3000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 6800 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 3000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 6800 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 3000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 6800 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 6800 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 6800 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-3
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
28480
28480
29480
28483
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
00000
71785
91506
01538
04870
01536
01538
01538
01538
01538
01538
01538
28480
28480
91418
91418
91418
56289
56289
07263
07263
07263
07263
07263
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
83594
28480
99800
28480
07263
28480
07263
07263
07263
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
08443-00009
08443-00016
08443-00042
08443-00007
08443-00008
08443-00010
08443-00011
08443-00015
08443-40004
08443-00044
08443-60039
DBD
252-22-30-340
2601-20
G250
2-1/2 LMF .0795
G250
G250
G250
G250
G250
G250
G250
08443-60064
08443-60037
TYPE B
TYPE B
TA
1500225X9020A2-DVS
1500107X0010R2-DVS
FD 2387
FD 2387
FD 2387
FD 2387
FD 2387
B-5750-S
SK 207
B-5750-S
SK 207
B-5750-S
SK 207
B-5750-S
SK 207
B-5750-S
SK 207
B-5750-S
SK 207
B-5750-5
SK 207
B-5750-S
SK 207
9100-1643
1537-16
9140-0051
S17843
1854-0071
S17843
S17843
S17843
CB 6825
CB 6825
CB 3025
CB 6825
CB 3025
CB 6825
CB 3025
CB 6825
CB 3025
CB 6825
CB 6825
CB 6825
CB 3025
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
HP Part Number
Qty
A1A1R14
A1A1R15
A1A1U1
A1A1U2
A1A1U3
A1A1U4
A1A1U5
A1A1U6
A1A1U7
A1A1U8
A1A1U9
A1A1U10
A1A1U11
A1A1U12
A1A1U13
A1A1U14
A1A1U15
A1A1U16
A1A1U17
A1A1U18
A1A1U19
A1A1U20
A1A1U21
A1A1U22
A1A2
A1A2C1
A1A2C2
A1A2CR1
A1A2CR2
A1A2CR3
A1A2CR4
A1A2CR4
A1A2CR4
A1A2CR7
A1A2CR8
A1A2M1
A1A2Q1
A1A2Q2
A1A2Q3
A1A2Q4
A1A2Q5
A1A2Q6
A1A2Q7
A1A2R
A1A2R2
A1A2R3
A1A2R4
A1A2R5
A1A2R6
A1A2R7
A2
A2
A2W1
A3
A3
A3W1
A3W2
A4
A4
A5
A5
A5C1
A5C2
ASC3
A5C4
A5C5
A5C6
0683-3025
0683-3025
1820-0092
1820-0092
1820-0092
1820-0092
1820-0092
1820-0092
1820-0092
1820-0116
1820-0116
1820-0116
1820-0116
1120-0116
1120-0116
1820-0116
1820-0077
1820-0117
1820-0119
1820-0119
1820-0119
1820-0119
1820-0119
1B20-0174
08443-60070
0180-0155
0160-3451
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0049
1901-0040
1901-0040
1902-3094
3140-0487
1853-0027
1853-0027
1953-0027
1853-0027
1854-0045
1853-0020
1854-0071
0683-0335
0684-3311
0684-3311
0698-7255
0698-7255
0698-7239
0698-7253
08443-60001
0163-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2218
0180-0229
23
A5C7
A5C8
A5C9
A5C10
A5C11
0180-0116
0160-2055
0180-1735
0160-2139
0160-2055
5
7
7
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
4
1
10
1
2
2
1
1
1
08443-60102
08443-60002
1
05443-60049
08443-60050
0960-0079
1
1
1
06443-60048
1
1
1
3
10
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
R:FXD COMP 3000 OHM 51 114w
R:FXD COMP 3330 OHM 5S 1(/4
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECODER-DIVIDER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECOOER-DIVIDER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECODER-DIVIDER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECODER-DIVIDER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECODER-DIVIDER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECODER-DIVIDER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECODER-DIVIDER
IC:4-BIT BUFF STORE GATED OUTS
IC:4-BIT BUFF STORE GATED OUTS
IC:4-BIT BUFF STORE GATED OUTS
IC:4-BIT BUFF STORE GATED OUTS
IC:4-BIT BUFF STORE GATED OUTS
IC:4-BIT BUFF STORE GATED OUTS
IC:4-BIT BUFF STORE GATED OUTS
IC:TTL DUAL D F/F
IC:TTL DEC. COUNTER W/ZERO SUP.
IC:TTL BLANKING DECADE COUNTER
IC:TTL BLANKING DECADE COUNTER
IC:TTL BLANKING DECADE COUNTER
IC:TTL BLANKING DECADE COUNTER
IC:TTL BLANKING DECADE COUNTER
IC:TTL HEX INVERTER
COOLING FAN ASSY
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 20% 20VDCw
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
DIODE:SILICON 30MA 30WV
DIODE:SILICON 30MA 30WV
DIODE:SILICON 30MA 30WV
DIODE:SILICON 30MA 30WV
DIODE:SILICON 50 PIV
DIODE:SILICON 30MA 30WV
DIODE:SILICON 30MA 30WV
DIODE BREAKDOWN:5.11V 2%
MOTOR:DC 10-15 VDC
TSTR:SI PNP
TSTR:SI PNP
TSTR:SI PNP
TSTR:SI PNP
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI PNP (SELECTED FROM 2N3702)
TSTR:SI NPN (SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
R:FXD COMP 3.3 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 300 OHM 10% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 300 OHM 10% 1/4W
R:FXD FLM 6.19 OHM 2% 1/8W
R:FXD FLM 6.19 OHM 2% 1/8W
R:FXD FLM 1.33K OHM 2% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 2% 1/8W
ATTENUATOR ASSY:10 DB
NOT FIELD REPAIRABLE
REBUILT 08443-60001,REQUIRES EXCHANGE
ATTENUATOR ASSY:1 DB
NOT FIELD REPAIRABLE
CABLE ASSY:INTERCONNECT, BROWN
CABLE ASSY:OUTPUT. RED
OSCILLATOR-CRYSTAL ASSY: 1.0 MHZ
(8443A ONLY)
BOARD ASSY:TIME BASE
(8443A ONLY)
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER MICA 1000 PF 5%
C:FXD ELECT 33 UF 10% 10VDCW
01121
01121
28400
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
284B0
28480
28400
28480
01295
28480
28480
28480
28480
20480
28480
01295
28480
56289
56289
07263
07263
07263
07263
28480
07263
07263
28480
95984
37263
07263
07263
07263
04713
28480
28480
01121
01121
01121
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
CB 3025
CB 3025
1820-0092
1820-0092
1820-0092
1820-0092
1820-0092
1920-0092
1920-0092
1820-0016
1820-0116
1820-0116
1820-0016
1820-0116
1820-0116
1820-0016
S97474N
1820-0117
1920-0119
1820-0119
1820-0119
1920-0119
1820-0119
SN7404N
08443-60070
1500225X0020A2-DYS
C023B101F103ZS25-CDH
FDG1088
FDG1088
FDG1088
FDG1088
1901-0049
FDG1088
FDG1088
1902-3094
1AD20
S1554S
51554S
5 1554S
51554S
2N956
1853-0020
1854-0071
CB 0335
CB 3311
CB 3311
0690-7255
0698-7255
0698-7239
0698-7253
08443-60001
28480
28480
08443-60102
08443-60002
28480
28480
28480
08443-60049
08443-60050
0960-0079
28480
08443-60048
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
28480
C023F101F103ZS22-CDH
C023F101F103ZS22-CDH
C023F101F103ZS22-CDH
C023F101F103ZS22-CDH
0160-2218
0180-0229
C:FXD ELECT 6.8 UF 10% 33VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 0.22 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD CER 220 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
56289
56289
28480
91418
56289
150D68X903582-DYS
C023F101F301ZS22-CDH
0180-1735
TYPE B
C023F101F103ZS22-CDH
Description
See Introduction to this section for ordering Information
6-4
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A5C12
A5C13
A5C14
A5CR1
A5CR2
A5CR3
A5CR4
A5J1
A5J2
A5L1
A5L2
A5L3
A514
A5L5
A5Q1
A5Q2
A5Q3
A5Q4
A5Q5
A5Q6
A5Q7
A5R1
A5R2
A5R3
A5R4
A5R5
A5R6
A5R7
A5R8
A5R9
A5R10
A5R11
A5R12
A5R13
A5R14
A5R15
A5R16
A5R17
A5R18
A5R19
A5R20
A5R21
A5R22
A5R23
A5R24
A5R25
A5R26
A5R27
A5R28
A5R29
A5S1
A5TP1
A5TP2
A5TP3
A5TP4
A5TP5
A5TP6
A5U1
A5U2
A5U3 A
A5U3 B
A5U4
A5U5A
A5U5B
A5W1
A6
A6
A6C1
A6C2
A6C3
A6C4
A6C5
A6C6
A6C7
HP Part Number
0180-1735
0160-3453
0160-2055
1901-0025
1910-0016
1901-0025
1901-0025
1250-1195
1250-1195
9100-1629
9100-1643
9100-1629
9100-1629
9100-1622
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
0757-0438
0757-0438
0683-5135
0683-1005
0683-7525
0757-0438
0757-0416
0698-0084
0757-0394
0757-0416
0698-3441
0757-0438
0698-0084
0757-0420
0683-1025
0698-3441
0757-0438
0757-0159
0683-1025
0683-1025
0683-1025
0683-1025
0683-1025
0683-1025
0683-1025
0683-6225
0698-3441
0757-1094
0698-3441
3101-1213
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
1820-0054
1820-0304
1820-0412
1820-0412
1820-0412
1820-0412
182D-0412
08443-60051
08443-60047
0160-2327
0160-2327
0180-0376
0180-0197
0160-2930
0160-2930
0160-2327
Qty
9
5
9
6
1
1
16
1
4
1
10
8
7
7
5
2
1
1
1
14
2
2
5
1
1
11
6
Description
C:FXD ELECT 0.22 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:GERMANIUM 100MA/0.85V 60PIV
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
CONNECTOR:RF SUB-MINIATURE SERIES
CONNECTOR:RF SUB-MINIATURE SERlES
COIL/CHOKE 47.0 UH 5%
COIL/CHOKE 300 UH 5%
COIL/CHOKE 47.0 UH 5%
COIL/CHOKE 47.0 UH 5%
COIL/CHOKE 24.0 UH 5%
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN[SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 51K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 10 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 7590 OHM 52 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.15K OHM 1% 1/8
R:FXD MET FLM 51.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 215 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.15K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 750 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 1333 OHM 51 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 215 OHM L8 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1000 OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD COMP 1330 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 6200 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 215 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1.47K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 215 OHM 1% 18W
SWITCH:TOGGLE DPST-DB SUB-MINIATURE
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
IC:TTL OUAD 2-INPT NAND GATE
IC:TTL J-K M/S F/F W/CLOCKED & INPTS
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECADE DIVIDER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECADE DIVIDER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECADE DIVIDER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECADE DIVIDER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DECADE DIVIDER
CABLE ASSY:TIME BA5E INPUT
BOARD ASSY:RF DECADE
(8443A ONLY)
C:FXD CER 1033 PF 20 100IVDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF 202 100VDC1
C:FXD ELECT 0.47 UF 1% 35DVCW
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 102 20VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 1000VUCW
C:FXD CER 0.31 UF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF 20% 100VLCW
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-5
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
56289
56289
07263
93332
07263
07263
98291
98291
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
01121
01121
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
28480
28480
28480
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
28480
28480
28480
81640
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01295
01295
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
0180-1735
C023A101L503ZS25-CD-1
C023F101F103ZS22-CD-1
FD 2387
D2361
FD 2387
FD 2387
52-053-0000
52-053-0000
9100-1629
9100-1643
9100-1629
9100-1629
9100-1622
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
0757-0438
0757-0438
CB 5135
CB 1005
CB 7525
0757-0438
0757-0416
0698-0084
0757-0394
0757-0416
0698-3441
0757-0438
0698-0084
0757-0420
CB 1025
0698-3441
0757-0438
0757-0159
CB 1025
CB 1025
CB 1025
CB 1025
CB 1025
CB 1025
CB 1025
CB 6225
0698-3441
0757-1094
0698-3441
T8001
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
SN7400N
SN7472N
1820-0412
1820-0412
1820-0412
1820-0412
1820-0412
08443-60051
08443-60047
96733
96733
56289
56289
91418
91418
96733
B104BX102M
B104BX102M
150D474X9035A2-DYS
150D225X9020A2-DYS
TA
TA
B104BX102M
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A6C8
A6C9
A6C10
A6C11
A6C12
A6C13
A6C14
A6C15
A6C16
A6C17
A6C18
A6C19
A6C20
A6C21
A6C22
A6C23
A6C24
A6C25
A6C26
A6C27
A6C28
A6C29
A6C30
A6C31
A6CR1
A6CR2
A6CR3
A6CR4
A6CR5
A6CR6
A6CR7
A6CR8
A6CR9
A6CR10
A6CR11
A6CR12
A6CR13
A6CR14
A6CR15
A6CR16
A6CR17
A6CR18
A6J1
A6J1
A6J2
A6J2
A6L1
A6L2
A6L3
A6L4
A6L5
A6L6
A6L7
A6L8
A6L9
A6L10
A6L11
A6Q1
A6Q2
A6Q3
A6Q4
A6Q5
A6Q6
A6Q7
A6R1
A6R2
A6R3
A6R4
A6R5
A6R6
A6R7
A6R8
A6R9
A6R10
HP Part Number
Qty
0160-2327
0180-0197
0180-0376
0180-0197
0180-0116
0160-2930
0160-2930
0160-2327
0180-0376
0180-0197
0180-0376
0160-2930
0180-0197
0180-0376
0180-0197
0160-2327
0180-0197
0160-2327
0160-2327
0160-2327
0160-2327
0180-0197
0160-2204
1901-0047
1901-0047
1901-0518
1901-0518
1902-0518
1901-0047
1901-0047
1901-0047
1902-3024
1901-0047
1901-0518
1901-0025
1902-0048
1902-0048
1901-0179
1901-0179
1901-0039
1901-0039
1250-1194
08443-20011
1250-1194
08443-20011
9100-1616
9100-1616
9100-1630
9100-1623
9100-1616
9100-1616
9100-1616
9100-1611
9100-1611
9100-1611
1854-0345
1854-0345
1854-0071
1853-0020
1854-0019
1854-0019
1854-0019
0698-7229
0757-0395
0757-0442
0698-7229
0757-0395
0757-0442
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
3
6
3
1
1
3
2
2
9
4
2
1
4
7
6
2
2
21
Description
C:FXD CER 1000 PF 20% 100VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10% 20VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 0.47 UF 1% 35VDCW
C:FXD ELECT Z.2 UF 10% 20VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 6.8 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
NOT ASSIGNED
C:FXD CER 1000 UF 20% 100VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 0.47 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10% 20VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 0.47 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.31 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10% 20VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 0.47 UP 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10% 20VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF 20% 100VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10% 20VDCW
C:FXD CER 1033 PP 20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF 20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF 20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF 20% 100VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10%: 20VDCW
C:FXD MICA 100PF 5%
DIODE JUNCTION:SILICON 20PlV
JUNCTION:SILICON 20PIV
DIDOE:HOT CARRIER
DIODE:HOT CARRIER
DIODE BREAKDOWN:5.11V
JUNCTION:SILICON 20PIV
DIODE JUNCTION:SILICON 20PIV
DIODE JUNCTION:SILICON 20PIV
DIODE:BREAKDOWN 2.87V 5%
DI0DE JUNCTION:SILICON 20PIV
DIODE:HOT CARRIER
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:BREAKDOWN 6.81V 5%
DIODE BREAKDOWN 6.81V 5%
DIODE:SILICON 15WV
DIODE:SILICON 1SWV
DIODE:SILICON 200MA 50WV
DIODE:SILICON 200MA 50WV
CO4NECTOR:RF BULKHEAD RECEPTACLE
CONNECTOR:RECESS
CONNECTOR:RF BULKHEAD RECEPTACLE
CONNECTOR:RECESS
COIL/CHOKE 1.50 UH 10%
COIL/CHOKE 1.50 UH 10%
C3IL/CHOKE 51.0 UH 5%
COIL/CHOKE 21.0 UH 5%
COIL/CHOKE 1.50 UH 10%
COIL/CHOKE 1.50 UH 10%
NOT ASSIGNED
COIL/CHOKE 1.50 UH 10%
COIL:FXD 0.22 UH 20%
COIL:FXD 0.22 UH 20%
COIL:FXD 0.22 UH 20%
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI PNP(SELECTED FROM 2N3702)
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
R:FXD FLM 511 OHM 2% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 56.2 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.OK OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET 511 OHM 2%1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 56.2 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1%1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
See Introduction to this section for ordering information
6-6
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
96733
56289
56289
56289
56289
91418
91418
B104BX102M
150D225X9020A2-DYS
150D474X9035A2-DYS
150225X902R2-3YST
150D6b85X903532-3S
TA
TA
96733
56289
56289
56289
91418
56289
56289
56289
96733
56289
96733
96733
96733
96733
56289
72136
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
28480
28480
07263
04713
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
98291
28480
98291
28480
99800
99800
28480
99800
99800
99800
B104BX102M
150D474X9035A2-DYS
150D225x9020A2-DYS
150D474X903542-DYS
TA
150D225X9020A2-DYS
150D474X9035A2-DYS
150D225X9020A2-DYS
B1046X102M
150D225X902042-DYS
B104BX102M
B104BX102M
B104BX102M
B104BX102M
150D225X9020A2-DYS
RDM15F101J3C
1901-0047
1901-0047
1901-0518
1901-0518
1902-0518
1901-0047
1901-0047
1901-0047
SZ10939-26
1901-0047
1901-0518
FD 2387
SZ10939-134
S210939-134
1901-0179
1901-0179
1901-0039
1901-0039
52-045-4610
08443-20011
52-045-4610
08443-20011
1537-16
1537-16
9100-1630
1537-48
1537-16
1537-16
99800
28480
28480
28480
80131
80131
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
2B840
28480
20480
28480
1537-16
9100-1611
9100-1611
9100-1611
2N5179
2N5179
1854-0071
1853-0020
1854-0019
1854-0019
1854-0019
0698-7229
0757-0395
0757-0442
0698-7229
0757-0395
0757-0442
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A6R11
A6R12
A6R13
A6R14
A6R15
A6R16
A6R17
A6R18
A6R19
A6R20
A6R21
A6R22
A6R22
A6R23
A6R24
A6R24
A6R25
A6R26
A6R27
A6R28
A6R29
A6R30
A6R31
A6R32
A6R33
A6TP1
A6TP2
A6TP3
A6TP3
A6TP4
A6TP5
A6TP6
A6TP7
A6U1
A6U2
A6U3
A6U4
A6U5
A6U6
A6W1
A7
A7
A7C1
A7C2
A7C3
A7C4
A7C5
A7C6
A7C7
A7C8
A7C9
A7C10
A7C11
A7C12
A7C13
A7C14
A7C15
A7C16
A7C17
A7C18
A7C19
A7CR1
A7CR2
A7CR3
A7CR4
A7CR5
A7CR6
A7CR7
A7CR8
A7CR9
A7CR10
A7CR11
A7CR12
A7CR13
HP Part Number
0757-0280
0757-0438
0698-3151
0698-3151
0698-0083
0757-0405
0698-3434
0698-3444
0698-0083
0757-0279
0757-0405
0698-3434
0757-0416
0698-3435
0757-0416
0698-0083
0757-1001
0698-7236
0698-7236
0698-7236
0757-0442
0698-0083
0757-0274
08443-00041
08443-00041
1250-1194
08443-20011
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
1820-0275
1820-0102
1820-0101
1820-0102
1820-0102
1820-0102
08443-60056
08443-60046
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2257
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0180-0197
0180-0197
0180-0197
0180-0098
0180-0116
0160-2139
0160-2143
0180-0116
0180-0376
0160-2055
1901-0025
1902-3268
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0159
1901-0025
1901-0025
1910-0016
1910-0016
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
Qty
8
3
5
2
2
3
9
2
1
3
2
8
1
4
1
1
1
2
1
2
7
Description
R:FXD MET FLM 1K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 13 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.87K OHM 1% /8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.87K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1.96K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 162 OHM 1%1 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 34.8 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 316 OHM 1%/ 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1.96K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 162 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 34.8 OHM 1% 1/8W
FACTORY SELECTED PART
R:FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 18W
R:FXD MET FLM 38.3 OHM 1% 1/8W
FACTORY SELECTED PART
R:FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1.96K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 56.2 OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD FLM 1K OHM 2% 1/8W
R:FXD FLM I1K OHM 2% 1/8W
R:FXD FLM 1K OHM 2% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% l1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1.96K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1.21K OHM 1% 1/8W
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
CONNECTOR:RF BULKHEAD RECEPTACLE
CONNECTOR:RECESS
TERMINAL PIN:SQUARE
TERMINAL PIN:SQUARE
TERMINAL PIN:SQUARE
TERMINAL PIN:SQUARE
IC:ECL TO TTL QUAD 2-INPT OR TRANS
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:J-K FLIP FLOP
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:DIFFERENTIAL AMPL
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:J-K FLIP FLOP
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:J-K FLIP FLOP
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT:J-K FLIP FLOP
CABLE ASSY:TRIGGER GENERATOR COUNTER
MARKER CONTROL ASSY
(8443A ONLY)
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 10 PF 5% 500VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10% 20VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10% 20VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 2.2 UF 10% 20VDCW
C:FXD ELECT L100 UF 20% 20VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 6.8 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD CER 220 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 2000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 6.8 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 0.47 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE BREAKDOWN:26.1V 5%
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON
DIODE:SILICON 0.75A 400PIV
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:GERMANIUM 100MA/0.85V 60PIV
DIODE:GERMANIUM 100MA/0.85V 60PIV
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
See Introduction to this section for ordering Information
6-7
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
0757-0280
0757-0438
0698-3151
0698-3151
0698-0083
0757-0405
0698-3434
0698-3444
0698-0083
0757-0279
0757-0405
0698-3434
28480
28480
0757-0416
0698-3435
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
98291
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
28480
28480
0757-0416
0698-0083
0757-1001
0698-7236
0698-7236
0698-7236
0757-0442
0698-0083
0757-0274
08443-00041
08443-00041
52-045-4610
08443-20011
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
MC1019P
MC1013P
MC1034P
MC1013P
MC1013P
MC1013P
08443-60056
08443-60046
56289
56289
56289
56289
72982
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
91418
91418
56289
56289
56289
07263
28480
07263
07263
07263
04713
07263
07263
93332
93332
07263
07263
07263
C03F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C03F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C03F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C03F101F103ZS22-CD-1
301-000-00H0-100J
C03F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C03F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C03F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C03F101F103ZS22-CD-1
1500225X9020A2-DYS
1500225X9020A2-DYS
1500225X9020A2-DYS
150D107X0020S2-DYS
150D685X9035B2-DYS
TYPE B
TYPE B
150D685X9035B2-DYS
150D474X90356A2-DYS
C023F101F103ZS22-CD-1
FD 2387
1902-3268
FD 2387
FD 2387
FD 2387
SR1358-4
FD 2387
FD 2387
D2361
D2361
FD 2387
FD 2387
PD 2387
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A7CR14
A7CR15
A7CR16
A7CR17
A7CR18
A7CR19
A7CR20
A7CR21
A7CR22
A7J1
A7J2
A7L1
A7L2
A7L3
A7L4
A7L5
A7L6
A7L7
A7Q1
A7Q2
A7Q3
A7Q4
A7Q5
A7Q6
A7Q7
A7Q8
A7Q9
A7Q10
A7Q11
A7Q12
A7Q13
A7Q14
A7Q15
A7Q16
A7Q17
A7Q18
A7Q19
A7Q20
A7R1
A7R2
A7R3
A7R4
A7R5
A7R6
A7R7
A7R8
A7R9
A7R10
A7R11
A7R12
A7R13
A7R14
A7R15
A7R16
A7R17
A7R18
A7R19
A7R20
A7R21
A7R22
A7R23
A7R24
A7R25
A7R26
A7R27
A7R28
A7R29
A7R30
A7R31
A7R32
A7R33
A7R34
A7R35
A7R36
A7R37
HP Part Number
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1910-0016
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
1910-0016
1250-1195
1250-1195
9140-0129
9100-1629
9100-1629
9100-1629
9140-0129
9140-0129
9140-0129
1853-0020
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0221
1854-0221
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1853-0020
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1853-0020
0757-0442
0757-0442
0757-0280
0757-0438
0698-3155
0757-0442
0757-0438
0698-3155
0698-0084
0757-0442
2100-1758
0698-0085
0698-0085
0757-0442
0757-0280
0757-0442
0757-0442
0757-0458
0757-0438
0757-0401
0757-0199
0757-0401
0757-0458
0757-0442
0757-0440
0757-0442
0757-0416
0757-0458
0698-3452
0757-0280
0698-3153
0698-3153
0757-0199
0757-0279
0757-0279
0757-0199
0757-0438
Qty
4
4
5
1
3
3
7
7
4
1
4
Description
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:GERMANIUM 100MA/0.85V 60PIV
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:GERMANIUM 100MA/0.85V 60PIV
CONNECTOR:RF SUB-MINIATURE SERIES
CONNECTOR:RF SUB-MINIATURE SERIES
COIL:FXD RF 220 UH
COIL/CHOKE 47.3 UH 5%
COIL/CHOKE 47.0 UH 5%
COIL/CHOKE 47.3 UH 5%
COIL:FXD RF 220 UN
COIL:FXD RF 220 UH
COIL:FXD RF 220 UN
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3702)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3732)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(REPL.BY 2N4044)
TSTR:SI NPN(REPL.BY 2N4044)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3702)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3702)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3702)
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 4.64K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 4.64K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.15K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD WW 1K OHM 5% TYPE V 1W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.61K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.61K OHM 1%1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 100.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 51.1K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 100 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 21.5K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 100 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 51.1K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 7.50K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 51.1K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 147K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.83K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.83K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 21.5K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 21.5K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-8
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
07263
07263
07263
07263
93332
07263
07263
07263
93332
98291
98291
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
FD 2387
FD 2387
FD 2387
FD 2387
D2361
FD 2387
FD 2387
FD 2387
D2361
52-053-0000
52-053-0000
9140-0129
9100-1629
9100-1629
9100-1629
9140-0129
9140-0129
9142-0129
1853-0020
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0221
1854-0221
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1853-0020
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1853-0020
0757-0442
0757-0442
0757-0280
0757-0438
0698-3155
0757-0442
0757-0438
0698-3155
0698-0084
0757-0442
2100-1758
0698-0085
0698-0085
0757-0442
0757-0280
0757-0442
3757-0442
0757-0458
0757-0438
0757-0401
0757-0199
0757-0401
0757-0458
0757-0442
0757-0440
0757-0442
0757-0416
0757-0458
0698-3452
0757-0280
0698-3153
0698-3153
0757-0199
0757-0279
0757-0279
0757-0199
0757-0438
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A7R38
A7R39
A7R40
A7R41
A7R42
A7R43
A7T1
A7T2
A7T3
A7T4
A7T5
A7U1
A7U2
A8
A8C1
A8C2
A8C3
A8C4
A8C5
A8C6
A8C7
A8J1
A8J2
A8J3
A8L1
A8MP1
A8MP2
A8Q1
A8Q2
A8Q3
A8Q4
A8R1
A8R2
A8R3
A8R4
A8R5
A8R6
A8R7
A8R8
A8R9
A8R10
A8R11
A8R12
A8R13
A8R14
A8R15
A8R16
A8R17
A8A1
A8A1C1
A8A1C2
A8A1C3
A8A1C4
A8A1C5
A8A1C6
A8A1J1
A8A1R1
A8A1R2
A8A1R3
A8A1R4
A8A1R5
A8A1R6
A8A1R6
A8A1U1
A8A1U2
A9
A9C1
A9C2
A9C3
A9C4
A9C5
A9C6
A9C7
HP Part Number
0757-0289
0757-0401
0698-3260
0757-0442
0757-0199
0757-0279
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
1820-0054
1820-0304
08443-60045
0160-2145
0160-2204
0180-1743
0160-2145
0160-2145
0160-2145
0160-2145
1250-1194
1250-1194
1250-1194
9100-1618
08443-20002
08443-00029
1854-0221
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
0683-1135
0683-1565
0683-1135
0683-1045
0683-1315
0683-1315
0683-3035
0683-1135
0683-1025
0683-1135
0683-1135
0757-0459
0757-0440
2100-2489
0683-1025
2100-2517
0683-1315
0443-60022
0160-3060
0160-3060
0180-0160
0160-3060
0160-3036
0160-3036
1251-1556
0683-1005
0683-1005
0699-0001
0757-0394
0757-0421
0698-7222
5086-7010
5086-7099
08443-60044
0160-2327
0160-2140
0160-2139
0160-2139
0160-3425
0160-2139
0160-2139
Qty
1
1
1
12
3
1
1
1
5
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
7
1
Description
R:FXD MET FLM 13.3K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FLED MET FLM 100 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 464K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM1 % 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 21.5K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
IC:TTL QUAO 2-INPT NAND GATE
IC:TTL J-K M/S F/F W/CLOCKED & INPTS
VIDEO ASSY:AMPLIFIER ALC
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD MICA 100PF 5%
C:FXD ELECT 0.1 UF k 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
CONNECTOR:RF BULKHEAD RECEPTACLE
CONNECTOR:RF BULKHEAD RECEPTACLE
CONNECTOR:RF BULKHEAD RECEPTACLE
COIL:MOLDED CHOKE 5.60 DH
HOUSING:VIDEO AMPLIFIER
SHIELD:COVER VIDEO AMPLIFIER
TSTR:SI NPN(REPL.BY 2N4044)
TSTR:SI PNP(SELECTED FROM 2N3702)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSPR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
R:FXD COMP 11K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 15 MEGOHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 11K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 100K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 130 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 130 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 30K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 11K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 11K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 11K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 56.2K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 7.50K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:VAR FLM 5K OHM 10% LIN 1/2W
R:FX0 COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:VAR FLM 50K OHM 10% LIN 1/2W
R:FXD COMP 130 OHM 5% 1/4W
BOARD ASSY:VIDEO AMPLIFIER
C:FXD CER 0.1 UF 23% 25VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.1 UF 20% 25VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 22 UF 20% 35VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.1 UF 23% 25VDCW
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 200VDCW
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 200VDCW
CONNECTOR:SINGLE CONTACT
R:FXD COMP 10 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 10 OHM 5%1/4W
R:FXD COMP 2.71 OHM 10% 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 51.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 825 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD FLM 261 OHM 2% 1/8W
FACTORY SELECTED PART
MC:POWER AMP 130 MHZ
MC:PRE-AMP 2.1-100 MHZ
CONVERTER ASSY:THIRD
C:FXD CER 1000 PF 20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 470 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 220 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 220 PF ++80-20% 1000VDCW
C FXD CER 33 PF St 500VDCW
C:FXD CER 220 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 220 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
See: Introduction to this section for ordering information
6-9
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01295
01295
28480
91418
72136
56289
91418
91418
91418
91418
98291
98291
98291
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
28480
28480
28480
01121
28480
01121
28480
56289
56289
28480
56289
28480
28480
00779
01121
01121
01121
28480
28480
28480
0751-0289
0757-0401
0698-3260
0757-0442
0757-0199
0157-0279
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
SN7400N
SN7472N
08443-60045
TA
R0M15F101J3C
150D104X9035A2-DYS
TA
TA
TA
TA
52-045-4610
52-045-4610
52-045-4610
9100-1618
08443-20002
08443-00029
1854-0221
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
CB 1135
CB 1565
CB 1135
CB 1045
CB 1315
CB 1315
CB 3035
CB 1135
CB 1025
CB 1135
CB 1135
0757-0459
0757-0440
2100-2489
CB 1025
2100-2517
CB 1315
08443-60022
3C42A-CML
3C42A-CML
0180-0160
3042A-CML
0160-3036
0160-3036
2-330808-8
CB 1005
CB 1105
EB 27G1
0757-0394
0757-0421
0698-7222
28480
28480
28480
96733
91418
91418
91418
72982
91418
91418
1820-0267
1820-0403
08443-60044
B104BX102M
TYPE B
TYPE B
TYPE B
301-000- 2G-330J
TYPE B
TYPE B
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A9C8
A9C9
A9C10
A9C11
A9C12
A9J1
A9J1
A9L1
A9L2
A9L3
A9L4
A9L5
A9Q1
A9Q2
A9Q3
A9R1
A9R2
A9R3
A9R4
A9R5
A9R6
A9R7
A9R8
A9R9
A9R10
A9R11
A9R12
A9R13
A9R14
A9R15
A9R16
A9T1
A9T2
A9W1
A9W2
A9A1
A9A1CR1
A9A1CR2
A9A1CR3
A9A1CR4
A9A1J1
A9A1R1
A9A1R2
A9A1R3
A9A1T1
A9A1T2
A9A1T3
A9A1T4
A9A1
A9A1
A9A1
A9A1
A9A1
A9A2
A9A2P1
A9A2
A9A2
A9A2
HP Part Number
0160-2139
0160-2260
0163-2139
0160-2139
0160-2139
1250-1194
08443-20011
9140-0158
9100-2248
9140-0158
9100-2247
9140-0158
1854-0247
1854-0345
1854-0345
0757-0398
0757-0403
0757-0398
0757-0428
0698-0084
0757-0346
0757-0416
0698-3444
0698-3431
0757-0416
0698-3444
0757-0419
0757-0422
0698-3429
0757-1060
0757-0416
08552-6018
08552-6018
08443-60058
08443-60057
08443-60005
5080-0271
1250-0828
0698-3435
0698-3438
0698-3438
08552-6024
08553-6012
08553-6012
08552-6024
0340-0038
0340-0039
08443-00031
08443-00037
08443-30038
08443-60006
1250-0880
08443-00034
08443-00035
08553-0024
Qty
1
6
1
5
3
2
3
3
3
2
1
1
4
1
4
2
3
1
2
1
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
C:FXD CER 220 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 13 PF 5% 503VDCW
C:FXD CER 220 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 220 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 220 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
CONNECTOR:RF BULKHEAD RECEPTACLE
CONNECTOR:RECESS
COIL:FXD RF 1 UH 10%
COIL/CHOKE 0.12 UH 10%
COIL:FXD RF 1 UH 10%
COIL:FXD RF 0.10 UH 10%
COIL:FXD RF 10H 10%
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
R:FXD MET FLM 75 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 121 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD 4FT- FLM 75 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM1.62K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.15K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 316 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 23.7 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 316 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 681 OHM 1%t 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 909 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 19.6 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 196 OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
TRANSFORMER:RF(CODE-RED)
TRANSFORMER:RF(CODE-RED)
CABLE ASSY:RF. GREEN
CABLE ASSY:RF. VIOLET
MIXER ASSY:THIRD
DIODE:SILICON MATCHED QUAD
PART OF A9A1CR1
PART OF A9A1CR1
PART OF A9A1CR1
CONNECTOR:RF 50-OHM SCREW ON TYPE
R:FXD MET FLM 38.3 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 147 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 147 OHM 1% 1/8W
TRANSFORMER:RF(CODE-YELLOW)
TRANSFORMER:RF(CODE-BLUE)
TRANSFORMER:RF(CODE-BLUE)
TRANSFORMER:RF(CODE-YELLOW)
FEEDTHRU:TERMINAL
INSULATOR:BUSHING
SHIELD:COVER THIRD MIXER
SHIELD:CAN THIRD MIXER
INSULATOR:THIRD MIXER
FILTER ASSY:120 MHZ
CONNECTOR:RF SUB-MINIATURE
SHIELD:COVER 120 MHZ
SHIELD:CAN 120 MHZ
INSULATOR:SECOND MIXER
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-10
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
91418
72982
91418
91418
91418
98291
28480
99800
82142
99800
28480
99800
28480
80131
80131
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
TYPE B
301-000-C0G0 130J
TYPE B
TYPE B
TYPE B
52-045-4610
08443-20011
1025-20
09-4416-2K
1025-20
9100-2247
1025-20
1854-0247
2N5179
2N5179
0757-0398
0757-0403
0757-0398
0757-0428
0698-0084
0757-0346
0757-0416
0698-3444
0698-3431
0757-0416
0698-3444
0757-0419
0757-0422
0698-3429
0757-1060
0757-0416
08552-6018
08552-6018
08443-60058
08443-60057
08443-60005
5080-0271
98291
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
98291
28480
28480
28480
50-043-4610
0698-3435
0698-3438
0698-3438
08552-6024
08553-6012
08553-6012
08552-6024
0340-0038
0340-0039
08443-00031
08443-00037
08443-00038
08443-60006
50-046-0000
08443-00034
08443-00035
08553-0024
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A9A2C1
A9A2C2
A9A2C3
A9A2C4
A9A2C5
A9A2L1
A9A2L2
A9A2L3
A9A2L4
A9A2L5
A9A2L6
A10
A10C1
A10C2
A10C3
A10C4
A10C5
A10C6
A10C7
A10C8
A10C9
A10C10
A10C11
A10C12
A10C13
A10C14
A10C15
A10C16
A10C17
A10CR1
A10CR2
A10L1
A10L2
A10L3
A10L4
A10L5
A10L6
A10L7
A10L8
A10L9
A10L10
A10Q1
A10Q2
A10R1
A10R2
A10R3
A1OR4
AI10RS
A10R6
A10R7
A10TP1
A10W1
A10A1
A10A1C1
A10A1C2
A10A1C3
A10A1C4
A10A1C5
A10A1IC6
A10A1C7
A10A1C8
A10A1C9
A10A1J1
A10A1J1
A10A1J1
A10A1L1
A10A1L2
A10A1L3
A10A1
A10A1
A10A1
A10A1
A11
HP Part Number
0160-2013
0160-2016
0160-0949
0160-2016
0160-2013
08553-6018
9100-22417
9100-2247
9100-2247
9100-2247
08553-6018
08443-60043
0160-2204
0160-2140
0160-2140
0121-0446
0121-0105
0160-2140
0150-0050
0160-2140
0160-2140
0122-0285
0160-2140
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
0160-2145
0160-2244
1902-3104
1902-3104
9100-1611
9100-1610
9100-1610
9140-0141
9140-0158
9100-3101
9100-1612
9140-0141
9140-0158
9140-0120
1854-0345
1854-0345
0698-3441
0757-0346
0757-0417
0683-3025
0698-3441
0757-0346
0757-0417
08443-00041
08443-60058
08443-60007
0160-3121
0160-2266
0121-0457
0160-2257
0121-0457
0121-0457
0160-2266
0160-3121
1250-1194
2190-0057
0590-0060
08553-6018
08553-6017
08553-6018
08443-00039
08553-0026
08553-0027
0380-0810
08443-60042
Qty
2
2
1
4
1
1
1
29
1
1
2
2
2
1
3
1
4
1
2
2
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
Description
C:FXD MICA 39 PF 5% 300VDCW
C:FXD MICA 62 PF 5% 500VDCW
C:FXD MICA 68 PF 5%
C:FXD MICA 62 PF 5% 500VDCW
C:FXD MICA 39 PF 5% 300VDCW
INDUCTOR ASSY:AIR CORE
COIL:FXD RF 0.10 UH 10%
COIL:FXD RF 0.10 UH 10%
COIL:FXD RF 0.10 UH 10%
COIL:FXD RF 0.10 UH 10%
INDUCTOR ASSY:AIR CORE
IF ASSY:200 MHZ
C:FXD MICA 100 PF 5%
C:FXD CER 470 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 470 PF 480-20% 1000VDCW
C:VAR CER 4.5-20 PF 160VDCW N750
C:VAR CER 9-35 PF NP0
C:FXD CER 470 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 470 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 470 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C: VOLTAGE VAR 6.8 PF 5%
C:FXD CER 470 PF .80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF *+80O-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1003 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1003 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
NOT ASSIGNED
C:FXD CER 000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 3.0+/-0.25 PF 500VDCW
DIODE:BREAKDOWN 5.62V 5%
DIODE:BREAKDOWN 5.62V 5%
COIL:FXD 0.22 UH 20%
COIL:MOLDED CHOKE 0.15 UH 20%
COIL:MOLDED CHOKE 0.15 UH 20%
COIL:FXD OF 0.58 UH
COIL:FXD RF 1 UH 10%
COIL:VAR 0.142 TO 0.158 UH
COIL:FXD RF 0.33 UH 20%
COIL:FXD RF O.68 UH
COIL:FXD RF 1 UH 10%
COIL:FXD 0.10 UH 20%
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
R:FXD MET FLM 215 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 562 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 3000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 215 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FL4 562 OHM 1% 1/8W
TEST POINT
CABLE ASSY:RF, GREEN
FILTER ASSY:200 MHWZ
C:FXD CER 15 PF 1%1 5OOVDCW
C:FXD CER 24 PF 5% 500VDCW
C:VAR GLASS 0.8-8.5 PF 750VDCW
C:FXD CER 10 PF 5% 500VDCW
C:VAR GLASS 0.8-8.5 PF 750VDCW
C:VAR GLASS 0.8-8.5 PF 750VDCW
NOT ASSIGNED
C: FXD CER 24 PF 5% 500VDCW
C:FXD CER 15 PF 10% 500VDCW
CONNECTOR:RF BULKHEAD RECEPTACLE
WASHER:LOCK FOR #12 HDW
NUT:HEX 12-32 UNEF-2B
INDUCTOR ASSY:AIR CORE
INDUCTOR ASSY:200MHZ
INDUCTOR ASSY:AIR CORE
SHIELD:CAN 200 MLHZ
SHIELD COVER:FIRST MIXER
INSULATOR:FIRST MIXER
STANDOFF:0 .437” LG
CONVERTER ASSY:SECOND
See introduction to this section for ordering Information
6-11
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
04062
14655
28480
14655
04062
28490
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
72136
91418
91418
28480
28480
91418
56289
91418
91418
04713
91418
56289
56289
56289
RMI5E39OJ3S
RDM15E620J5S
0160-0949
RDM15E620J5S
RDM15F390J3S
08553-6018
9100-2247
9100-2247
9100-2247
9100-2247
08553-6018
08443-60043
RM15P101J3C
TYPE B
TYPE B
0121-0446
0121-0105
TYPE B
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
TYPE B
TYPE B
SMV 389-285
TYPE B
C067B102E102ES26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C367D102E102ZS26-CD-11
91418
28480
04713
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
99800
71279
28480
28480
99800
82142
80131
80131
28480
28480
28480
01121
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
72982
28480
72982
28480
28480
TA
0160-2244
SZ10939-110
SZ10939-110
9100-1611
9100-1610
9100-1610
9140-0141
1025-20
CDD4003-2
9100-1612
9140-0141
1025-20
10175-B
2N5179
245179
0698-3441
0757-0346
0757-0417
CR 3025
0698-3441
0757-0346
0757-0417
08443-00041
08443-60058
08443-60007
FB2B 1501
301-000-C0G0-240J
0121-0457
301-000-C0H0-100J
0121-0457
0121-0457
72982
01121
98291
00000
01121
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01255
28480
301-000-C0G0-240J
FB2B 1501
52-045-4610
08D
M-6377
08553-6018
08553-6017
08553-6018
08443-00039
08553-0026
08553-0027
1530B7/16-11
08443-60042
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A11C1
A11C2
A11C3
A11C4
A11C5
A11C6
A11C7
A11C8
A11C9
A11C10
A11C11
A11CR1
A11CR2
A11CR3
A11CR4
A11CR5
A11J1
A11J2
A11L1
A11L2
A11Q1
A11Q2
A11Q3
A11R1
A11R2
A11R3
A11R4
A11R5
A11R6
A11R7
A11R8
A11R9
A11R10
A11R11
A11R12
A11R13
A11R14
A11R15
A11R16
A11R17
A11R18
A11R19
A11R20
A11T1
A11T2
A11T3
A11T4
A11W1
A12
A12C1
A12C2
A12C3
A12C4
A12C5
A12C6
A12C7
A12C8
A12C9
A12C10
A12C11
A12C12
A12C13
A12C14
A12C15
A12C16
A12C17
A12L1
A12L2
A12L3
A12L4
A12L5
A12L6
A12Q1
HP Part Number
0160-2145
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
1902-3139
5080-0271
1250-1195
1250-1195
9140-0144
9100-1612
1854-0345
1853-0018
1854-0247
0757-0279
0757-0397
0757-0417
0757-0276
0698-3428
0757-0420
0757-02o9
0698-7200
0757-0276
0757-0815
0698-3334
0698-3429
0698-3401
0757-0394
0757-0394
0757-0394
0757-0394
0757-0403
0757-0394
08552-6024
08553-6012
08553-6012
08552-6024
08443-63057
08443-60041
0160-2145
0150-0050
0150-0050
0160-2142
0150-0050
0160-2254
0160-2307
0121-0059
0160-2254
0121-0059
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
0160-2201
0160-2254
0121-0059
9140-0158
9100-0346
9140-0096
9140-0114
9140-0096
9140-0096
1853-0089
Qty
2
3
1
2
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
3
1
1
Description
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
DIODE:BREAKDOWN 8.25V 5%
DIODE:SILICON MATCHED QUAD
PART OF CR2
PART OF CR2
PART OF CR2
CONNECTOR:RF SUB-MINIATURE SERIES
CONNECTOR:RF SUB-MINIATURE SERIES
COIL:FXD RF 4.7 UH
COIL:FXD RF 0.33 UH 20%
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI PNP(SELECTED FROM 2N4263)
TSTR:51 NPN
R:FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 68.1 OHM 1% 1 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 562 2l’S 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 61.9 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 14.7 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 750 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 270 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD FLM 31.6 OHM 2% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 51.9 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 562 OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 178 OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 19.6 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 215 OHM 1% 1/2W
NOT ASSIGNED
R:FXD MET FLM 51.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 51.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 51.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 51.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 121 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 51.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
TRANSFORMER:RF(CODE=YELLOW)
TRANSFORMER:RF{CODE=BLUE)
TRANSFORMER:RF(CODE=BLUE)
TRANSFORMER:RIF(CODE=YELLOW)
CABLE ASSY:RF, VIOLET
IF ASSY:50 MHZ
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +100-0% 500VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 7.5 PF 500VDCM
C:FXD MICA 47 PF 5%
C:VAR CER 2-8 PF 300VDCW
C:FXD CER 7.5 PF 500 VDCW
C:VAR CER 2-8 PF 300VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD MICA 51 PF 5%
C:FXD CER 7.5 FF 500VDCW
NOT ASSIGNED
C:VAR CER 2-8 PF 300VDCW
COIL:FXD RF I UH 10%
COIL:FXD 0.05 UNH 2%
COIL/CHOKE 1.00 UH 10%
COIL:FXD RF 10 UH
COIL/CHOKE 1.00 UH 10%
COIL/CHOKE 1.00 UH 10%
TSTR:SI PNP
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-12
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
91418
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
04713
28480
TA
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
SZ10939-158
5080-0271
98291
98291
28480
28480
80131
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
52-053-0000
52-053-0000
9140-0144
9100-1612
2N5179
1853-0018
1854-0247
0757-0279
0757-0397
0757-0417
0757-0276
0698-0420
0757-0420
0757-0269
0697-7200
0757-0276
0757-0815
0698-3334
0698-3429
0698-3401
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
91418
56289
56289
91418
56289
72982
28480
28480
72982
28480
56289
56289
56289
72136
72982
0757-0394
0757-0394
0757-0394
0757-0394
0757-0403
0757-0394
08552-6024
08553-6012
08553-6012
08552-6024
08443-60057
08443-60041
TA
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
TYPE SM
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
0160-2307
0121-0059
301-000-C0H0-759C
0121-0059
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
RDM15B510J1C
301-000-C0H0-759C
28480
99800
36196
99800
28480
99800
99800
80131
0121-0059
1025-20
H-10886
1537-12
9140-0114
1537-12
1537-12
2N4917
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A1202
A12R2
A12R2
A22R3
A12R4
A12R5
A12R6
A12R7
A12R8
A12R9
A12R10
A12T1
A12T2
A12W1
A12A1
A12A1C1
A12A1C2
A12A1C3
AZ2A1C4
A12A1C5
A12A1C6
A12A1C7
A12A1C8
A12A1C9
A12A2C10
A12A1C11
A12A1C12
A12A1J1
A12A1J1
A12A1J1
A12A1L1
A12A1L2
A12A1
A12A1
A12A1
A13
A13
A13
A13C1
A13C2
A13C3
A13C4
A13CS
A13C6
A13C7
A13C8
A13C9
A13C10
A13C11
A13C12
A13C13
A13C14
A13C15
A13C17
A13C18
A13C19
A13C20
A13C21
A13C22
A13C23
A13C24
A13C25
A13C26
A13C27
A13C28
A13CR1
A13CR2
A13CR3
A13CR4
A13CR5
A13CR6
A13CR7
A13J1
A13J2
HP Part Number
1854-0247
0698-3155
0757-0438
0757-0420
0757-0159
0698-3429
0698-3441
0757-1092
0698-3437
0698-3433
0757-0180
08552-6018
08552-6018
08443-60057
08443-60004
0160-0778
0160-0145
0160-2258
0121-0036
0121-0036
0160-2258
0160-2258
0121-0036
0121-0036
0160-2258
0160-2362
1250-1194
0590-0060
2190-0057
08552-6023
08552-6017
08443-00032
08443-00033
08552-0023
08443-60077
08443-20046
0624-0097
0160-2145
0150-0050
0160-2145
0150-0050
0150-0050
0160-3453
0160-3453
0150-0050
0160-3453
0160-2229
0160-0157
0150-0050
0150-0050
0150-0050
0122-0049
0150-0050
0160-3453
0160-2145
0160-2145
0160-3036
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
1902-3139
1901-0050
1901-0050
1901-0050
1901-0050
1901-0050
1901-0050
1250-1195
1250-1195
Qty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
6
Description
TSTR:SE NPN
R:FXD MET FLM 4.64K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 750 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1000 OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 19.6 OHM 1% 11/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 215 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2187 OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 133 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 28.7 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 31.6 OHM 1% 1/8W
TRANSFORMER:RF(CODE-RED)
TRANSFORMER:RF(CODE-RED)
CABLE ASSY:RF. VIOLET
FILTER ASSY:50 MHZ
C:FXD CER 56 PF 10% 500VDCW
C:FXD MICA 82 PF 2% 100VDCW
NOT ASSIGNED
C:FXD CER 11 PF 5% 500VOCw
C:VAR CER 5.5-18 PF
C:VAR CER 5.5-18 PF
C:FXD CER 11 PF 5% 500VDCW
C:FXD CER 11 PF 5% 500VDCW
C:VAR CER 5.5-18 PF
C:VAR CER 5.5-18 PF
C:FXD CER 11 PF 5% 500VDCW
C:FX) MICA 140 PF 2% 300VDCW
CONNECTOR:RF BULKHEAD RECEPTACLE
NUT:HEX 12-32 UNEF-2B
WASHER:LOCK FOR #12 HDW
INDUCTOR ASSY:AIR CORE
INDUCTOR ASSY:50 MHZ
SHIELD:CAN 50 MHZ FL
SHIELD:COVER 50 MHZ
INSULATOR:47 MHZ OSC
CONVERTER ASSY:FIRST
COVER:FIRST CONVERTER
SCREW:TAPPING 4-43 THREAD
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 1003 PF +80-20%100VCDW
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +50-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD MICA 3000 PF 5%
C:FXD MY 0.0047 UF 10% 200VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCWd
DIODE TUNING:90 PF 10%
C:FXD CER 1000 PF +80-20% 1000VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +50-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 5000 PF +50-20% 200VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.01 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
DIODE:BREAKDOWN 8.25V 5%
DIODE:SI 200 MA AT IV
DIODE:SI 200 MA AT IV
DIODE:SI 200 MA AT IV
DIODE:SI 200 MA AT IV
DIODE:SI 200 MA AT IV
DIODE:SI 200 MA AT IV
CONNECTOR:RF SUB-MINIATURE SERIES
CONNECTOR:RF SUB-MINIATURE SERIES
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-13
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
28480
28480
28480
28460
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
25480
01121
84171
1854-0247
0698-3155
0757-0438
0757-0420
0757-0159
0698-3429
0698-3441
0757-1092
0698-3437
0698-3433
0757-0180
08552-6018
08552-6018
08443-60057
08443-60004
FB2B
RDM15E820G1S
72982
28480
28480
72982
72982
28480
28480
72982
04062
98291
01121
00000
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
00000
91418
56289
91418
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
56289
56289
91418
91418
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
04713
07263
07263
07263
07263
07263
07263
98291
98291
301-300-C0G0-110J
0121-0036
0121-0036
301-300-C0G0-110J
301-300-C0G0-110J
0121-0036
0121-0036
301-300-C0G0-110J
RDM15F141G3S
52-045-4610
M-6377
0BD
08552-6023
08552-6017
08443-00032
08443-00033
08552-0023
08443-60077
08443-20046
OBD
TA
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
TA
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C023A101L503ZS25-CD-1
C023A101L503ZS25-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C023A101L503ZS25-CD-1
0160-2229
192P47292-PTS
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
0122-0049
C067B102E102ZS26-CD-1
C023A101L503ZS25-CD-1
TA
TA
0160-3036
C023F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C023F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C023F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C023F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C023F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C023F101F103ZS22-CD-1
C023F101F103ZS22-CD-1
SZ10939-158
FDA 6308
FDA 6308
FDA 6308
FDA 6308
FDA 6338
FDA 6308
52-053-0000
52-053-0000
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A13J3
A13L1
A13L2
A13L3
A13L4
A13L5
A13Q1
A13Q2
A13Q3
A13Q4
A13Q5
A13Q6
A13Q7
AL3Q8
A13Q9
A13R10
A13R1
A13R2
A13R3
A13R4
A13R5
A13R6
A13R7
A13R8
A13R9
A13R10
A13R11
A13R12
A13R13
A13R14
A13R15
A13R16
A13R17
A13R18
A13R19
A13R20
A13R20
A13R21
A13R22
A13RZ3
A13R24
A13R25
A13R26
A13R27
A13R28
A13R29
A13R30
A13R31
A13R32
A13R33
A13R34
A13T1
A13T2
A13XY1
A13Y1
A14
A14C1
A14C2
A14C3
A14C4
A14C5
A14C6
A14C7
A14C8
A14C9
A14C10
A14CR1
A14CR2
A14CR3
A14CR4
A14CR5
A14CR6
A14CR7
A14CR8
HP Part Number
1250-1195
9100-3102
9100-3103
9100-1612
9140-0144
9140-0144
1854-0019
1853-0034
1853-0020
1854-0023
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0019
1854-0019
1854-0071
0757-0279
0757-0397
0757-0416
0757-0416
0757-0417
0757-0276
0698-3429
0757-0420
0757-0288
0683-1045
0698-3443
0698-3431
0757-0815
0698-0082
0757-0401
0757-0438
0683-1005
0698-0085
0757-0288
0757-0280
0757-0288
0757-0199
0757-0279
0757-0279
0757-0401
0757-0288
0757-0401
0757-0280
0757-0280
0757-0279
0757-0440
0757-0401
0757-0288
0757-0280
08443-80001
08443-80001
1200-0770
0410-0474
08443-60015
0160-0163
0180-0116
0180-1743
0180-1743
0180-1735
0180-0291
0180-0291
0160-2208
0180-1747
0180-0291
1901-0200
1902-0048
1902-3193
1884-0012
1902-0033
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0025
Qty
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
11
1
2
1
Description
CONNECTOR:RF SUB-MINIATURE SERIES
COIL:VAN 1.42 TO 1.58 UH
COIL:VAR 42.0 TO 51.5 UH
COIL:FXD RF 0.33 UH 2%
COIL:FXD RF 4.7 UH
COIL:FXD RF 4.7 UH
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI PNP(SELECTED FROM 2N3251)
TSTR:SI PNP(SELECTED FROM 2N3702)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N2484)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
R:FXD MET PLM 3.15K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 68.1 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 511 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 562 OHM 1%1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 61.9 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 19.6 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 750 OHM 1% 1/8W
R: FXD MET FLM 9.09K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 100K OHMS 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 287 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 23.7 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 562 OHM I1% 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 464 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 100K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 10 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.61K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 9.09K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1K OHM 1% 1/8W
FACTORY SELECTED PART
R:FXD MET FLM 9.09K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 21.5K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 100 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 9.09K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 100 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 7.50K OHM 1% 11/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 100 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 9.09K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1K OHM 1% 1/8W
TRANSFORMER:RF
TRANSFORMER:RF
SOCKET:CRYSTAL
CRYSTAL:OUARTZ
BOARD ASSY:SENSE AMPLIFIER
C:FXD MY 0.033 UF 10% 200VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 6.8 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 0.1 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 0.1 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 0.22 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 1.0 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 1.0 UF 10% 35VDCW
C:FXD MICA 330 PF 5% 300VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 150 UF 20% 15VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 1.0 UF 10% 35VDCW
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:BREAKDOWN 6.81V 5%
DIODE BREAKDOWN 13.3V 5%
RECTIFIER:SILICON CONTROLLED 2N3528
DIODE:BREAKDOWN 6.2V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-14
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
98291
71279
71279
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
28480
28480
28480
52-053-0000
CDD4003-8
CDD4003-18
9103-1612
9140-0144
9140-0144
1854-0019
1853-0034
1853-0020
1854-0023
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0019
1854-0019
1854-0071
0757-0279
0757-0397
0757-0416
0757-0416
0757-0417
0757-0276
0698-3429
0757-0420
0757-0288
CB 1045
0698-3443
0698-3431
0757-0815
0698-0082
0757-0401
0757-0438
CB 1005
0698-0085
0757-0288
0757-0280
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
91506
28480
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
56289
56289
28480
28480
56289
02735
04713
28480
02735
04713
07263
07263
07263
0757-0288
0757-0199
0757-0279
0757-0279
0757-0401
0757-0288
0757-0401
0757-0280
0757-0280
0757-0279
0757-0440
0157-0401
0757-0288
0757-0280
08443-80001
08443-80001
R000-AG-26
0410-0474
15443-60015
192P33392-PTS
150D68X59035B2-DYS
150D104X9035A2-DYS
150D104X9035A2-DYS
0183-1735
150D105X9035A2-DYS
150D105X903542-DYS
0160-2208
0180-1747
1150D105X9035A2-DYS
1N4998
SZ10939-134
1902-3193
2N352B
1N823
FD 2387
FD 2387
FD 2387
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A14CR9
A14CR10
A14CR11
A14CR12
A14CR13
A14CA14
A14CR15
A14CR16
A14CR17
A14CR18
A14CR19
A14Q1
A14Q2
A14Q3
A14Q4
A14Q5
A14Q6
A14Q7
A14Q8
A14Q9
A14Q10
A14Q11
A14Q12
A14Q13
A14Q14
A14Q15
A14Q16
A14Q17
A14Q18
A14Q19
A14R1
A14R2
A14R3
A14R4
A14R5
A14R6
A14R7
A14R8
A14R9
A14R10
A14R12
A14R13
A14R14
A14R15
A14R16
A14R17
A14R18
A14R19
A14R20
A14R21
A14R22
A14R23
A14R24
A14R25
A14R26
A14R27
A14R28
A14R29
A14R30
A14R31
A14R32
A14R33
A14R33
A14R34
A14R35
A14R36
A14R37
A14R38
A14R38
A14R39
A14R40
A14R41
A14R42
A14R43
HP Part Number
1901-0025
1901-0200
1884-0012
1901-0200
1901-0200
1901-0200
1901-0200
1901-0200
1902-3268
1902-3256
1902-0049
1854-0039
1854-0039
1854-0039
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0039
1854-0071
1854-0221
1854-0071
1854-0071
0683-5115
0757-0199
0683-0275
0683-1015
0683-5115
0683-1635
0683-1015
0683-5115
0683-5125
0683-1015
0757-0442
0698-0084
0698-0084
0683-5115
0683-6205
0683-1015
0757-0428
0698-3409
0683-1125
0698-0084
0683-0275
0698-3159
0698-3151
0683-0275
0698-3153
0698-3153
0757-0199
0683-6235
0683-5125
0683-1635
0757-0821
0757-0418
0698-3150
0698-3155
0757-0442
0683-5125
0757-0428
0757-0442
0683-4315
0698-0083
0757-0442
0698-0084
Qty
1
1
4
5
4
4
2
3
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
Description
DIDOE:SILICON 1001MA/1V
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
RECTIFIER:SILICON CONTROLLED 2N3528
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:BREAKDOWN:26.1V 5%
DIODE:BREAKDOWN SILICON 23.7V 5%
DIODE:BREAKDOWN 6.19V 5%
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI PNP(SELECTED FROM 2N3702)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(REPL.BY 2N4044)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3734)
R:FXD COMP 510 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 21.5K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 2.7 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 100 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 510 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 16K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 100 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 510 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 5100 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 100 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.15K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.15K OHM 1% 1/8w
R:FXD COMP 510 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 62 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 100 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 1.62K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.37K OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD COMP 1100 OHM 5% 1/4k
R:FXD MET FLM 2.15K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 2.7 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 26.1K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.87K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 2.7 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.83K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 3.83K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 21.5K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 62K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 5100 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 16K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD NET FLM 1.21K OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 519 OHM 1% 1/8W
FACTORY SELECTED PART
R:FXD MET FLM 2.37K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 4.64K OHM 1% 1/SW
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 5100 OHM 5% 14W
R:FXD MET FLM 1.62K OHM 1% 1/8W
FACTORY SELECTED PART
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 430 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 1.96K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.15K OHM 1% 1/8W
See introduction to this section for ordering Information
6-15
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
07263
02735
02735
02735
02735
02735
02735
02735
28480
28480
04713
80131
80131
80131
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
80131
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
28480
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
28480
28480
28480
01121
01121
01121
28450
28480
01121
28480
01121
28480
28480
01121
28480
28480
28480
01121
01121
01121
28480
28480
FD 2387
1N4998
2N3528
1N4998
1N4998
1N4998
1N4998
1N4998
1902-3268
1902-3256
SZ10939-122
2N3053
2N3053
2N3053
1853-0020
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
2N3053
1854-0071
1854-0221
1854-0071
1854-0071
CB 5115
0757-0199
CB 27G5
CB 1015
CB 5115
CB 1635
CB 1015
CB 5115
CB 5125
CB 1015
0757-0442
0698-0084
0698-0084
CB 5115
CB 6205
CB 1015
0757-0428
0698-3409
CB 1125
0698-0084
CB 27G5
0698-3159
0698-3151
CB 27G5
0698-3153
0698-3153
0757-0199
CB 6235
CB 5125
CB 1635
0757-0821
0757-0418
28480
28480
28480
01121
28480
0698-3150
0698-3155
0757-0442
CB 5125
0757-0428
28480
01121
28480
28480
28480
0757-0442
CB 4315
0698-0083
0757-0442
0698-0084
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A14R43
A14R44
A14R45
A14R46
A14R47
A14R48
A14R49
A14R50
A14R51
A14R52
A14R53
A14S1
A14TP1
A14TP2
A14TP3
A14TP4
A14TPS
A15
A15C1
A15C2
A15C3
A15C4
A15C5
A15C6
A15C7
A15C8
A15C9
A15C10
A15CR1
A15CR2
A15CR3
A15CR4
A15CR5
A15CR6
A15CR7
A15CR8
A15CR9
A15CR10
A15CR11
A15CR2
A15F1
A15F2
A15F3
A15F4
A15F5
A15Q1
415Q2
A15Q3
A15R1
A15R2
A15R3
A15R4
A15R5
A15R6
A15R7
A15R8
A15R9
A15R10
A15R11
A15R11
A15R12
A15R13
A15XF1
A15XF2
A15XF3
A15XF4
A15XF5
A16
A16
A16S1
£16S2
£16S3
A16
A16
HP Part Number
0757-0442
0698-3150
0698-3155
0683-0275
0683-6235
0698-3409
2100-2632
0757-0421
0683-6205
0683-5115
3101-1277
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
08443-60014
0160-3043
0160-3043
0180-2212
0170-0040
0170-0040
0160-3453
0160-3453
0160-3453
0160-3453
0160-0168
1901-0159
1901-0159
1901-0159
1901-0159
1901-0200
1901-0200
1901-0200
1901-0200
1901-0159
1901-0159
1901-0025
1902-0041
2110-0004
2110-0001
2110-0001
2110-0002
2110-0001
1854-0071
1854-0232
1854-0232
0812-0012
0757-0063
0757-0063
0757-0063
0683-1025
0757-0442
0683-1025
0757-0855
0683-1045
0757-0442
0757-0274
0757-0442
0653-1855
2110-0269
2110-0269
2110-0269
2110-0269
2110-0269
08443-60038
08443-60073
08443-60072
08443-60072
08443-60138
Qty
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
2
1
3
1
1
10
1
1
3
1
Description
FACTORY SELECTED PART
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.37K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 4.64K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 2.7 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 62K OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.37K OHM 1% 1/2W
R:VAR FLM 100 OHM 10% LIN 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 825 OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 62 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 510 OHM 5% 1/4W
SWITCH:TOGGLE SPDT MOM.-ON-NONE-ON
NOT ASSIGNED
TERMINAL PIN:SQUARE
TERMINAL PIN:SQUARE
TERMINAL PIN:SOUARE
TERMINAL PIN:SQUARE
BOARD ASSY:RECTIFIER
C:FXD CER 2 X 0.005 UF 20% 250VAC
C:FXD C-R 2 X 0.005 UF 20% 250VAC
C:FXD ELECT 10 UF +50-0% 450VDCW
C:FXD MY 0.047 UF 10% 200VDCW
C:FXD MY 0.047 UF 10% 200VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD MY 0.1 UF 10% 200VDCW
DIODE:SILICON 0.75A 400PIV
DIODE:SILICON 0.75A 400PIV
DIODE:SILICON 0.75A 400PIV
DIODE:SILICON 0.75 400PIV
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 0.75A 400PIV
DIODE:SILICON O.75A 400PIV
DIODE:SILICON 100MA/1V
DIODE:BREAKDOWN 5.11V 5%
FUSE:CARTRIDGE 1/4 AMP 250V
FUSE:1 AMP 250V
FUSE:1 AMP 250V
FUSE:CARTRIDGE 2 AMP 3 AG
FUSE:LAMP 250V
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3704)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3440)
TSTR:SI NPN(SELECTED FROM 2N3440)
R:FXD WW 18 OHM 5% 3W
R:FXD MET FLM 196K OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 196K OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 196K OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 1000 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 68.1K OHM 1% 1/2W
R:FXD COMP 100K OHMS 5% 1/4W
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD MET FLM 1.21K OHM 1% 1/8W
FACTORY SELECTED PART
R:FXD MET FLM 10.0K OHM 1% 1/8W
R:FXD COMP 1.8 MEGOHM 5% 1/4W
CLIP:FUSE 0.250" DIA
CLIP:FUSE 0.250” DIA
CLIP:FUSE 0.250" DIA
CLIP:FUSE 0.250" DIA
CLIP:FUSE 0.250” DIA
BOARD ASSY:SWITCH
(8443A ONLY)
SWITCH ASSY:SLIDE
SWITCH ASSY:SLIDE
SWITCH ASSY:SLIDE
BOARD ASSY:SWITCH
(8443B ONLY)
See Introduction to this section for ordering information
6-16
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
28480
28480
01121
01121
28480
28480
28480
01121
01121
81640
3757-0442
0698-3150
3698-3155
CB 27G5
CB 6235
0698-3409
2100-2632
0757-0421
CB 6205
CB 5115
T8003
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
04713
04713
04713
04713
02735
02735
02735
02735
04713
04713
07263
04713
75915
75915
75915
75915
75915
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
28480
01121
28480
01121
28480
28480
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
0360-1514
08443-60014
29C147A-CDH
29C147A-CDH
39D106F450FL4-SB
192P47392-PTS
192P47392-PTS
C023A101L503ZS25-CD-1
C023A101L503ZS25-CD-1
C023A101L503ZS25-CD-1
C023A101L503ZS25-CD-1
192P10492-PTS
SR1358-4
SR1358-4
SR1358-4
SR1358-4
1N4998
1N4998
1N4998
1N4998
SR1358-4
SR1358-4
FD 2387
SZ10939-98
3AG/CAT. 312.250
312001.
312001.
312.002
312001.
1854-0071
1854-0232
1I54-0232
0812-0012
0757-0063
0737-0063
0757-0063
CB 1025
0757-0442
CB 1025
0157-0855
CB 1045
0757-0442
0757-0274
28480
01121
91506
91506
91506
91506
91506
28480
0757-0442
CB 1855
6008-32CN
6008-32CN
6008-32CN
6008-32CN
6008-32CN
08443-60039
28480
28480
28480
28480
08443-60073
08443-60072
08443-60072
08443-60138
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
A16S1
A16S2
A16S3
A17
A17
A17
A17J1
A17W1
A17W2
A17W3
A17W4
A17W5
418
A18C1
A18C3
A18C4
A18R1
A18R2
A18R3
A18R4
A18R5
A18R6
A18R7
A18A1
A18A2
A18XA4
A18XA5
A18XA6
A18XA7
A18XA8
A18XA9
A18XA10
A18XA11
A18XA12
A18XA13
A18XA14
A18XA15
A18XA16
A18
A18
A18
A18
A18
A18
A19
A19
A19
A19J1
A19S1
A20
A20
A20
A20
A20R1
A20R10
A20R11
A20R12
A20R12
A20R13
A20S1
A20S1
C1
C2
C2
C3
DS1
DS2
FL1
J1
J2
J3
J3
J4
J4
HP Part Number
Qty
08443-60072
08443-00123
1
1251-2366
08443-60052
08443-63055
08443-60054
08443-60053
08443-60063
08443-60016
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0150-0050
0683-2005
0811-1666
0811-1666
0811-1661
0811-1666
0683-3615
0683-2015
1251-1887
1
3
1
1
1
1251-1626
1251-1626
1251-1626
1251-0472
1251-0472
1251-0472
1251-0472
1251-0472
1251-0472
1251-1626
1251-1626
1251-2091
0360-0124
0380-0756
0380-0884
0380-0895
1251-2229
1251-2313
08443-60068
1
1
20
2
2
2
8
1
09443-00023
1251-0087
3101-0070
08443-60003
1
1
3
1
08443-00014
08443-20009
1
1
2100-2066
0698-3154
1
1
2100-2898
3101-0070
1
0180-2181
0180-2290
2
1
0180-2181
2140-0253
2140-0253
9100-3121
5
6
2
1
08553-6063
1
6960-0002
2
6960-0002
Description
NOT ASSIGNED
SWITCH ASSY:SLIDE
NOT ASSIGNED
JACK ASSY INTERCONNECTION(8443A ONLY)
COVER:BCD HOLE
(8443B ONLY)
CONNECTOR:R AND P 8 POSITIONS
CABLE ASSY:BLANK CONTROL
CABLE ASSYS:THIRD LOCAL OSCILLATOR
CABLE ASSY:SECOND LOCAL OSCILLATOR
CABLE ASSY:SCAN CONTROL
CABLE ASSY:FIRST LOCAL OSCILLATOR
BOARD ASSY:MOTHER
NOT ASSIGNED
NOT ASSIGNED
C:FXD CER 1000 PF .80-20% 1000VDCW
R:FXD COMP 20 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD NW 1.0 OHM 5% 2W
R:FXD WW 1.0 OHM 5% 2W
R:FXD WW 0.39 OHM 5% 2W
R:FXD WW 1.0 OHM 5% 2W
R:FXD COMP 360 OHM 5% 1/4W
R:FXD COMP 200 OHM 5% 1/4W
C0NNECTOR:PC 44 CONTACT(12 X 22)
NOT ASSIGNED
CONNECTOR:PC (2 X 12) 24 CONTACT
CONNECTOR:PC (2 X 12) 24 CONTACT
CONNECTOR:PC (2 X 12) 24 CONTACT
CONNECTOR:PC 12 CONTACTS
CONNECTOR:PC 12 CONTACTS
CONNECTOR:PC 12 CONTACTS
CONNECTOR:PC 12 CONTACTS
CONNECTOR:PC 12 CONTACTS
CONNECTOR:PC 12 CONTACTS
CONNECTOR:PC (2 X 12) 24 CONTACT
CONNECTOR:PC (2 X 12) 24 CONTACT
CONNECTOR:PC (1 X 15) 15 CONTACT
TERMINAL:SOLDER LUG
STANDOFF:0.125" LG
STANDOFF:CAPTIVE 4-40 X 0.156" LG
STANDOFF:CAPTIVE 4-40 X 0.312" LG
CONNECTOR:SINGLE CONTACT
CONNECTOR:SINGLE CONTACT
BCD ASSY:DIGITAL OUTPUT
(8443A ONLY)
SHIELD:RCD
CONNECTOR:FEMALE 5O-PIN MINAT
SWITCH:SLIDE
MARKER POSITION ASSY
(8443A ONLY)
BRACKET:MARKER POSITION POT
COUPLER:MARKER POSITION POT
NOT ASSIGNED
NOT ASSIGNED
R:VAR COMP 2K OHM 20% LIN 1/2W
R:FXD MET FLM 4.22K OHM 1% 1/8W
FACTORY SELECTED PART
R:VAR CERMET 5K/50K OHM 20% LIN
SWITCH:SLIDE
(PART OF BRACKET)
CHASSIS PARTS
C:FXD ELECT 1300 UF +75-10% 50VDCW
C:FXD ELECT 2700 UF +75-10% 25VDCW
(8443A ONLY)
C:FXD ELECT 1300 UF +75-10% 5OVDCW
LAMP:INCANDESCENT 28V 0.030A
LAMP:INCANDESCENT 28V 0.030A
FILTER:LINE 50-400 CYCLE 2A
PART OF W1
CAPACITOR ASSY
PART OF W3 (8443B ONLY)
PLUS:HOLE FOR 1/2 DIA
PART OF W4 (8443B ONLY)
PLUS:HOLE FOR 1/2" DIA
See introduction to this section for ordering Information
6-17
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
08443-60072
28480
08443-00123
71468
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
DCM 8W8S
08443-60052
08443-60055
08443-60054
08443-60053
08443-60063
08443-60016
56289
01121
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
01121
71785
C067B102E102ZS26-CDH
CB 2005
0811-1666
0811-1666
0811-1661
0811-1666
CB 3615
CB 2015
252-22-30-340
71785
71785
71785
71785
71785
71785
71785
71785
71785
71785
71785
95354
28480
00000
00000
00000
00779
00779
28480
252-12-30-300
252-12-30-300
252-12-30-300
252-06-30-300
252-06-30-300
252-06-30-300
252-06-30-300
252-06-30-300
252-06-30-300
252-12-30-300
252-12-30-300
178-118-181
0360-0124
0BD
0BD
0BD
1-331677-3
3-332070-5
08443-60068
28480
28480
79727
28480
08443-00023
1251-0087
G-126
08443-60063
28480
28480
08443-00014
08443-20009
28480
28480
2100-2066
0698-3154
28480
79727
2100-2898
G-126
56289
56289
36D132G050AA2A-DQB
36D272G025AA2A-DQB
56289
08717
08717
28480
36D132G050AA2A-DQB
FB38
FB38
9100-3121
28480
08553-6036
76530
SS-48152
76530
SS-48152
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
J5
MP1
MP2
MP3
MP4
MP5
MP6
MP7
MP7
MP8
MP8
MP9
MP9
MP10
MP11
MP12
MP13
MP14
MP15
MP15
MP16
MP17
MP18
MP19
MP20
MP21
MP22
MP23
MP24
MP25
MP26
MP27
MP28
MP29
MP30
MP31
MP32
MP33
MP34
MP35
MP36
MP37
MP37
MP38
MP38
MP39
MP39
MP40
MP41
MP42
MP43
MP44
MP45
MP45
MP46
MP46
MP47
MP47
MP48
MP49
MP49
MP50
MP50
MP51
MP51
MP52
MP52
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q5
R1
HP Part Number
Qty
5040-0331
5040-0331
0370-0084
0370-0084
1251-0218
1251-0218
1410-0112
2
3150-0214
1
08443-00048
1
5060-0254
5060-0254
08443-00004
08443-00005
08443-00006
08443-00012
2
08443-00018
08443-00019
08443-00020
08443-00021
08443-00021
08443-00021
08443-00021
08443-00022
08443-00024
08443-00025
08443-00026
08443-00043
08443-00046
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
1
1
1
4
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20004
08443-20004
08443-20005
08443-20005
08443-20005
08443-20006
2
08443-40001
1
08443-40003
1
5000-0206
08443-40006
2
1
NOT ASSIGNED
1
0380-0793
2
3
1
0380-0793
1854-0063
1854-0063
1854-0063
1854-0063
1854-0324
4
1
Description
PART OF FL1
ABSORBER:RF
ABSORBER:RF
KNOB:ROUND BLK 5/8 DIA
KNOB:ROUND BLK 5/8 DIA
CONNECTOR:LOCK POST SUBMINAT TYPE D
CONNECTOR:LOCK POST SUBMINAT TYPE D
BBUSHIN:5/16-32 THD
(TRACK ADJ)
FILTER:AIR, GRAY POLYURETHANE
(8443A ONLY)
RETAINER:FILTER
(8443A ONLY)
COUPLER:SHAFT
COUPLER:SHAFT
SUPPORT:MOTHER BOARD ,FRONT
SUPPORT:MOTHER BOARD, REAR
DECK:ATTENUATOR MOUNTING
BRACKET MOUNTING:SIDE FRAME
(8443A ONLY)
BRACKET:REGULATOR MOUNTING
BRACKET:CAPACITOR MOUNTING
BRACKET:TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
BRACKET:FRONT PANEL
BRACKET:FRONT PANEL
BRACKET:FRONT PANEL
BRACKET:FRONT PANEL
SHIELD:MOTHER BOARD
DIAL KNOB ASSY:”TENS”
DIAL KNOB ASSY:"UNITS”
DIAL KNOB ASSY:"TENTHS”
COVER, POWER SUPPLY
COVER, SERIES REGULATOR
SHIELD:PC BOARD
SHIELD:PC BOARD
SHIELD:PC BOARD
SHIELD:PC BOARD
SHIELD:PC BOARD
SHIELD:PC BOARD
SHIELD:PC BOARD
SHIELD:PC BOARD
SHIELD:PC BOARD
NOT ASSIGNED (8443B ONLY)
SHIELD:PC BOARD
NOT ASSIGNED (8443B ONLY)
SHIELD:PC BOARD
NOT ASSIGNED (8443B ONLY)
SHAFT:ATTENUATOR KNOB
SHAFT:ATTENUATOR KNOB
BUSHING:KNOB SHAFT(ATTENUATORS)
BJSAINGSKNO8 SHAFT(ATTENUATORS)
BUSHING:KNOB SHAFT(ATTENUATORS)
HEAT SINK
(Q1 THROUGH Q5)
WINDOW:COUNTER
(8443A ONLY)
INSULATOR:REGULATOR
(Q1 THROUGH Q5)
SPRING:WASHER
HANDLE:FUNCTION SWITCH
(8443A ONLY)
SPRING:COMPRESSION-FUNCTION SWITCH
(8443A ONLY)
SPACER:POST 0.156" LG-FUNCTION SWITCH
(8443A ONLY)
SPACER:POST 0.156" LG-FUNCTION SWITCH
(8443A ONLY)
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN (844A ONLY)
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
TSTR:SI NPN
(8443A ONLY)
NOT ASSIGNED
See Introduction to this section for ordering information
6-18
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
28480
28480
28480
71468
71468
28480
5040-0331
5040-0331
0370-0084
0370-0084
D53018
D53018
1410-0112
00000
0BD
28480
08443-00048
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
5060-0254
5060-0254
08443-00004
08443-00005
08443-00006
08443-00012
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28460
28480
28480
28480
28480
08443-00018
08443-00019
08443-00020
08443-00021
08443-00021
08443-00021
08443-00021
08443-00022
08443-00024
08443-00025
08443-00326
08443-00043
08443-00046
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
08443-20001
28480
08443-20001
28480
08443-20001
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
08443-20004
08443-20004
08443-20005
08443-20005
08443-20005
08443-20006
28480
08443-40001
28480
08443-40003
28480
28480
5000-0206
08443-40006
28480
1460-0297
76854
15525-610
76854
15525-610
80131
80131
80131
80131
80131
2N3055
2N3055
2N3055
2N3055
2N3739
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
R7
R8
R8
R8
R9
R10
R10
S1
S1
S2
S2
T1
W1
W1
W2
W3
W3
W4
W4
W5
W6
W7
W7
W8
W8
XA1
XA14
XA15
XA15
XA16
XA17
XA18
XDS1
XDS1
XDSZ2
XDS2
XF1
HP Part Number
Qty
2100-2886
08443-20008
08443-20010
2100-2501
2100-2729
1
1
1
1
1
3101-1234
1
3101-0070
9100-2886
08443-60061
1
1
08443-60059
1
08443-60060
1
08443-60009
8120-1348
08443-60079
1
1
1
08443-60080
1
1251-0198
5040-0327
1
2
1251-2400
1450-0153
1450-0493
1450-0153
1450-0157
1400-0084
1
2
1
0624-0268
1
1
512
Description
NOT ASSIGNED
R:VAR WW 5K ORM 5% LIN 2W
MOUNT:TRACK ADJ POT
TRACK ADJ. POT:5K OHM
R:VAR WW 2K OHM 20% LIN 1.5W
R:VAR CERMET 2.5K OHM 20% LIN 2W
(8443A ONLY)
SWITCH:SLIDE DPDT
(PART OF REAR PANEL)
SWITCH:SLIDE- FUNCTION
(8443A ONLY)
TRANSFORMER:POWER
CABLE ASSY:EXT INPUT
(8443A ONLY)
NOT ASSIGNED
CABLE ASSY:1 MHZ INPUT
(84434 ONLY)
CABLE ASSY:1 MHZ OUTPUT
(8443A ONLY)
CABLE ASSY:INTERCONNECT
CABLE ASSY:POWER. DETACHABLE
CABLE ASSY:3 MHZ IF
(8443A ONLY)
CABLE ASSY:FUNCTION SWITCH
(8443A ONLY)
NOT ASSIGNED
NOT ASSIGNED
CONNECTOR:PC EDGE (2 X 6) 12 CONTACT
HOOD:CONNECTOR
NOT ASSIGNED
NOT ASSIGNED
CONNECTOR:PC (2 X 15) 30 CONTACT
LAMP:HOLDER:FOR T-1 SERIES
LENS:PLASTIC
LAMP4OLDERsFOR T-1 SERIES
LENS: LAMPHOLDER
FUSEHOLDER:EXTRACTOR POST TYPE
MISCELLANEOUS
SCREW:PAN HD POZI DR 4-24 X 0.375" LG
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-19
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
2848o
28480
28480
28480
2100-2886
O8443-20008
08443-20010
2100-2501
2100-2729
82389
11A-1242
79727
G-126
28480
28480
9100-2886
08443-60061
28480
08443-60059
28480
08443-60060
28480
70903
28480
08443-60009
KHS-7041
08443-60079
28480
08443-60080
71785
28480
251-06-30-261
5040-0327
11453
08717
28480
08717
08717
75915
610-093-15
102SR
1450-0493
102SR
102XX-W
342014
00000
0BD
Section 6
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 6-1. Cabinet Parts
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts
Reference
Designation
1
2
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
17
17
HP Part Number
5060-0730
08443-00055
08443-00003
5000-0731
5000-8595
08443-00045
08443-00052
5060-0752
5060-8713
5060-0767
1490-0030
5000-0050
5060-0774
5060-8739
08443-00027
08443-00051
08443-00054
08443-00101
08443-00124
08443-00053
08443-00102
08443-00125
5020-0900
5020-6850
5020-0901
5020-6851
08443-40002
5060-0216
5060-8543
Qty
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
5
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
FRAME ASSY:3 X 16
SUB-PANEL
PANEL:REAR
COVER:SIDE, BLUE GRAY
COVER:SIDE. OLIVE GRAY
COVER:TOP, BLUE GRAY
COVER:TOP, OLIVE GRAY
COVER ASSY:BOTTOM 16L (BLUE GRAY)
COVER:BOTTOM
FOOT ASSY:FM
STAND:TILT
TRIM:SIDES
RACK MOUNTING KIT:3H (LIGHT GRAY)
KIT:RACK MOUNT 3H
CONNECTOR PLATE. BLACK(OPTIONS)
CONNECTOR PLATE:OLIVE BLACK
PANEL:FRONT,LITE GRAYI8443AI
PANEL:RIGHT FRONT, LITE GRAY(8443B)
PANEL:RIGHT FRONT, MINT GRAY(8443B)
PANEL:FRONT, MINT GRAY(8443A)
PANEL:LEFT FRONT,BLACKI44381)
PANEL:LEFT FRONT, OLIVE BLACK(84431B)
TRIM:PANEL, LITE GRAY
TRIM:PANEL, MINT GRAY
TRIM:PANEL, LITE GRAY
TRIM:PANEL, MINT GRAY
WINDOW TRIM STRIP
BRACKET:JOINING KIT, BLUE GRAY
BRACKET:JOINING KIT, OLIVE GRAY
See introduction to this section for ordering information
6-20
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Z8480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
5060-0730
08443-00055
08443-00003
5000-0731
5000-8595
08443-00045
08443-00052
5060-3752
5060-8713
5060-0767
1490-0030
5003-0050
5060-0774
5060-8739
083443-00027
08443-00051
08443-00054
08443-00101
08443-00124
08443-00053
08443-00102
08443-00125
5020-0900
5020-6850
5020-0901
5020-6RSI
08443-43D02
5060-0216
5n60-8S43
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
TABLE 6-4.
PART NUMBER - NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER
CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
PART
NUMBER
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
B104BX102M
96733
5910-00-244-7171
0160-2139
28480
5910-00-180-7816
D2361
93332
5961-00-954-9182
0160-2140
28480
5910-00-430-5625
D53018
71468
5935-00-570-6119
0160-2142
28480
5910-00-430-5626
FB2B
01121
5910-00-920-3478
0160-2143
28480
5910-00-430-5628
FDG1088
07263
5961-00-928-7939
0160-2145
28480
5910-00-430-5637
G250
01538
5325-00-079-7237
0160-2204
28480
5910-00-463-5949
KHS-7041
70903
6150-01-004-8773
0160-2208
28480
5910-00-430-5685
MC1013P
04713
5962-00-450-8830
0160-2218
28480
5910-00-261-3413
MC1034P
04713
5962-00-405-1385
0160-2229
28480
5910-00-719-9881
MC1039P
04713
5962-00-519-0787
0160-2244
28480
5910-00-008-4451
RDM15E820G1S
84171
5910-00-138-1318
0160-2254
28480
5910-00-043-1371
RDM15F101J3C
72136
5910-00-463-5949
0160-2260
28480
5910-00-789-6956
SN7400N
01295
5962-00-865-4625
0160-2266
28480
5910-00-430-5754
SN7400N
01295
5962-00-922-3138
0160-2307
28480
5910-00-406-9675
SN7404N
01295
5962-00-404-2559
0160-2327
28480
5910-00-244-7171
SN7472N
01295
5962-00-865-4631
0160-2930
28480
5910-00-465-9754
SN7474N
01295
5962-00-106-4287
0160-3036
28480
5910-00-138-1326
SR1358-4
04713
5961-00-496-7363
0160-3043
28480
5910-00-472-5006
SZ10939-110
04713
5960-00-995-2310
0160-3060
28480
5910-00-006-5732
SZ10939-134
04713
5960-00-912-3099
0160-3121
28480
5910-00-138-7268
SZ10939-158
04713
5960-00-845-6458
0160-3451
28480
5910-01-036-1474
S17843
07263
5961-00-917-0660
0170-0040
28480
5910-00-829-0245
T8001
81640
5930-00-237-1160
0180-0098
28480
5910-00-430-5947
0121-0036
28480
5910-00-463-5960
0180-0116
28480
5910-00-809-4701
0121-0059
28480
5910-00-776-4185
0180-0137
28480
5910-00-915-1393
01210105
28480
5910-00-761-1216
0180-0160
28480
5910-00-752-4249
0122-0049
28480
5961-00-329-7671
0180-0197
28480
5910-00-850-5355
0150-0050
28480
5910-00-784-0927
0180-0229
28480
5910-00-403-2449
0160-0145
28480
5910-00-138-1318
0180-0291
28480
5910-00-931-7055
0160-0157
28480
5910-00-961-9591
0180-0376
28480
5910-00-444-6726
0160-0163
28480
5910-00-893-1261
0180-1735
28480
5910-00-430-6016
0160-0168
28480
5910-00-917-0668
0180-1743
28480
5910-00-430-6017
0160-2055
28480
5910-00-211-1611
0340-0038
28480
5940-00-904-0300
6-21
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
TABLE 6-4 (cont’d.)
PART NUMBER - NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER
CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
PART
NUMBER
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
0340-0039
28480
5970-00-072-1625
0698-3435
28480
5905-00-489-2046
0360-0124
28480
5940-00-993-9338
0698-3437
28480
5905-00-402-7080
0360-1514
28480
5940-00-150-4513
0698-3438
28480
5905-00-974-6080
0370-0084
28480
5355-00-809-9329
0698-3441
28480
5905-00-974-6076
0400-0009
28480
5325-00-079-7237
0698-3443
28480
5905-00-194-0341
0683-1005
28480
5905-00-960-0099
0698-3444
28480
5905-00-974-6079
0683-1015
28480
5905-00-102-5294
0698-3452
28480
5905-00-826-3239
0683-2015
28480
5905-00-111-4845
0698-7200
28480
5905-00-161-8936
0683-5115
28480
5905-00-801-8272
0698-7229
28480
5905-01-009-7560
0683-5125
28480
5905-00-139-1642
0699-0001
28480
5905-00-998-1953
0683-6225
28480
5905-00-056-0505
0757-0063
28480
5905-00-244-7182
0683-6235
28480
5905-00-542-7776
0757-0159
28480
5905-00-830-6677
0683-7525
28480
5905-00-056-0520
0757-0180
28480
5905-00-972-4907
0698-0082
28480
5905-00-974-6075
0757-0199
28480
5905-00-981-7513
0698-0083
28480
5905-00-407-0052
0757-0269
28480
5905-00-858-6985
0698-0084
28480
5905-00-974-6073
0757-0274
28480
5905-00-858-9105
0698-0085
28480
5905-00-998-1814
0757-0276
28480
5905-00-493-0777
0698-3150
28480
5905-00-481-1357
0757-0279
28480
5905-00-221-8310
0698-3151
28480
5905-00-246-8634
0757-0280
28480
5905-00-853-8190
0698-3153
28480
5905-00-974-6081
0757-0288
28480
5905-00-193-4318
0698-3154
28480
5905-00-891-4215
0757-0289
28480
5905-00-998-1908
0698-3155
28480
5905-00-976-3418
0757-0346
28480
5905-00-998-1906
0698-3159
28480
5905-00-407-0053
0757-0394
28480
5905-00-412-4036
0698-3260
28480
5905-00-998-1809
0757-0395
28480
5905-00-891-4210
0698-3334
28480
5905-00-407-2350
0757-0397
28480
5905-00-232-3125
0698-3401
28480
5905-00-252-4219
0757-0398
28480
5905-00-788-0291
0698-3409
28480
5905-00-473-3276
0757-0401
28480
5905-00-981-7529
0698-3428
28480
5905-00-891-4238
0757-0403
28480
5905-00-412-4023
0698-3429
28480
5905-00-407-0075
0757-0405
28480
5905-00-096-4167
0698-3431
28480
5905-00-402-7079
0757-0416
28480
5905-00-998-1795
0698-3433
28480
5905-00-407-0076
0757-0417
28480
5905-00-858-9417
0698-3434
28480
5905-00-997-4071
0757-0418
28480
5905-00-412-4037
6-22
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
TABLE 6-4 (cont’d.)
PART NUMBER - NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER
CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
PART
NUMBER
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
0757-0419
28480
5905-00-891-4213
1400-0084
28480
5920-00-881-4636
0757-0420
28480
5905-00-493-5404
1410-0112
28480
5365-00-417-5217
0757-0421
28480
5905-00-891-4219
1490-0030
28480
6625-00-760-9521
0757-0422
28480
5905-00-728-9980
1537-12
99800
5950-00-925-5249
0757-0428
28480
5905-00-998-1794
1537-16
99800
5950-00-835-1513
0757-0438
28480
5905-00-929-2529
1537-48
99800
5950-00-905-1839
0757-0440
28480
5905-00-858-6795
1820-0054
28480
5962-00-138-5248
0757-0442
28480
5905-00-998-1792
1820-0077
28480
5962-00-138-5250
0757-0458
28480
5905-00-494-4628
1820-0092
28480
6350-00-401-9149
0757-0459
28480
5905-00-997-9579
1820-0010
28480
5962-00-405-1385
0757-0821
28480
5905-00-828-6705
1820-0102
28480
5962-00-450-8830
0757-0855
28480
5905-00-930-7957
1820-0116
28480
5962-00-175-3051
0757-1060
28480
5905-00-405-8094
1820-0116
28480
6350-00-401-9151
0757-1092
28480
5905-00-412-0754
1820-0119
28480
5962-00-409-3521
0757-1094
28480
5905-00-917-0580
1820-0174
28480
5962-00-404-2559
0811-1661
28480
5905-00-222-3549
1820-0304
28480
5962-00-270-1961
0811-1666
28480
5905-00-402-7082
1820-0413
28480
5962-00-009-6621
08552-6017
28480
5950-00-787-7470
1853-0018
28480
5961-00-989-2747
08552-6018
28480
5950-00-430-6816
1853-0020
28480
5961-00-904-2540
08552-6023
28480
5950-00-787-7471
1853-0027
28480
5961-00-193-4463
08552-6024
28480
5950-00-138-1334
1853-0034
28480
5961-00-987-4700
08553-6012
28480
5950-00-138-1335
1854-0022
28480
5961-00-917-0660
08553-6063
28480
5910-00-430-6120
1854-0023
28480
5961-00-998-1923
1N4998
02735
5961-00-994-0520
1854-0045
28480
5961-00-059-3063
1N823
04713
5961-00-103-7417
1854-0063
28480
5961-00-985-9074
1025-20
99800
5950-00-059-5920
1854-0071
28480
5961-00-137-4608
1250-1194
28480
5935-00-446-4102
1854-0221
28480
5961-00-836-1887
1251-0087
28480
5935-00-043-4067
1854-0232
28480
5961-00-229-1963
1251-0198
28480
5935-00-974-6874
1854-0247
28480
5961-00-464-4049
1251-1556
28480
5999-00-165-0403
1854-0324
28480
5961-00-938-5100
1251-1887
28480
5935-00-147-7384
1854-0345
28480
5961-00-401-0507
1251-2313
28480
5935-00-104-1184
1901-0025
28480
5961-00-978-7468
6-23
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
TABLE 6-4 (cont’d.)
PART NUMBER - NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER
CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
PART
NUMBER
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
1901-0039
28480
5961-00-833-6626
2110-0004
28480
5920-00-798-5710
1901-0040
28480
5961-00-965-5917
2110-0269
28480
5920-00-280-8344
1901-0047
28480
5961-00-929-7778
2140-0253
28480
6240-00-078-9094
1901-0049
28480
5961-00-911-9275
251-06-30-261
71785
5935-00-974-6874
1901-0050
28480
5961-00-914-7496
252-06-30-300
71785
5935-00-188-0135
1901-0159
28480
5961-00-496-7363
252-12-30-300
71785
5935-00-448-2236
1901-0179
28480
5961-00-853-7934
252-22-30-340
71785
5935-00-147-7384
1901-0200
28480
5961-00-994-0520
3-332070-5
00779
5935-00-104-1184
1901-0518
28480
5961-00-430-6819
3101-0070
28480
5930-00-919-1755
1902-0041
28480
5961-00-858-7372
3101-1213
28480
5930-00-237-1160
1902-0048
28480
5961-00-912-3099
3101-1234
28480
5930-00-406-8746
1902-0049
28480
5961-00-752-6121
342014
75915
5920-00-881-4636
1902-0518
28480
5961-00-138-7317
50-046-0000
98291
5935-00-917-9089
1902-3094
28480
5961-00-493-5428
5000-0050
28480
6625-01-014-8071
1902-3193
28480
5961-00-247-8437
5060-0767
28480
6625-00-903-0348
1902-3256
28480
5961-00-412-0957
5080-0271
28480
5961-00-513-2726
1902-3268
28480
5961-00-412-0958
5086-7010
28480
5962-00-483-1953
1910-0016
28480
5961-00-954-9182
52-0530-0000
98291
5935-00-107-2601
1970-0042
28480
5960-00-477-1203
8120-1348
28480
6150-01-004-8773
2-330808-8
00779
5935-00-965-9612
9100-0346
28480
5950-00-780-7332
2N3053
80131
5961-00-985-9073
9100-1610
28480
5950-00-431-3185
2N3055
80131
5961-00-985-9074
9100-1611
28480
5950-00-438-4375
2N3528
02735
5961-00-945-3380
9100-1612
28480
5950-00-438-4376
2N3739
80131
5961-00-938-5100
9100-1616
28480
5950-00-835-1513
2N4917
80131
5961-00-179-8478
9100-1618
28480
5950-00-431-3196
2N5179
80131
5961-00-401-0507
9100-1622
28480
5950-00-431-3197
2100-1758
28480
5905-00-228-5989
9100-1623
28480
5950-00-476-5686
2100-2066
28480
5905-00-236-7416
9100-1629
28480
5950-00-430-6864
2100-2489
28480
5905-00-105-1774
9100-1630
28480
5950-00-431-3198
2100-2501
28480
5905-00-431-3183
9100-1643
28480
5950-00-443-9517
2100-2517
28480
5905-00-161-9090
9100-2247
28480
5950-00-405-3735
2100-2632
28480
5905-00-476-5718
9140-0051
28480
5950-00-069-7747
6-24
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
TABLE 6-4 (cont’d.)
PART NUMBER - NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER
CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
PART
NUMBER
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
9140-0096
28480
5950-00-138-1381
9140-0114
28480
5950-00-657-8167
9140-0129
28480
5950-00-845-6927
9140-0141
28480
5950-00-059-5919
9140-0144
28480
5950-00-837-6029
9140-0158
28480
5950-00-059-5920
6-25/6-26
PART
NUMBER
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
Section 7
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SECTION VII
MANUAL CHANGES
7-1. INTRODUCTION
Table 7-1. 8443A Back-Dating Serial Numbers
7-2. As changes are made to the 8443A/B, newer
instruments may have serial number prefixes not listed in
this manual. The manuals for those instruments will be
supplied with an additional "Manual Changes" insert
containing the required information; contact your local
Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office if this sheet is
missing.
Serial Number
or Prefix
955964-00161
to 00200
964-00201
to 00220
964-00221
to 00245
1049A00246
to 00270
1049A00271
to 00296
1049A00296
to 00440
1049A00440
to 1145A00560
1145A00561
and above
7-3. The information in this section covers the manual
changes necessary to backdate this manual so that it
directly applies to 8443A Tracking Generator/Counters
with serial numbers 1049A00440 and below, and 8443B
Tracking Generators with serial numbers 0973A00120
and below.
7-4. MANUAL BACK-DATING
7-5. Table 7-1 lists the serial number history of the
8443A, and Table 7-2 lists the serial number history of
the 8443B.
The back-dating changes needed to
document any instrument are listed opposite the serial
numbers. Table 7-4 lists the back-dating changes. Use
Table 7-1 or 7-2 to find the changes needed to document
your instrument. Then follow the instructions listed under
the changes, perform the changes in the sequence listed
in Table 7-1 or 7-2.
Perform Manual
Changes (In Sequence)
I,H,G,F,E,D,C,B,A
I,H,G,F,E,D,C,B
I,H,G,F,E,D,C
I,H,G,F,E,D
I,H,G,F,E
I,H,G,F
I,H,G
I,H
I
Table 7-2. 8443B Back-Dating Serial Numbers
Serial Number
or Prefix
973-00110
and below
973-00111 to
0973A00120
0973A00121
to 1142A00130
7-6. Table 7-3 is a summary of 8443A/B changes. It
cross references the changes to the assemblies they
affect; it also shows whether the factory recommends
that instruments be up-dated or not.
7-1
Perform Manual
Changes (In Sequence)
I,H,G,F,E,D,C,B
I,H,G
I,H
Section 7
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 7-3. Changes Summary
Changes
Components Affected
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
Chassis
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
Assy
(no prefox)
L10
C17
J5*
FL1*
Covers for
Q1-4*
A
R19*
R20*
R21*
B
C
D
J1,2**
TR3-7**
A2***
E
MP1,2***
(RF absorbers)
MP8,9***
(fan filter)
MP10,11**
(A2,3 shaft
couplers)
F
G
H
C5**
R4
**
R7,8*
I
*No instrument up-date recommended.
**New part is preferred replacement part.
A13***
***This change is recommended for all prior seals.
****Modification to new configuration described in Service Note 8443a-4 (requires modification kit 08843-60078 for light gray front panel or 08443-60081 for mint gray
front panel.
7-2
Section 7
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 7-4. Manual Back-Dating
CHANGE A
Table 6-3, Replaceable Parts:
Delete:
Capacitor A10C17 and inductor A10L10.
Add:
4 transistor insulating covers (Q1-4) 0349-0486.
Change: Line filter FL1 to 9100-2878.
Change: Power input connector J5 to 1251-2357.
Service Sheet 3 (schematic):
Delete: A10C17 and A10L10.
CHANGE B
Table 6-3, Replaceable Parts:
Change:
Resistors A11R19 and R21 to 0757-0401 R:FXD MET FLM 100 OHM 1% 1/8W
Change:
Resistor A11R20 to 0757-0398 R:FXD MET FLM 75 OHM 1% 1/8 W
Service Sheet 2 (schematic):
Change: A11R19 and R21 to 100 ohms.
Change: A11R20 to 75 ohms.
CHANGE C
Table 6-3, Replaceable Parts:
Change:
Connectors A6J1, J2 and TP3 to 1250-1195 CONNECTOR: RF SUB-MINIATURE
SERIES
Change:
Test point pins A6TP4-7 to 08443-00041
CHANGE D
Table 6-3, Replaceable Parts:
Delete:
Cooling Fan Assembly A1A2.
Change: Low Frequency Counter Assembly A1 to 08443-60066.
Delete:
Inductor A6L12.
Service Sheet 8 (schematic):
Delete:
A6L12.
CHANGE E
Table 6-3, Replaceable Parts:
Delete:
RF absorbers MP1 and 2.
Delete:
Fan filter MP8 and filter retainer MP9.
CHANGE F
Table 6-3, Replaceable Parts:
Delete:
Shaft couplers (for A2 and A3) MP10 and 11.
Add:
Coupler yokes (4) 1500-0002 and insulated flexible couplings (2) 5040-0212.
CHANGE G
Table 6-3, Replaceable Parts:
Change capacitor A14C5 to 0180-1743 C:FXD ELECT 0.1 UF 10% 35 VDCW
Service Sheet 4 (schematic):
Change: A14C5 to 0.1 pF.
CHANGE H
Table 6-3, Replaceable Parts:
Change: A5R4 to 0698-3435 R:FXD 38.3 OHMS.
Change: A11R7 to 0698-3443 R:FXD 287 OHMS.
Change: A11R8to 0698-3428 R:FXD 14.7 OHMS.
Service Sheet 2 (schematic):
Change value of A11R7 to 270 ohms, and A11R8 to 31.6 ohms.
Service Sheet 7 (schematic):
Change value of A5R4 to 10 ohms.
7-3
Section 7
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 7-4. Manual Back-Dating (cont’d)
CHANGE I
Table 6-3, Replaceable Parts:
Change:
A13 to 08443-60040
Delete:
Delete:
NOTE
08443-60112 is exchange assy for 08443-60040.
A13C21-28, A13CR6,7, A13Q5-10, and A13R21-34.
S2, W7, and W8.
Service Sheet 4:
Replace appropriate portions of Figure 8-23 with Figure 7-1.
Replace Figure 8-21 with Figure 7-2.
7-4
Section 7
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 7-1. Changes for Figure 8-23 (Part of Change I)
7-5
Section 7
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 7-2. Changes for Figure 8-21 (Part of Change I)
7-6
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SECTION VIII
SERVICE
troubleshooting tree, is designed to isolate the cause of a
malfunction to a circuit or assembly.
8-1. INTRODUCTION
8-2. This section provides instructions for testing,
troubleshooting and repairing the HP Model 8443A
Tracking Generator/Counter and the Model 8443B
Tracking Generator.
8-9. The second maintenance level provides circiut
analysis and test procedures to aid in isolating faults to a
defective component.
Circuit descriptions and test
procedures for the second maintenance level are located
on the page facing the schematic diagram of the circuit
to be repaired.
8- 3. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
8-4. Information relative to the principles of operation
appears on the foldout pages opposing the Block
Diagrams, Service Sheet 1 for the Tracking Generator
and Service Sheet 5 for the Counter Section (8443A).
This correlation of data will enable the reader to quickly
relate functions to specific circuits without having to look
in different parts of the manual.
8-10. After the cause of a malfunction has been found
and remedied in any circuit containing adjustable
components, the applicable procedure specified in
Section V of this manual should be performed.
8-11. REPAIR
8-12. Module Exchange. For the benefit of those who
do not wish to repair at the component level, a module
exchange program has been initiated for the Model
8443A/B. These factory-repaired modules are available
at a considerable savings in cost over the cost of a new
module.
8-5. RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT
8-6.
Test equipment and accessories required to
maintain the Model 8443A/B are listed in Table 1-2. If
the equipment listed is not available, equipment that
meets the minimum specifications shown may be
substituted.
8-13. These exchange modules should be ordered from
the nearest Hewlett-Packard Sales/Service
Office using the special part numbers in Table 6-1 of this
manual.
8-7. TROUBLESHOOTING
8-8. Troubleshooting procedures are divided into two
maintenance levels in this manual.
The first, a
Figure 8-1. Model 8443A with Circuit Board Extended for Maintenance
8-1
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Virtually all orders for replacements received by HP
offices are shipped the same day received either from
the local office or from a Service Center.
8-17. Part Location Aids. The locations of chassis
mounted parts and major assemblies are shown in
`Figure 8-18. The location of individual components
mounted on printed circuit boards or other assemblies
are shown on the appropriate schematic page or on the
page opposite it. The part reference designator is the
assembly designation plus the part designation.
(Example: A10R1 is R1 on the A10 assembly.) For
specific component description and ordering information
refer to the parts list in Section VI.
8-14. Line Voltage Requirements. During adjustment
and testing the Model 8443A/B must be connected to a
source of power capable of delivering 74 watts of power
at 115 or 230 volts ac ±10%, single phase. If adjustment
of the dc voltage regulators is required, the Model
8443A/B should be connected to the ac source through
an adjustable auto-transformer. The line voltage to the
Model 8443A/B may then be adjusted to check regulator
action when the line voltage is changed ±10%.
8-18.
Factory Selected Components.
Some
component values are selected at the time of final
checkout at the factory. Usually these values are not
extremely critical; they are selected to provide optimum
compatibility with associated component.
These
components, which are identified on the schematics with
an asterisk, are listed in Table 8-1. The recommended
procedure for replacing a factory selected component is
as follows:
a. Try the original value, then perform the test
specified in Section V of this manual for the circuit being
repaired.
b. If the specified test cannot be satisfactorily
performed, try the typical value shown in the parts list
and repeat the test.
8-15. Servicing Aids on Printed Circuit Boards.
Servicing aids on printed circuit boards include test
points, transistor designations, adjustment callouts and
assembly stock numbers with alpha-numerical revision
information.
8-16.
Circuit Board Extenders.
Circuit board
extenders are provided with the Service Kit. These
extenders enable the technician to extend the boards
clear of the assembly to provide easy access to
components and test points. See Figure 8-1 for a typical
example of extender board use.
Table 8-1. Factory Selected Components
Designation
R12
A5R4
Location
Front Panel
Time Base
A6R22
A6R24
HF Decade
HF Decade
Purpose
To center range of CTR ADJ
Adjusts 1 MHz ref. output.
Select for 2.8 Vp-p at J3
(terminated in 50 I )
Adjust gain
Adjust dc level at input to
A8R6
Video Amp
Unleveled output adjust
A13R20
First Conv.
A14R33
A14R38
A14R43
A15R11
Sense Amp
Sense Amp
Sense Amp
Rectifier
Center range of TRACKING
ADJUST potentiometer
20 volt adjust
6 volt adjust
-12 volt adjust
+175 volt adjust
8-2
Range of Values
3.16 to 4.75K
5 to 20Q1
24.6 to 38.3
34.4 to 42.2
decade counter
10,23.7, 38.3, 56.2, 75, 100,
121,167,196, 215,261,
287, 348, 383,422,511
(Resistor values given resolve gain in 1 dB steps.)
348 to 1.47K
110 to 1.2 K
1.47K to 2.61K
1.33K to 1.96K
619 to 1.78K
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 8-2. Schematic Diagram Notes
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM NOTES
Resistance is in ohms, capacitance is in picofarads, and inductance is in mH unless otherwise noted.
P/O = part of.
*Asterisk denotes a factory-selected value. Value shown is typical. Capacitors may be omitted or
resistors jumpered.
Ο
Screwdriver adjustment.
Encloses front panel designations.
Panel control.
Encloses rear panel designation.
Circuit assembly borderline.
Other assembly border line.
Heavy line with arrows indicates path and direction of main signal.
Heavy dashed line with arrows indicates path and direction of main feedback.
Wiper moves toward CW with clockwise rotation of control as viewed from shaft or knob.
Numbers in stars on circuit assemblies show locations of test points.
Encloses wire color code. Code used (MIL-STD-681) is the same as the resistor color code. First
number identifies the base color, second number the wider stripe, and the third number identifies the
narrower stripe. E.G., (947) denotes white base, yellow wide stripe, violet narrow stripe.
Indicates an output from a schematic that goes to an input identified as
Indicates an input to a schematic that comes from an output identified as
8-3
on Service Sheet 4.
on Service Sheet 2.
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
c. If the test results are still not satisfactory,
substitute various values within the tolerances specified
in Table 8-1 until the desired result is obtained.
b. Do not use a high power soldering iron on
etched circuit boards.
Excessive heat may lift a
conductor or damage the board.
8-19. Diagram Notes.
Table 8-2, Schematic
Diagram Notes, provides information relative to symbols
and values shown on schematic diagrams.
c. Use a suction device (Table 8-3) or wooden
toothpick to remove solder from component mounting
holes.
CAUTION
8-20. GENERAL SERVICE HINTS
Do not use a sharp metal object such
as an awl or twist drill for this
purpose. Sharp objects may damage
the plated-through conductor.
8-21. The etched circuit boards used in Hewlett-Packard
equipment are the plated-through type consisting of
metallic conductors bonded to both sides of an insulating
material. The metallic conductors are extended through
the component holes by a plating process. Soldering
can be performed on either side of the board with equally
good results. Table 8-3 lists recommended tools and
materials for use in repairing etched circuit boards.
Following are recommendations and precautions
pertinent to etched circuit repair work.
d. After soldering, remove excess flux from the
soldered areas and apply a protective coating to prevent
contamination and corrosion.
8-22.
Component
Replacement.
The following
procedures are recommended when component
replacement is necessary:
a. Avoid unnecessary component substitution; it
can result in damage to the circuit board and/or adjacent
components.
Item
Soldering tool
Soldering* Tip
De-soldering aid
Resin (flux)
solvent
Solder
Protective
Coating
a. Remove defective component from board.
Table 8-3. Etched Circuit Soldering Equipment
Use
Specification
Soldering
Wattage
rating: 47-1/2
Unsoldering
56-1/2
Tip Temp: 850 - 9000
Soldering
*Shape: pointed
Unsoldering
To remove molten solSuction device
der from connection
Remove excess flux
Must not dissolve etched circuit
from soldered area
base board material or conbefore application
ductor bonding agent
of protective
coating
Component replacement
Circuit board repair
Wiring
Contamination, corrosion protection
Item Recommended
-Ungar #776 handle with
*Ungar #4037 Heating Unit
*Ungar #PL111
Soldapullt
by Edsyn Co., Arleta,
California
Freon
Acetone
Lacquer Thinner
Isopropyl
Alcohol (100% dry)
Resin (flux) core, high tin content (60/40 tin/lead), 18
gauge (SWG) preferred
Good electrical insulation, corrosion-prevention properties
Krylon R ** #1302
Humiseal Protective Coating,
Type 1B12 by Columbia
Technical Corp., Woodside 77, New York
*For working on etched Poards: for general purpose work, use Ungar #1237 Heating Unit (37.5W, tip temp of 750
B00 ) and Ungar ;;PL113 1/8 inch chisel tip
’*Krylon. Inc., Norristown, Pennsylvanla
8-4
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
b. If component was unsoldered, remove solder
from mounting holes with a suction device (Table 8-3) or
a wooden toothpick.
Spectrum Analyzer Service Manual, it will not be
repeated here.
8-25. LOGIC CIRCUITS AND SYMBOLS
c. Shape leads of replacement component to
match mounting hole spacing.
8-26. The following paragraphs and illustrations provide
basic information about logic circuits and symbols.
While a complete treatment of the subject is not within
the scope of this manual, it is believed that this material
will help the technician experienced with analog devices,
who has had little or no experience with digital circuits.
d. Insert component leads into mounting holes and
position component as original was positioned. Do not
force leads into mounting holes; sharp lead ends may
damage the plated-through conductor.
Note
8-27. The circuits discussed are digital in nature; their
outputs are always in one of two possible states, a "1" or
"0". These two states are also referred to as being either
high (H) or low (L). The high and low states are relative;
low must be less positive (more negative) than high, both
states may be positive or negative, or high may be
positive and low negative. In positive logic the more
positive (H) state is a logical "1" and the more negative
(L) state is a logical "0". In negative logic the more
negative (L) state is a logical "1" and the more positive
(H) state is a logical “0".
Although not recommended when both sides
of the circuit board are accessible, axial lead
components such as resistors and tubular
capacitors, can be replaced without
unsoldering.
Clip leads near body of
defective component, remove component
and straighten leads left in board. Wrap
leads of replacement component one turn
around original leads.
Solder wrapped
connection and clip off excess lead.
8-28. Two of the basic "building blocks" of logic circuits
are the AND and OR gates. The symbols and truth
tables for basic AND and OR gates are shown in
Figure 8-2.
8-23. BASIC SERVICE INFORMATION
8-24.
Since basic service information appears in the
Figure 8-2. Basic AND and OR Gates.
8-5
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 8-4. Logic Symbology
8-6
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 8-4. Logic Symbology (Cont.)
8-7
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 8-4. Logic Symbology (Cont.)
8-8
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
8-29. Basic AND Gate (Positive logic). The basic AND
gate is a circuit which produces an output "1" when, and
only when, a "1" is applied to all inputs. As shown in
Figure 8-2, terminal X will be high only when terminals A
and B are both high. The dot (•) shown in the AND gate
is the logic term for AND. The term for a simple two
input AND gate is X = A • B (X equals A and B). AND
gates may be designed to have as many inputs as
required to fill a specific requirement.
8-32. Truth Tables. Truth tables provide a means of
presenting the output state of logic devices for any set of
inputs in tabular form. Truth tables contain one column
for each of the inputs and a column for the output. In
basic truth tables the column notations are usually H or L
(for high and low) or, for binary notation, "1" or "0". More
complex truth tables use other terms which will be
explained where these tables appear in the text.
8-33. Logic Inversion. Adding inversion to AND and
OR gates changes their characteristics. Inversion is
usually accomplished by adding an inverter stage
(common emitter) in front of an input or after an output.
A circle added to the input or output leads indicates the
portion of the circuit in which the inversion takes place.
The simplest of these devices are AND and OR gates in
which the output is inverted. These gates are called
NAND (for Not AND) and NOR (for Not OR). Basic
NAND and NOR gates are shown in Figure 8-3. When
all inputs and outputs of an AND gate are inverted, it
functions as an OR gate. When all inputs and outputs of
an OR gate are inverted, it functions as an AND gate.
Figure 8-4 provides information relative to various gate
inversion functions.
8-30. Basic OR Gate (Positive logic). The basic OR
gate is a circuit which procedures a "1" output when any
one, or all of the inputs are in a "1" state. As shown in
Figure 8-2, terminal X will be high when either terminal A
or terminal B, or both are high. The + shown in the OR
gate symbol is the logic term for OR. The term for a
simple two input OR gate is X = A + B (X equals A or B).
OR gates may be designed to have as many inputs as
required for specific needs.
8-31. The symbols for AND and OR gates differ in that
AND gate symbols have a flat input side and a rounded
output side while OR gate symbols have a concave input
side and a pointed output side.
Figure 8-3. Basic NAND and NOR Gates
8-9
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-4. Logic Comparison Diagrams
8-34. When inversion is used the designation at the
inverted terminal is frequently termed A (not A), B (not
B), X (not X), etc. Table 8-4 shows basic logic, circuits
and associated symbology.
8-37. Triggered Flip-Flop. Figure 8-6 illustrates a
triggered flip-flop which changes state each time a pulse
of a given polarity is applied to the input. The output of a
triggered flip-flop is a square wave at one half the
frequency of the input triggers. In the circuit shown in
Figure 8-6 the input may be negative going triggers or a
square wave. If the input is a square wave it will be
differentiated by C2 to produce both negative going and
positive going pulses. Assume that initially Q is low (Q2
on) and Q is high Q1 off).
8-35. Binary Circuits. Many types of flip-flops are used
in binary circuits. Each half of a flip-flop is in one of two
states at any given time.
The outputs are
complementary; when one stage is on, the other is off.
The outputs are termed 1 and 0, high and low, or true
and false, by the same rules that apply to AND and OR
gates. The outputs may be identified in many different
ways. This text identifies these outputs as Q and Q for
the sake of uniformity.
Basic flip-flops which are
particularly adaptable to binary circuits and combinations
of flip-flops are discussed in the following paragraphs.
8-36. Basic NOR Gate Flip-Flop. Figure 8-5 illustrates
a flip-flop constructed with two NOR gates. Operation of
the circuit is described below. Assume that initially Q is
high and Q is low, and A and B are both low. When a
high is applied to input A, Q goes low and since there are
now two lows applied to NOR gate 2, Q will go high. The
Q high is applied back to NOR gate 1, but since Q is
already low, no change in state results. When a high is
applied to input B the flip-flop again reverses State.
Since the flip-flop will remain in the last state to which it
is set, it "remembers" which signal was last received,
and can be used as a memory circuit.
Figure 8-5. Basic NOR Gate Flip-Flop
8-10
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-6. Triggered Flip-Flop
When a negative going trigger appears at the junction of
CR1 and CR2 it has no effect on Q2 through CR2
because output Q is low. However, CR1 is forward
biased by the high at Q and the trigger is coupled to the
collector of Q1. As the collector of Q1 is driven in a
negative direction the trigger is also coupled through C1
to the base of Q2. As Q2 begins to cut off, the positive
going collector voltage is coupled to the base of Q1
through C3 to drive Q1 into conduction. The process is
regenerative; Q2 cuts off quickly and Q1 goes into
saturation. The next negative going trigger reverses the
procedure just described.
off Q1. The process is regenerative; Q1 is quickly cut off
and Q2 saturates. The flip-flop will remain in the reset
state until a positive set pulse is applied through C2 and
CR1 to the base of Q1. Note that operation of the RS
flip-flop is the same as operation of the basic NOR gate
flip-flop described in paragraph 8-36.
8-39. RST Flip-Flop. Figure 8-8 illustrates a RST flipflop which is a combination of reset-set and triggered flipflops. In the circuit shown, negative trigger pulses will
make the flip-flop change states. Positive pulses are
required for the set and reset inputs. A positive set input
will cause Q. to go high and a positive reset pulse will
cause Q to go high.
8-38. Reset-Set (RS) Flip-Flop. Figure 8-7 shows an
RS flip-flop. The RS flip-flop has two inputs, S for Set
and R for Reset (sometimes labeled S for set and C for
clear). Assume that initially Q is high (Q2 off) and Q is
low (Q1 on). In this state the flip-flop is set and a positive
pulse at the set input will not affect the circuit. When a
positive pulse is applied to the reset input it is coupled
through C4 and CR2 to the base of Q2. Q2 begins to
conduct and the negative going collector voltage is
coupled through C3 to the
base of Q1 to cut
840. Clocked JK Flip-Flop. A clocked JK flip-flop is
triggered by an input clock pulse when certain conditions
prevail at the J and K inputs. Figure 8-9 illustrates the
logic symbol for a JK flip-flop derived from a RS flip-flop
and two three-input AND gates. Figure 8-10 shows a
typical JK flip-flop integrated circuit schematic diagram.
JK flip-flops have three inputs (J, K and Clock) and
complementary outputs.
8-11
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-7. RS Flip-Flop
JK flip-flops used as decade counters also have clear or
reset inputs, preset and in some cases, a blanking input.
When the J and K inputs are both high the flip-flop
changes state every time a clock pulse appears;
operation is the same as a triggered flip-flop. When the
J input is high and the K input is low Q will go high;
operation is the same as the reset in RS flip-flops. When
the J input is low and the K input is high Q will go high;
operation is the same as the reset in RS flip-flops. When
the J and K inputs are both low clock pulses do not affect
the circuit.
Frequently JK flip-flops are shown
schematically with no connection shown to the J and K
inputs; when this occurs, both J and K are actually held
high and the circuit functions as a triggered flip-flop.
8-43. Figure 8-11 illustrates four triggered flip-flops in
series, with the Q outputs of the first three driving the
trigger inputs of the next flip-flop. Since each flip-flop is
triggered only by negative going excursions of the input
signal, each provides one cycle of output signal for two
cycles of input signal The flip-flops, then are weighted in
ascending powers of two. The first flip-flop has a
weighted value of 20 (1), the second has a weighted
value of 21 (2), the third has a weighted value of 22 (2 x
2 = 4) and the fourth has a weighted value of 23 (2 x 2 x
2 = 8).
8-44. Assume that initially the flip-flops in Figure 8-11
were all set to 0 (Q low). When seven input cycles have
been received the flip-flops have operated as follows; the
first has been turned on (Q high) by inputs 1, 3, 5 and 7,
and turned off (Q low) by inputs 2, 4 and 6. The second
flip-flop has been turned on by the first and third outputs
of the first flip-flop (coincident with initial inputs 2 and 6)
and turned off by the second output of the first flip-flop
(coincident with initial input 4). The third flip-flop has
been turned on by the first negative going output of the
second flip-flop (coincident with initial input 4). The
fourth flip-flop has not been triggered because there has
been no negative going output from flip-flop three. The
first three flip-flops are now in the 1 state (Q high) and
the binary state is 1110.
8-41. Binary Logic. The following paragraphs will
explain the basic binary logic required to understand the
operation of the dividers and decade counters used in a
frequency counter.
8-42. In frequency counters the decimal numbers 0
through 9 are displayed on each readout device. For this
reason, only binary numbers 0000 through 1001, which
correspond to decimal numbers 0 through 9 will be
discussed in this text. The only exception to this is the
discussion of Figure 8-11 which follows.
8-12
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-8. RST Flip-Flop
Their decimal weighted value then is 20 + 21 + 22 = 1 +
2 + 4 = 7. The next negative input to the chain will cause
the first three flip-flops to go off and the fourth to go on.
The binary state then is 0001; the decimal weighted
value is 0 + 0 + 0 + 23 = 0 + 0 + 0 + 8 = 8.
8-47. A Simple 8421 BCD Code Decade Counter.
Figure 8-12 illustrates a simplified decade counter using
triggered RS flip-flops. This circuit operates like the
circuit shown in Figure 8-11 up through decimal count 9
(binary 1001).
8-45. As the timing diagram in Figure 8-11 indicates,
four flip-flops in this configuration are capable of counting
up to 16. Since only the decimal digits 0 through 9 are
used in counter circuits, a means must be provided to
limit the count to ten. A means must also be provided to
reset the flip-flops to zero before beginning a new count.
The means by which these facilities are provided are
discussed in later paragraphs.
8-46. Since binary numbers, like decimal numbers, are
written in ascending order from right to left, the weighted
values of the flip-flops are easier to understand in 8, 4, 2,
1 order. Table 8-6 lists the true binary numbers for 8, 4,
2, 1 binary weights and their decimal equivalents.
Figure 8-9. Clocked JK Flip-Flop
8-13
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-10. JK Master-Slave flip-flop (Typical)
8-14
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-11. 16 Counter Binary Counter Chain
8-15
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 8-5. JK Flip-Flop Truth Table
Before Trigger
J
0
0
1
1
K
0
1
0
1
Q
1
1
0
0
When the tenth pulse is received at the input flip-flop
point A goes low, flip-flop point B goes high and the flipflops are temporarily in the 1010 state.
Almost
immediately the output from B causes D to reset and the
output from D then causes B to reset. The end result is
that all flip-flops are reset to 0 by the tenth pulse and are
ready to begin the next count. This circuit is useful as a
divide by ten decade. To be used as a frequency
counter a reset must be provided to reset all flip-flops to
zero when the count ends at a number other than ten.
After Trigger
Q
0
0
1
1
Q
1
0
1
1
Q
0
1
0
0
8-48.
Blanking Decade Counter.
Figure 8-13
illustrates a blanking decade counter. The circuit will
divide by ten and provide BCD (binary coded decimal)
outputs for decimal numbers 0 through 9. In addition,
the A, B, C and D outputs may be set to 1111 (15) to
cause the numerical readout device to be blanked.
Table 8-6. 16 Count Binary Truth Table
8 - 23
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
Binary
2
4=2
2 = 21
O
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1 = 20
Decimal
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
8-49. The output of the blanking control NAND gate is
normally high. When the JK flip-flops are reset their Q
outputs go high. After reset and before the frequency
count begins the outputs of the A, D, B and C NAND
gates are normally low because both inputs are high.
Now if the blanking control input goes high and Q of the
first flip-flop is high, the blanking control NAND gate
output goes low and the outputs of the A, D, B and C
NAND gates go high. In actual use, inverter: follow the
A, D, B and C NAND gates to provide a negative logic
BCD output of 1111 (decimal 15) to the decoders which
have no gate to accept 1111, so none of the elements in
the numerical readout devices are energized.
8-50.
Buffer-Store.
In frequency counters it is
necessary to transfer the information stored in the
decade counters to display decoders prior to starting the
next count. Isolation must also be provide to prevent
Figure 8-12. 8421 BCD Decade Counter
8-16
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
the display from being affected by a count while it is in
progress. Figure 8-14 shows a typical buffer-store
circuit.
are high and the A output is low. At the same time the
input to the A inverter is low, so A is high. Operation of
the B, C and D circuits is identical to the A circuit.
Typically the A, B, C and D outputs are used to drive
decoders and the A, B, C and D outputs are used to
drive recorders, Digital to Analog converters, etc.
8-51. The terminals labeled A, B, C and D at the bottom
of Figure 8-14 are connected to the outputs of the
decade counters.
Operation of the buffer-store is
described below. Normally the input labeled TRANSFER
is high, the inverter output is low and all of the AND
gates between the BCD inputs and the RS flip-flops are
disabled. When the transfer pulse appears one of the
two AND gates between the inputs and the RS flip-flops
goes high. Assume that when the transfer pulse appears
the A input is low. The output of the reset AND gate of
the first RS flip-flop goes high, the input to the A inverter
goes high and the inverter output goes low. If the A, B, C
and D outputs are to be used, the GATE input must be
high in order for the output NAND gates to function.
With the A input low the input to the A NAND gate from
the RS flip-flop will be low and the NAND gate output will
be high. When the A input is high the set AND gate
output is high, both inputs to the A NAND gate
8-52.
Decoder-Driver.
Decoder-drivers provide a
means to "translate" the BCD binary code to a decimal
equivalent to drive numerical readout devices. Figure 815 shows ten four-input AND gates connected as a
decoder. Each AND gate will respond to one, and only
one, of the binary equivalents of decimal numbers 0
through 9. Example: the number 1 gate will provide a
high output only when A is low and B, C and D are high.
8-53. Integrated Circuits. Many circuits used in
counters and other equipment are available as integrated
circuits.
The last three circuits discussed are all
available as integrated circuits. Figure 8-16 shows some
of the packages used for integrated circuits.
Figure 8-13. Blanking Decade Counter
8-17
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-14. Buffer/Store
Figure 8-15. Decoder
8-18
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 8-18. Chassis Mounted Parts and Assembly Locations
8-23
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SERVICE SHEET 1
General
The HP 8443A Tracking Generator/Counter and the 8443B Tracking
Generator were designed for use in conjunction with the HP 8553/8552
Spectrum Analyzer.
The HP 8443A/B output frequency is swept (or tuned to a fixed frequency) by
the three local oscillators in the Spectrum Analyzer. The output frequency of
the HP 8443A/B always tracks the frequency to which the analyzer is tuned.
The HP 8443A counter section provides a means of stopping the Spectrum
Analyzer scan and counts the output frequency of the Tracking Generator
while the analyzer scan is stopped. The counter may also be used to count
the frequency of an external source. BCD information from the frequency
counter is available at the rear of the instrument to drive external equipment.
Detailed operation of the 50 MHz amplifier and service instructions appear on
Service Sheet 2.
Second Converter (A11)
The second converter assembly consists of a three-stage amplifier and a diode
quad bridge mixer.
The amplifier isolates the analyzer second local oscillator from the HP
8443A/B and provides approximately 20 dB of gain.
The diode quad bridge mixes the 150 MHz signal from the analyzer with the
signal from the 50 MHz IF to produce an output IF signal of 200 MHz. The
output level is about -38 dBm.
First Converter (A13)
The 200 MHz amplifier contains a two-stage variable-gain amplifier and a
bandpass filter.
The bandwidth of the bandpass filter at the 3 dB points is approximately 4
MHz. Traps are provided to suppress the 47 MHz input from the analyzer and
44 MHz image response.
Power Supplies and Regulators (A14 and A15)
The 120 MHz low pass filter provides approximately 75 dB rejection to
frequencies above 200 MHz. The 3 dB cutoff point is at 120 MHz. Detailed
operation and service information appears on Service Sheet 3.
When the instrument is in the standby mode the +24 volt supply functions to
maintain crystal oven temperature and avoid long warmup periods when the
instrument is placed in service. In the standby mode all other power supplies
are disabled.
The Video Amplifier/ALC (automatic level control) circuit consists of two
amplifiers and a comparator. The input video amplifier provides 32 dB of gain
and the second amplifier provides 20 dB of gain.
The comparator is referenced to a fixed level which is controlled by the 0 to
1.2 dB vernier to provide the automatic level control signal to the 200 MHz
amplifier.
The gain of the amplifier is controlled by the ALC signal from the Video
Amplifier/Automatic Level Control Assembly.
Detailed operation and service information appears on Service Sheet 3.
When the 0 to 1.2 dB vernier is set to 0 the RF output to the 0 to 120 dB
attenuator is a constant +10 dBm. The 0 to 1.2 dB vernier may be used to
attenuate the RF output linearly from 0 to 1.2 dB. Detailed operation and
service information appears on Service Sheet 3.
Third Converter (A9)
RF Attenuators (A2 and A3)
The third converter consists of a three-stage fixed-gain 200 to 310 MHz
amplifier, a diode quad mixer and a low pass filter.
There are two precision step attenuators connected in series with the RF
The maximum gain of the 200 MHz amplifier is about 20 dB.
50 MHz Amplifier (A12)
The 50 MHz amplifier consists of a two-stage (approximately 11 dB gain)
amplifier and a bandpass filter.
The diode quad mixer mixes the input from the analyzer first local oscillator
and the output from the 200 MHz amplifier to produce a 0 to 110 MHz signal or
any portion of this range of frequencies. When the analyzer is operated in the
ZERO) scan mode the output from the mixer is a fixed frequency.
All dc power supplies use a common power transformer and all are referenced
to the +24 volt supply.
Video Amplifier/ALC (A8)
200 MHz Amplifier (A10)
The 47 MHz input from the analyzer third local oscillator (approximately -7
dBm) is amplified 14 dB and applied to the bridge mixer. The other input to
the bridge is the 3 MHz output of the crystal controlled Colpitts oscillator. The
output from the bridge is a 50 MHz fixed frequency or, when the analyzer is
operated in the stabilized mode, a swept frequency (up to 200 kHz) centered
at 50 MHz. Output signal level is nominally -26 dBm. Detailed operation of
the first converter and service instructions appear on Service Sheet 2.
output. The first is a 0 to 120 dB, 10 dB per step attenuator. The second is a
0 to 12 dB, 1 dB per step attenuator. These attenuators, in conjunction with
the 0 to 1.2 dB vernier provide accurate control of the output signal at any
level between +10 dBm and -123.2 dBm. Detailed operation and service
information appears on Service Sheet 3.
Detailed operation and service information is on Service Sheet 2.
The HP 8443A Counter Section is described in detail on Service Sheet 5.
The first converter assembly consists of a 3 MHz crystal controlled Colpitts
oscillator, a 3 MHz buffer amplifier, a 47 MHz buffer amplifier and a diode
quad bridge mixer.
SERVICE SHEET 1 (cont'd)
When the analyzer is operated in narrow scan widths (20 kHz per division or
less) in the stabilized mode, the analyzer first local oscillator output is a fixed
frequency. (The analyzer third local oscillator is swept when the first local
oscillator is not.)
The amplifier isolates the HP 8443A/B from the analyzer first local oscillator
and provides approximately 20 dB of gain.
The bandwidth of the frequencies processed through the amplifier is
determined by the position of the SCAN WIDTH switch on the Spectrum
Analyzer RF section.
8-24
The regulated power supplies provide +170, +24, +20, +6 and -12 volts. A
zener circuit in the high frequency decade (A5) reduces the -12 volt level to -6
volts for use in counter circuits.
Silicon controlled rectifier "crowbar" protection is provided for the +24, +20, +6
and -12 volt regulators. A reset feature is provided to reset the "crowbar"
should it be tripped by a transient.
Current limiting circuits provide further protection for the 8443A/B circuits.
Detailed operation and service information appears on Service Sheet 4.
Counter Circuits
The 8443A counter circuits are discussed on Service Sheet 5 and Service
Sheets for the individual counter section circuits.
Section 8
Figure 8-16. Integrated Circuit Packing
8-19
Section 8
8443A COUNTER TROUBLE SHOOTING TREE
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
8443A COUNTER TROUBLESHOOTING TREE
Figure 8-17. Troubleshooting Tree (Sheet 1 of 2)
8-20
Section 8
8443A/B OVERALL TROUBLESHOOTING TREE
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 8-17. Troubleshooting Tree (Sheet 2 of 2)
8-21/8-22
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Table 8-7. Assembly and Component Locations
Assembly
A1 Low Frequency Counter
A2 0-120 dB Attenuator
A3 0-12 dB Attenuator
A4 Reference Oscillator
A5 Time Base Assembly
A6 High Frequency Decade
A7 Marker Control
A8 ALC/Video Amplifier
A9 Third Converter
A10 200 MHz IF Amplifier
A11 Second Converter
A12 50 MHz IF Amplifier
A13 First Converter
A14 Sense Amplifiers
A15 Rectifier Assembly
A16 Switch Assembly
A17 Interconnection
Jack Assembly
A18 Mother Board
Assembly
A19 Digital Output
Assembly
A20 Marker Position
Assembly
Schematic
Service Sheet 9, 10
Service Sheet 3
Service Sheet 3
None
Service Sheet 7
Service Sheet 8
Service Sheet 6
Service Sheet 3
Service Sheet 3
Service Sheet 3
Service Sheet 2
Service Sheet 2
Service Sheet 2
Service Sheet 4
Service Sheet 4
Service Sheet 11
Service Sheet 2, 3, 6
Photo
Service Sheet 9, 10
Figure 8-18
Figure 8-18
Figure 8-18
Service Sheet 7
Service Sheet 8
Service Sheet 6
Service Sheet 3
Service Sheet 3
Service Sheet 3
Service Sheet 2
Service Sheet 2
Service Sheet 2
Service Sheet 4
Service Sheet 4
Service Sheet 11
Figure 8-18
Service Sheet 11
Figure 8-18
Service Sheet 2, 10
Figure 8-18
Service Sheet 11
Figure 8-18
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-19. Overall Block Diagram
8-25
SERVICE SHEET 2
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Normally, the cause of a malfunction in the model 8443A/B will be isolated to
a circuit board or assembly as a result of performing the tests specified in the
Troubleshooting Tree.
When trouble has been isolated to a specific circuit, the circuit board should be
removed and reinstalled using an extender board, to provide easy access to
test points and components.
All tests are based on the assumption that the model 8443A/B is
interconnected with an 8443/8552/140 Spectrum Analyzer which is known to
be operating properly.
Equipment Required:
Digital Voltmeter
Shielded Probe
Dummy Load
0 to 1250 MHz Spectrum Analyzer
Service Kit
BNC Tee
BNC to BNC Cable
Spectrum Analyzer Control Settings:
Power.......................................................................................................... ON
DISPLAY CONTROLS .......................................................Set for clear display
SCAN WIDTH
PER DIVISION .................................................................................2 MHz
SCAN WIDTH ........................................................................... PER DIVISION
BANDWIDTH ....................................................................................... 300 kHz
INPUT ATTENUATION ............................................................................10 dB
LOG REF LEVEL ....................................................................................0 dBm
LOG/LINEAR ............................................................................................ LOG
SCAN TIME
PER DIVISION ............................................................20 MILLISECONDS
VIDEO FILTER ..........................................................................................OFF
Tracking Generator/Counter Control Settings:
POWER...................................................................................................... ON
RF OUTPUT
LEVEL dBm .................................................................. All controls set to 0
a fine frequency control element. Since a decrease in the capacity of the
varactor results in an increase in oscillator frequency, inductor L2 is tuned as
required to lower the frequency and center the range of the varactor control.
The frequency is variable by the varactor approximately 400 Hz. The 3 MHz
oscillator supplies approximately 12 mVolts to one side of the diode quad
mixer. A buffer stage is provided which isolates the 3 MHz test point to
prevent loading the circuit when measurements are taken during maintenance.
If the cause of the malfunction has not been found in any of the preceding
tests, trouble is probably T1, T2 or the diode quad. Repair as required and
repeat test 1-b.
Note
After repairing the first converter assembly it should be
adjusted in accordance with instructions in paragraph 514 of this manual to assure reliable operation of the
instrument.
The 47 MHz buffer isolates the spectrum analyzer third local oscillator from
the model 8443A/B and provides about 14 dB of gain. When the analyzer is
operated in wide scan modes (unstabilized) the 47 MHz signal from the
analyzer is a fixed frequency. When the analyzer is operated in narrow scan
width modes (stabilized) the 47 MHz signal is swept in frequency.
The restore-signal amplifier circuitry disables the 3 MHz oscillator and applies
the 3 MHz IF signal from the IF Section to the mixer whenever the FUNCTION
switch is set to RESTORE SIGNAL. The signal at the base of Q5 is
approximately 0.4 to 4 mVrms; gain from Q5-b to Q7-3 is 100. Q8 and Q9
usually function as a limiter; however, small signal gain is about 10, and the
signal at Q9-c is approximately 40 m Vp-p.
The diode quad mixer is a conventional mixer which accepts the 3 MHz and
47 MHz signals and produces a 50 MHz output. (When the analyzer is
operated in narrow scan stabilized modes the bridge output is swept, in
frequency, by an amount determined by the setting of the SCAN WIDTH
control on the analyzer.)
Test Procedure 1
2 50 MHz IF Amplifier Assembly A12
Test 1-c. Connect the 47 MHz input to the A13 assembly from the analyzer to
the analyzer RF INPUT. Tune the analyzer to 47 MHz. Set analyzer SCAN
WIDTH to .2 MHz. A presentation similar to SS2-2 should be observed on the
analyzer CRT. If the CRT presentation is correct, proceed to test 1-d. If not,
check the wiring to the analyzer.
Test 1-d. Connect Test Point 2 (Q2-c) to the analyzer RF INPUT and monitor
the analyzer CRT for a display similar to that shown in waveform SS2-3. If the
CRT display is correct, proceed to test 1-f. If not, proceed to test 1-e.
Test 1-e. Connect Test Point 3 (Q1-c) to the analyzer RF INPUT and monitor
the analyzer CRT for a display similar to, but about 10 dB less than, waveform
SS2-3. If the display is correct check Q2 and associated components. If the
display is not correct check Q1 and associated components.
Test 1-a. Use the digital voltmeter to verify the presence of -12 volts and +20
volts at terminals shown on the schematic diagram.
Test Procedure 2
Test 2-a. Use the digital voltmeter to verify the presence of +20 volts at
terminals shown on the schematic diagram. Proceed to test 2-b.
Test 2-b. Connect the 50 MHz output from the A12 assembly to the analyzer
RF INPUT and tune the analyzer to 50 MHz. Set the analyzer SCAN WIDTH
to .2 MHz/DIV. The analyzer CRT display should be similar to that of
waveform SS2-2. If the display is correct the assembly is functioning properly.
If not, proceed to test 2-c.
Test 2-c. Connect Test Point 1 to the analyzer RF INPUT (be sure to ground
the coax shield at the A12 assembly). The analyzer CRT display should be
similar to that of waveform SS2-2 (about -14 dB). If the analyzer display is
correct, proceed to test 2-d. If not, the bandpass filter is probably defective.
Test 1-b. Connect the 50 MHz output from the A13 assembly to the analyzer
RF INPUT. Tune the analyzer to a center frequency of 50 MHz and center the
50 MHz signal on the CRT. A CRT presentation similar to waveform SS2-1
should be ovserved. If the correct wave-form is observed the assembly is
operating properly. If the CRT presentation is not correct, proceed to test 1-c.
Test 2-d. Connect Test Point 2 (Q1-c) to the analyzer RF INPUT. A
waveform similar to that shown in waveform SS2-3 should appear on the
analyzer CRT (about -27 dB). If the waveform is not present check Q1 and
associated components
If the waveform is present but was not in test 2-c, check Q2 and associated
components. Repeat test 2-b.
Note
In individual tests only those controls mentioned need to
be changed. Other control settings are compatible with
previous tests.
Note
Test 1-f. Connect Test Point 1 to the analyzer RF INPUT and tune the
analyzer to display the 3 MHz signal. The CRT display should be similar to
waveform SS2-3. Proceed to test 1-g.
First Converter Assembly A13
The first converter assembly consists of a 3 MHz crystal controlled oscillator, a
47 MHz buffer amplifier, a diode quad bridge, a 3 MHz buffer amplifier, and a
restore-signal amplifier.
The 3 MHz oscillator is a Colpitts crystal controlled oscillator with a varactor as
The 50 MHz amplifier assembly consists of a two-stage amplifier and a
bandpass filter. Gain of the amplifier is approximately 12 dB. The bandwidth
of the 50 MHz bandpass filter at the 3 dB points is about 4 MHz. L3/C6/C8
and L6/C15/C17 are 44 MHz traps. L5/C9/C10 is a 47 MHz trap.
When a malfunction is found and corrected in any of the following steps,
repeat test 1-b.
Test 1-g. Connect Test Point 4 to the analyzer RF INPUT. The analyzer CRT
display should be similar to waveform SS2-3. If the display is not present
check Q4 and associated components. If the display is present, but was not
present in test 1-f, check Q3 and associated components.
After repairing the 50 MHz amplifier assembly it should be
adjusted in accordance with instructions in paragraph 515 of this manual to assure reliable operation of the
instrument.
Second Converter Assembly A11
The second converter assembly contains a three-stage amplifier and a diode
quad bridge mixer. The amplifier isolates the analyzer second local oscillator
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
from the model 8443A/B and provides about 20 dB of gain. The diode quad
bridge mixes the 150 MHz signal from the analyzer with the 50 MHz signal
from the 50 MHz amplifier to produce an output rf signal of 200 MHz.
Test Procedure 3
Test 3-a. Use the digital voltmeter to verify the presence of +20 volts at
terminals shown on the schematic diagram.
Test 3-b. Connect the 200 MHz output from the All assembly to the 0 to 1250
MHz analyzer RF INPUT. Be sure that coax shield is grounded at the All
assembly. Set the 0 to 1250 MHz analyzer controls to the same positions as
the controls on the 8553/8552/140 except set SCAN WIDTH to .5 MHz/DIV.
The 0 to 1250 MHz analyzer CRT should be similar to SS2-4. If the correct
display is observed, the All assembly is functioning properly. If not, proceed to
test 3-c.
Test 3-c. Connect Test Point 1 (Q3-c) to the 0 to 1250 MHz analyzer RF
INPUT and tune the analyzer to 150 MHz. The analyzer display should be
similar to waveform SS2-5. If the correct display is observed trouble is
probably in the
Test 3-f. Connect the 150 MHz input from the analyzer to the RF INPUT of
the 0 to 1250 MHz analyzer. The CRT display should be similar to that shown
in waveform SS2-6. If the waveform is correct check Q1 and associated
components. If the waveform is not correct check the wiring to the analyzer.
After repairs repeat test 1-b.
diode quad bridge mixer or associated components. Repair and repeat test 3b. If the correct display is not observed, proceed to test 3-d.
Test 3-d. Connect Test Point 2 (Q2-c) to the 0 to 1250 MHz analyzer
INPUT. The analyzer display should be similar to waveform SS2-6. If
display is correct, check Q3 and associated components and repair
required. After repairs perform test 3-b. If the correct waveform is
observed, proceed to test 3-e.
RF
the
as
not
Note
After repairing the second converter it should be checked
in accordance with paragraph 5-16 of this manual to
assure reliable operation of the instrument.
Test 3-e. Connect Test Point 3 (Q1-c) to the 0 to 1250 MHz analyzer RF
INPUT. The analyzer display should be similar to waveform SS2-5 (about 3
dB lower). If the display is correct, check Q2 and associated components.
After repairs repeat test 3-b. If the display is not correct proceed to test 3-f.
Figure 8-20. All Second Converter, Cover and Components
8-26
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-23. First and Second Converter and IF Amplifier, Schematic Diagram
Figure 8-22. A12, 50 MHz Amplifier, Cover and Components
Figure 8-21. A13, First Converter, Cover and Components
8-27
SERVICE SHEET 3
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Section 8
Normally, the cause of a malfunction in the model 8443A/B will be isolated to
a circuit board or assembly as a result of performing the tests specified in the
Troubleshooting Tree.
The bandwidth of the 200 MHz IF Bandpass Filter is +2 MHz. Insertion loss is
about 2 dB.
Test Procedure 1
When the trouble has been isolated to a specific circuit, the circuit board
should be removed and reinstalled using an extender board to provide easy
access to test points and components.
All tests are based on the assumption that the model 8443A/B is
interconnected with a HP 8553/8552/140 Spectrum Analyzer which is known
to be operating properly.
Note
Before proceeding with tests disable the ALC signal by
lifting the A8 assembly out of its socket.
Test 1-a. Use the Digital Voltmeter to verify the presence of -12 volts at
terminals shown on the schematic diagram.
Equipment Required:
Digital Voltmeter
Shielded Probe
Variable Voltage
Power Supply
Service Kit
0 - 1250 MHz
Spectrum Analyzer
BNC to BNC coaxial Cable
Spectrum Analyzer Control Settings:
POWER...................................................................................................... ON
DISPLAY CONTROLS .......................................................Set for clear display
SCAN WIDTH PER DIVISION ..............................................................10 MHz
SCAN WIDTH ........................................................................... PER DIVISION
BANDWIDTH ....................................................................................... 300 kHz
INPUT ATTENUATION ............................................................................10 dB
LOG REF LEVEL ....................................................................................0 dBm
SCAN TIME
PER DIVISION ............................................................20 MILLISECONDS
VIDEO FILTER ..........................................................................................OFF
Test 1-b. Connect the 200 MHz output from the A10 assembly to the RF
INPUT of the 0 1250 MHz Spectrum Analyzer and tune the CENTER
FREQUENCY MHz to 200 MHz. 0 1250 Spectrum Analyzer controls are set
the same as the 8553/8552 except SCAN WIDTH is set to .5 MHz/Div. Center
the signal on the analyzer CRT. The CRT display should be similar to that
shown in waveform SS3-1. If the correct display is present, the A10 assembly
is functioning properly. If it is not, proceed to test 1-c.
Test 1-e. Connect Test Point 4 (Q1-b) to the RF INPUT of the 0 - 1250 MHz
Spectrum Analyzer. The CRT display should be similar to that shown in
waveform SS3-3. If the correct display is present, but was not in test l-d,
check Q1 and associated components. If the display is not present, check the
traps for a short and the cabling to the All assembly. Proceed to test 1-f.
2 Third Converter Assembly A9
The third converter assembly consists of a three-stage, fixed-gain 200 to 310
MHz amplifier, a diode quad balanced mixer and a low pass filter.
The amplifier isolates the model 8443A/B from the first local oscillator in the
analyzer and provides about 20 dB of gain. The bandwidth of the frequencies
processed through the amplifier is determined by the position of the SCAN
WIDTH switch on the analyzer. When the analyzer is operated at narrow scan
width (20 kHz per division or less) in the stabilized mode, the analyzer first
local oscillator output is a fixed frequency. (The frequency is still swept, but
now by the third local oscillator).
Test 1-c. Connect the input of the bandpass filter (Test Point 2) to the RF
INPUT of the 0 1250 Spectrum Analyzer. The waveform should be similar to
that shown in SS3-1. If the correct waveform is present, but was not present in
test 1-b, trouble is probably in the bandpass filter. Repair as required and
repeat test 1-b. If the correct display is not present, proceed to test 1-d.
Test 1-d. Connect Test Point 3 (junction of C8/C9) to the RF INPUT of the 0
1250 Spectrum Analyzer. The CRT display should be similar to that shown in
waveform SS3-2. If the correct display is present, but was not present in test
1-c, check Q2 and associated components. If the display is not present
proceed to test 1-e.
Tracking Generator/Counter Control Settings:
The diode quad balanced mixer accepts the outputs from the 200 to 310 MHz
amplifier and from the 200 MHz amplifier (A10), and mixes them to provide a
0 to 110 MHz signal, or any portion of this range of frequencies. When the
analyzer is operated in the ZERO scan mode the output from the mixer is a
fixed frequency.
POWER...................................................................................................... ON
RF OUTPUT LEVEL dBm ................................................... All controls set to 0
The 120 MHz low-pass filter provides about 75 dB rejection to frequencies
above 200 MHz.
Note
In individual tests only those controls mentioned need to
be changed. Other control settings are compatible with
previous tests.
1 200 MHz IF Amplifier A10
The 200 MHz IF amplifier assembly contains a two-stage variable-gain
amplifier and a bandpass filter. The gain of the amplifier is controlled by the
ALC signal from the Video Amplifier/ Automatic Level Control Assembly, A8.
L10/C17 is a 250 MHz trap. L2/C3 is a 150 MHz trap. L3/C5 is a 100 MHz
trap. The gain of the 200 MHz amplifier is about 20 dB.
Test 1-f. Connect the 200 MHz output from the A10 assembly to the RF
INPUT of the 0 1250 MHz Spectrum Analyzer and tune the CENTER
FREQUENCY MHz to 200 MHz. Center the signal on the CRT display.
Connect the variable voltage power supply to TP 1 and vary the voltage from
0 to +20 volts. Waveform SS3-4 shows the upper and lower levels of output.
The lower level is with +20 volts applied; the higher level is with 0 volts
applied. If the signal level does not vary; or if the levels are not approximately
as shown, check C1, R4, C8, C9, C10, L6 and adjustment of L6 as specified in
paragraph 5-17.
NOTE
After repairing the 200 MHz amplifier assembly' it should
be adjusted in accordance with paragraph 5-17 of this
manual to assure reliable operation of the instrument.
Test Procedure 2
Test 2-a. Use the Digital Voltmeter to verify the presence of -12 volts at
terminals shown on the schematic diagram.
Test 2-b. Connect the output from the A9 assembly to the RF INPUT of the
8553 analyzer, and set the analyzer frequency to 80 MHz. The analyzer CRT
display should be similar to that shown in waveform SS3-5. If the display is as
shown, the assembly is functioning properly. If not, proceed to test 2-c.
Test 2-c. Connect Test Point 3 (LO IN to the mixer) to the RF INPUT of the 0
- 1250 MHz Spectrum Analyzer and tune to 250 MHz. Controls of both
analyzers
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Test 2-e. Connect Test Point 2 (Q2-c) to the RF INPUT of the 0 1250 MHz
Spectrum Analyzer, with all controls set as in test 2-c. The CRT display
should be similar to that shown in waveform SS3-8. If the display is correct,
but was not in Lest 2-c, check Q1 and associated components. If The display
is not present, proceed to test 2-f.
When the 0 to 1.2 dB vernier is set to 0 the RF output to the 0 to 120 dB
attenuator is a constant +10 dBm. The 0 to 1.2 dB vernier may be used to
attenuate the RF output linearly from 0 to 1.2 dB.
There are two precision step attenuators connected in series with the RF
output. The first is a 0 to 120 dB step attenuator. The second is a 0. to 12
dB, 1 dB per step, attenuator. These attenuators, in conjunction with the 0 to
1.2 dB vernier provide accurate control of the output signal at any level
between +10 dBm and -123.6 dBm.
Test Procedure 3
Test 3-a. Use the Digital Voltmeter to check dc input voltages shown on the
schematic diagram.
are set as they were initially except that the 8553/8552 SCAN TIME PER
DIVISION is set to .5 MILLISECOND per division and the 0 1250 MHz
Spectrum Analyzer INPUT ATTEN to -20 dB, LOG REF LEVEL set to 1 on
linear scale. The 0 1250 MHz CRT should show a display similar to waveform
SS3-6. If the display is correct, proceed to test 2-d. If not, proceed to test 2-e.
Test 2-f. Connect Test Point 1 (Q3-c) to the RF INPUT of the 0 1250 MHz
Spectrum Analyzer, with all controls set as in test 2-c. The CRT display
should be similar to that shown in waveform SS3-9. If the display is correct,
but was not in Lest 2-e, check Q2 and associated components. If the display
is not
Test 3-b. Connect the Model 8443A/B RF OUTPUT to the analyzer RF
INPUT. A straight line should appear along the LOG REF (top graticule) line
on the analyzer CRT. If the correct display is observed, the Tracking
Generator portion of the model 8443 is functioning properly. If the CRT
display is not correct proceed to test 3-c.
Test 3-f. Connect the analyzer RF INPUT to Test Point 2 (Q1A-b). The
analyzer CRT display should be similar to waveform SS3-11. If the waveform
is not correct, U2 is probably defective. Repair as required and repeat test 3b. If the waveform is correct and the assembly still does not function properly,
proceed to test 3-g.
Test 3-c. Connect the 0 110 MHz OUT from the A8 assembly to the analyzer
RF INPUT and increase the analyzer INPUT ATTENUATION to 20 dB. The
analyzer CRT display should be as in test 3-b. If the CRT display is correct,
but was not in test 3-b, check the attenuators.
Test 3-g. Connect the analyzer RF INPUT to TP 3. The analyzer CRT display
should be similar to that shown in waveform SS3-12. If the display is
incorrect, check Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 and associated components. After repairs,
repeat test 3-b.
SERVICE SHEET 3 (cont'd)
NOTE
Component selection and placement in the attenuators is
extremely critical, factory service is recommended.
If the CRT display is incorrect proceed to test 3-d.
Test 2-d. Remove the cover from the third mixer and connect the output to
the low pass filter to the 8553 RF INPUT. (Be sure to ground the coax shield
close to the pickup point.) Set the 8553/8552 SCAN TIME PER DIVISION to
20 MILLISECONDS. The CRT display should be similar to that shown in
waveform SS3-7. (It should be noted that with the mixer cover removed, the
mixer circuit may be affected by radiation from nearby devices. This may
cause the CRT display to differ considerably from that shown. If the CRT
display shows that the output frequency goes from 0 to 100 MHz, the test is
successfully completed.) If the CRT shows that the output is being swept from
0 to 100 MHz, the low pass filter is probably defective. If the mixer output is
not present, repair or replace the mixer and repeat test 2-b.
present, check Q3, associated components and cabling to the analyzer. After
repairs repeat test 2-b.
NOTE
After repairing the third converter assembly it should be
adjusted in accordance with paragraph 5-18 of this
manual to assure reliable operation of the instrument.
Test 3-d. Connect the A8 output to the HF Decade (A5W1) to the analyzer RF
INPUT and reset the analyzer INPUT ATTENUATION to 0 dB. The analyzer
CRT display should show a straight line across the CRT about -14 dB from the
top graticule line. If the display is correct, but was not in test 3-c, U2 is
probably defective. After repairs, repeat test 3-b. If the CRT display is not
correct, proceed to test 3-e.
Test 3-e. Connect Test Point 1 (A8A1R6) to the analyzer RF INPUT. The
analyzer CRT display should be similar to waveform SS3-10. If the correct
display is observed, but was not in test 3-d, U2 is probably defective. If the
display. is not correct, U1 is probably defective. Replace and repeat test 3-b.
If the assembly is still not functioning properly, proceed to test 3-f
3 Video Amplifier/ALC Assembly (A8) and Attenuators
The Video Amplifier/ALC (automatic level control) contains two amplifiers and
a comparator. The input video amplifier provides 32 dB of gain and the
second amplifier provides 20 dB of gain.
NOTE
The comparator is referenced to a fixed level which is controlled by the 0 to
1.2 dB vernier to provide the automatic level control signal to the200 MHz
amplifier.
After repairs the Video Amplifier/ALC assembly should be
adjusted in accordance with paragraph 5-19 to assure
reliable operation of the instrument.
*These waveforms are typical and may vary greatly between instruments.
8-28
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-27. 200 MHz IF Amplifier, Third Converter, ALC/Video Amplifier and Attenuator, Schematic Diagram
Figure 8-24. A8, ALC Video Amplifier
Figure 8-25. A9, Third Converter Assembly
Figure 8-26. A10, Bandpass Filter Assembly
8-29
SERVICE SHEET 4
Section 8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Normally, the cause of a malfunction in the model 8443A/B will be isolated to
a circuit board or assembly as a result of performing the tests specified in the
Troubleshooting Tree.
Test 1-b.
board.
Remove the rectifier board and reconnect it using an extender
SERVICE SHEET 4 (cont'd)
Test Procedure 2
WARNING
Equipment Required
Digital Voltmeter
Volt-ohm-ammeter
Service Kit
Spectrum Analyzer
AC Voltmeter
1 Rectifier Assembly A15
AC power for the four rectifier circuits in the model 8443A/B is supplied by a
single transformer with four secondary windings.
When the model 8443A/B is in the standby mode all of the power supplies
except the 24 volt (switched) are disabled. The +175 volt, +20 volt, +5.8 volt
and -12 volt supplies are all referenced to the 24 volt supply. Placing the
model 8443A/B in standby removes the +24 volt reference from the sense
amplifiers and disables all of the series regulators except the +24 volt
regulator. The +24 volts is used in standby to maintain temperature control in
the crystal oscillator assembly A4 (8443A).
A full wave bridge type rectifier is used to provide the +175 volts required to
drive the numerical readout devices in the counter section (8443A).
The +24 volt and +20 volt outputs are derived from a single full wave rectifier
and two regulator circuits.
Remove the power cord from the model 8443A/B before
removing the board. Voltages are still present when the
instrument is placed in standby.
Use the AC voltmeter to measure the ac voltages across the primary and
secondary windings of the transformer. If any of the secondary windings do
not have voltage present and the primary voltage is present, the transformer is
defective. If the transformer primary voltage is not present check the line
fuse, the line switch, the line filter and the line cord. If ac voltage is present at
all windings proceed to test 1-c.
Test 1-c. If the ac voltages are present, use the digital voltmeter to check for
dc voltages shown on the schematic. Check components associated with the
power supply that is not functioning and repair as required. (Do not overlook
C1, C2 and C3 on the mother board). After making repairs if the model
8443A/B is still not functioning properly, proceed to Test Procedure 2.
Test 1-d. If the +175 volt supply is not working in the 8443A, remove the
rectifier board and reinstall it using the extender board. If the 1/4 amp fuse,
F1, is not burned out check CR1 through CR4 and associated components. If
the fuse is burned out check Q1, Q2, Q3 and associated components. If the
cause of the trouble is not found, or if trouble is found and the instrument still
does not function properly, proceed to test Procedure 2 .
The +6 volt and -12 volt outputs are provided by separate full wave rectifiers
and regulators (the +6 V regulator is used in the 8443A only).
2 Series Regulators
Test Procedure 1
The series regulators are all located on a flange mounted on the inside of the
rear panel adjacent to a heat sink located on the outer side of the rear panel.
Test 1-a. Turn the model 8443A/B on and before removing the circuit board,
check the voltage levels at the upper end of the fuses mounted on the rectifier
board. Check fuse(s) where voltage is not present. If new fuses placed in the
+24 volt, +20 volt, +5.8 volt or -12 volt supplies burn out, trouble is probably
not in the power supply circuit; proceed to test procedure 2 . If correct
voltages are not present at the +24 volt, +20 volt, +5.8 volt or -12 volt fuses
and the fuses are good, proceed to test 1-b. If the +175 volts is not present at
Test Point 6 on the mother board proceed to test 1-d.
Series regulators function as a variable resistance in series with the power
supply and the load. If the regulated output rises, the series regulators
conduct less and cause the output to be lowered. If the regulated output
drops, the series regulators conduct more and cause the output voltage to rise.
The control circuits for these regulators are discussed in 3 Sense Amplifiers.
Since the series regulator connections are difficult to reach when installed, it is
recommended that when one is suspected of being defective, it be removed
and checked with an ohmmeter. An alternate method is to remove both the
rectifier and sense amplifier circuit boards and make measurements from the
connectors.
3 Sense Amplifiers A15
The sense amplifier assembly contains circuits to control the operation of the
+24 volt, +20 volt, +5.8 volt and -12 volt series regulators. The +175 volt, +20
volt, +5.8 volt and -12 volt sense amplifiers are all referenced to the +24 volt
power supply. Only one adjustable component, R50, is required to set the
level of all power supplies.
Each of the sense amplifiers contains a comparator circuit. In the comparator
the voltage to be controlled is compared to a fixed reference level derived
from
the +24 volt supply, The output from the comparator controls the conduction of
the series regulators. Two crowbar circuits protect the power' supplies from
damage in the event of an overvoltage. Current limiting provides additional
protection.
Test Procedure 3.
When a malfunction has been traced to the sense amplifier circuit board, the
board should be removed from the frame and reinstalled using an extender
board. Checking for the voltages shown on the schematic diagram should
enable the technician to quickly isolate the defective component or
components.
NOTE
The +175 volt supply and the +5.8 volt supply are used in
the 8443A only.
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Section 8
Figure 8-29. A15, Rectifier Assembly, Components
Figure 8-30. Power Supplies and Regulators, Schematic Diagram
2
Figure 8-28. A14, Sense amplifier Assembly,
Components
8-31
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SERVICE SHEET 5
The counter section of the HP Model 8443A consists of
five major assemblies. These are the Marker Control
assembly A7, the Time Base assembly A5, the High
Frequency Decade assembly A6, the Low Frequency
Counter assembly A1 and the Reference Oscillator
assembly A4.
General
The marker control circuit stops the scan ramp in the
model 8552 IF section when the model 8443A is operated
in the MARKER and SCAN HOLD modes. The marker
control circuit also provides blanking to the analyzer and,
when operated in the MARKER or SCAN HOLD modes, a
signal to the time base circuit which is used to initiate the
count cycle.
frequency counter for the least significant digit and
provides the drive for following decade counter stages.
The low frequency counter receives the A, B, C and D
outputs from the high frequency decade. The A, B, C and
D outputs are all used to drive the buffer store for the
least significant digit. The D signal (0 to 11 MHz) also
drives the blanking decade counter for the 10' readout.
The following decade counters are all triggered by the
divide-by-ten output of the preceding decade counter.
The blanking decade counters drive the numerical
readout devices (through buffer store and decoder
stages) to provide a visual readout of the input frequency.
The buffer store stages also provide BCD information to
'a rear panel connector for use in equipment external to
the model 8443A.
Marker Control Assembly A7 (Service Sheet 6)
When the model 8443A is operated in the MARKER
mode the active clamp in the marker control assembly
causes the scan ramp of the analyzer to stop at a point
determined by the MARKER POSITION control. Usually,
the scan is stopped for a period of time determined by the
position of the RESOLUTION control. The scan stop
period may be extended, for short count periods, by the
MARKER INTENSITY control.
When the model 8443A is operated in the SCAN HOLD
mode the active clamp in the marker control assembly
again causes the scan ramp of the analyzer to stop at a
point determined by the MARKER POSITION control. In
this mode the scan remains stopped until the mode of
operation is changed.
The operator can manually
position the marker to any point on the scan with the
MARKER POSITION control. In the SCAN HOLD mode
the counter counts continually.
When the model 8443A is operated in the EXTERNAL
mode, the counter section is used to count signals
applied to the COUNTER INPUT, J1. The marker control
function is not used and the counter counts continually.
When the analyzer is operated in ZERO scan the marker
is not used; the counter counts continually.
The time base may be referenced to an internal crystalcontrolled oscillator or to an external 1 MHz source. The
time base controls the main gate flip-flop, in the high
frequency decade, which enables the counter. The time
base also generates the transfer and reset pulses. These
pulses transfer the information from the decade counters
to the numerical readout device drivers and reset the
decade counters in both the high frequency decade and
the low frequency counter.
The signal is gated to the high frequency decade by the
main gate flip-flop which is toggled by the decade divider
circuits in the time base assembly. In addition to dividing
the input frequency by ten, the high frequency decade
provides BCD information to the buffer store in the low
The marker control circuit has three inputs from the
analyzer IF section. These are the scan ramp input, the
blanking input and the ZERO scan input. The analyzer
provides a ground reference.
The following paragraphs describe the marker control
circuit operation when the model 8443A is operated in the
MARKER mode. Differences in circuit operation for other
modes of operation are described later in this marker
control text.
The scan ramp (a 0 to approximately 8 volt signal) is
developed across a capacitor in the spectrum analyzer by
current from a constant current source. A comparator in
the marker control circuit compares the voltage of the
scan ramp to a dc level determined by the position of the
MARKER POSITION control. When the charge on the
scan ramp capacitor reaches the predetermined level, the
comparator acts as an active clamp to sink the current
from the analyzer constant current source at a rate that
effectively clamps the scan ramp voltage. The analyzer
scan is stopped and the output frequency of the model
8443A RF section is counted once.
In addition to the scan ramp and the dc level from the
MARKER POSITION control, the active clamp has a
control input and a control output. The input is from the
Q output (TP 4) of the stop-enable flip-flop which allows
the active clamp to
operate when the Q output is low. The output provides
signal information to other circuits that the scan ramp has
been stopped.
The stop-enable flip-flop is reset at the beginning of each
scan by the end of the blanking pulse (TP 1) from the
analyzer. When the analyzer scan ramp ends, TP 1 goes
positive until the next scan ramp begins. At the end of
the blanking pulse (1), TP6 is low (more about TP 6
later), AND gate (U1A/B/D) output TP 7 goes low and
clocks the stop-enable flip-flop. This makes the stop-
enable Q (TP 4) low and enables the active clamp.
However, the active clamp will have no effect on the scan
ramp voltage until it reaches the level set by the MARKER
POSITION control. When this occurs the spectrum
analyzer scan is stopped for a period of time determined
by the RESOLUTION control and, in some instances, by
the MARKER INTENSITY control.
When the scan ramp is stopped the active clamp stop
signal TP8 goes low and causes the output of one-shot
C16/R21, TP 10, the count trigger signal, to go low. It
also closes a switch on a current sink which is part of the
marker intensity circuit.
The marker intensity control circuit controls the intensity
of the marker on the analyzer CRT. This is accomplished
by providing blanking for long count periods or by
extending the scan stop time for short count periods.
The output from Q18 is applied to NAND gate U1C which
provides the CLEAR input to the stop-enable flip-flop and
to AND gate U1A/B/D which controls the CLOCK input to
the stop-enable flip-flop. The signal at TP6 also causes
the analyzer CRT to be blanked as determined by the
marker intensity circuit. Blanking is required to protect
the analyzer CRT from excessive intensity (blooming)
during long count periods. During short count periods,
when it is desired to keep the marker on the analyzer
CRT longer than the count period, TP 6 is held low for a
period of time determined by the MARKER INTENSITY
control and NAND gate U1C is held high. This prevents
the stop-enable flip-flop from being cleared.
The period of time the scan is stopped ends when the
CLEAR input to the stop-enable flip-flop goes low, the Q
output goes high and the active clamp is disabled. This
occurs only when signals at TP 6 and TP 10 are both
high. The signal at TP 6 is high only when the model
8443A is
causing the analyzer CRT to be blanked. The signal at
TP 10 is the count acknowledge signal from the time
base circuit
signaling that the frequency count has been completed.
counts continually. The major difference between the
SCAN HOLD mode and the MARKER mode is that in the
SCAN HOLD mode the scan remains stopped until the
operator changes the mode of operation.
which provides an output to toggle the main gate flip-flop
in the high frequency decade. The output signal (TP 6)
is, in this case, a square wave with a 1 millisecond
period.
In the ZERO scan mode (initiated when the analyzer is
placed in ZERO scan), operation is the same as in the
external mode, except that the counter counts the output
of the model 8443A instead of an external frequency
source. Time Base Assembly A5 (Service Sheet 7) The
time base circuit controls all timing and control functions
of the counter section. The internal reference generator
for the timing function is a stable 1 MHz crystal oscillator.
The oscillator is enclosed in a temperature controlled
assembly to improve stability. The internal reference
signal may be used as a reference for other equipment.
An external reference signal may be used in lieu of the
internal reference if desired.
When the RESOLUTION switch is set to 100 Hz, a
ground is provided to a control gate in the fourth decade
divider which provides an output to toggle the main gate
flip-flop in the high frequency decade. The output signal
TP 6 is, in this case, a square wave with a 10 millisecond
period.
Operation of the time base circuit with the model 8443A
operating in the MARKER mode is described in the
following paragraphs. During the first 200 microseconds
after the marker control circuits stop the analyzer scan,
the count trigger signal (TP 2) goes low. When the count
trigger goes low the signal at TP 7 will go high provided
that the input to the inhibit inverter Q4 is low. This
initiates the count cycle.
At the beginning of the timing sequence the time base
flip-flop Q output (TP 4) is high and the Q output is low.
The signal at TP 8 will also be high and when the signal
at TP 7 goes high, the signal at TP 9 will go low. The
signal at TP 5 will go high and all decades will be reset.
The signal at TP 5 will remain high about 50
microseconds.
The time base flip-flop is cleared about 50 microseconds
after TP 9 goes low. This causes the time base flip-flop
Q output
to go high and the Q output (TP 4) to go low. About 1
microsecond after TP 4 goes low TP 8 goes low, TP 9
goes high and TP 5 goes low to end the reset pulse. The
first decade divider in the time base circuit was set to 0
by the reset pulse and the rest of the decade dividers
were set to 9. When the time base flip-flop Q output goes
high NAND gate U1D couples the 1 MHz reference signal
to the first of the five decade dividers. After ten cycles the
second decade divider will receive an input. Since the last
four decade dividers were set to 9, each will reset to 0
with the first input they receive. The reset output of each
divider will reset the following decade divider.
In the EXTERNAL mode the CLEAR input to the stopenable flip-flop is held low. This causes the Q output (TP
4) to remain high and disable the active clamp. The
inverted input to NAND gate Q16/Q17 is also held low
and since the input to NAND gate Q16/Q17 is normally
high the count trigger, TP 9 is held low. When the count
acknowledge, TP 10, is received, one-shot C18/R40
provides a 200 millisecond low to disable NAND gate
Q16/17 and inhibit the count trigger (TP 9) for 200
milliseconds.
Resolution, which in this case is a function of the time the
input signal is counted, is controlled by the three-position
RESOLUTION switch.
In the SCAN HOLD mode signals TP 5 and TP 6 will be
held low; CLEAR gate U1C cannot reset the stop-enable
flip-flop, the active clamp remains active and the counter
When the RESOLUTION switch is set to 1 kHz, a ground
is provided to a control gate in the third decade divider
8-32
When the RESOLUTION switch is set to 10 Hz, a ground
is provided to a control gate in the fifth decade divider
which provides an output to toggle the main gate flip-flop
in the high frequency decade. The output signal TP 6 is,
in this case, a square wave with a 100 millisecond period.
The third, fourth and fifth decade divider outputs are
wired to perform an OR function. Only one output will be
present at any given time; only one control gate is
grounded at any given time.
At the end of the count period the main gate flip-flop in the
high frequency decade changes state and provides a low to
clock the time base flip-flop. When clocked, the time base
flip-flop Q output goes low and the Q output (TP 4) goes
high. NAND gate U1D is inhibited and the reference signal
can no longer reach the decade dividers. In addition, the
signal at TP 4 triggers a 150 microsecond one-shot which
drives TP 10 high and TP 3 low to transfer information stored
in the decade counters in the low frequency counter to buffer
store stages and then to the decoders which drive the
numerical readout devices.
The 1 microsecond delay between the time TP 4 goes
high and TP 8 goes high prevents generation of a reset
before the transfer (TP 3) begins, in the case where TP 7
is still high. Once initiated, the transfer signal at TP 3
prevents generation of a reset signal by forward biasing a
diode to keep TP 7 low for the duration of the transfer
pulse.
When the Q output (TP 4) of the time base flip-flop goes
high it is also used as a signal to the marker control
circuit to permit the spectrum analyzer scan to continue.
The time base circuit then becomes dormant until the
next count trigger (TP 2) arrives from the marker control
circuit.
When the model 8443A is operated in the SCAN HOLD
mode the count trigger (TP 2) is held low. Counting
periods are separated by the time required for transfer
and reset functions.
In the EXTERNAL mode the count trigger (TP 2) is
inhibited by a 200 millisecond one-shot in the marker
control circuit, which is
acknowledge signal at TP 4.
triggered
by
the
count
High Frequency Decade A6 (Service Sheet 8) The main
gate flip-flop, which is controlled by the gate toggle from
the time base, controls the start and stop of the count
period.
The count duration is controlled by the
RESOLUTION switch.
The input to the high frequency decade may be either the
model 8443A Tracking Generator output or any signal
within the counter frequency and amplitude range from an
external source.
The high frequency decade is a divide-by-ten decade.
The input frequency of 100 kHz to 110 MHz is converted
to a 0 to 11 MHz signal and applied to the low frequency
counter.
The A, B, C and D outputs of the high frequency decade
directly drive the buffer store in the least significant digit
circuit. In addition, the D output drives the following
blanking decade counter.
Low Frequency Counter A1 (Service Sheet 9)
The least significant digit (100) circuit consists of a buffer
store, a decoder driver and a numerical readout device.
When the transfer pulse occurs the numerical readout
device displays the count that remained in the high
frequency decade when the count period ended.
The circuits for the next six digits are identical in function
and configuration. Each circuit has a blanking decade
counter which provides a BCD output to the buffer store
and a divide-by-ten output to drive the next blanking
decade counter. The buffer store circuits store the count
remaining in the decade counters when the count period
ended until the next transfer pulse appears. When the
transfer pulse appears the buffer stores provide BCD
information to the decoder drivers (A, B, C and D) and to
a rear panel connector (A, B, C and D) for use in external
equipment. The decoder driver stages convert the BCD
information to an output which drives one of the ten
elements in the numerical readout devices. The third,
fourth and fifth numerical readout devices (from the right
side) have decimal point inputs. The decimal point to be
displayed is selected by the RESOLUTION switch.
All leading zeros to the left of the decimal point, which are
also to the left of the first significant digit, are blanked.
The eighth display circuit consists of two flip-flops and
two amplifiers. It detects and displays an overflow from
the previous decades. One of the amplifiers drives the 1
element in the numerical readout device when an
overflow is present. The other amplifier provides an
overflow BCD output for external use.
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Section 8
Figure 8-31. Counter Section Logic Diagram.
8-33
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SERVICE SHEET 6
Initial Control Settings (for above timing waveforms)
Normally, causes of malfunction in the model 8443A circuits will be
isolated to a circuit board or assembly as a result of performing the
tests specified in the Troubleshooting Tree.
When trouble has been isolated to the marker control assembly
(A7), it should be removed from the chassis and reinstalled using
an extender board. This will provide easy access to test points and
components.
Equipment Required
4 Channel Oscilloscope
10:1 Oscilloscope Probes (4)
Digital Voltmeter
Service Kit
General
The marker control assembly contains circuits which will stop the
analyzer scan ramp temporarily, stop the scan ramp for an
indefinite period, or enable the counter section to count a signal
identical to a signal applied to the analyzer RF INPUT, from an
external source. It also contains a circuit which controls the
intensity of the marker on the analyzer CRT and a circuit which
provides a trigger to start the cycle of the time base circuit.
When the marker control assembly is functioning properly, the
waveforms shown in composite waveform SS6-1 will appear at the
five test points which are available at the top cover of the assembly.
The timing functions of the waveforms shown are identified in the
table below the composite waveform.
Spectrum Analyzer: (control settings not listed are not
important)
SCAN TIME
PER DIVISION................................ ................. 1 MILLISECOND
SCAN MODE................................ ................................ ........... INT
SCAN TRIGGER ................................ ................................ . AUTO
Tracking Generator/Counter
MODE ................................ ................................ ............ MARKER
RESOLUTION ................................ ................................ .... 100 Hz
MARKER INTENSITY................................ ....................... Full CW
MARKER POSITION KNOB................................ ............Pulled out
Oscilloscope
Triggered by Analyzer Scan IN/OUT
TIME/DIV................................ ................................ . 2 Milliseconds
VOLTS/DIV ................................ ................................ ................. 1
10:1 probes
DC input
TIME/DIV
VERNIER set to show one analyzer scan
1 Active Clamp (Instrument in MARKER mode)
The active clamp consists of a comparator (Q5/Q6/Q7) and a
current source (Q4/Q8/Q9). The purpose of the active clamp is to
stop the analyzer scan ramp at a predetermined voltage level. The
reference level for the comparator portion of the active clamp is
established by a MARKER POSITION dual potentiometer (R13), a
CTR ADJ (center adjust) potentiometer (R11) and a MARKER ADJ
potentiometer (A7Rll) on the cover of the A7 assembly.
The active clamp is enabled when U2, the stop-enable flip-flop, is
clocked by the negative going trailing edge of the analyzer blanking
pulse; Q goes low and causes Q20 to conduct, when Q20
conducts, it enables Q9 to provide a path for the current sink and
enable the active clamp. Note that Q9 does not actually conduct at
this time, it will conduct only when the scan ramp reaches the
voltage level predetermined by the MARKER POSITION control.
Enabling the active clamp has no immediate effect on the analyzer
scan ramp.
Time 1.
Time 2.
Time 3.
Time 4.
Time 5.
Time 6.
Analyzer CRT is being blanked by the
analyzer scan generator.
Analyzer blanking ends TP 1; Scan ramp
starts TP 2; Active clamp is enabled TP 4.
Analyzer scan ramp is stopped TP 2.
Analyzer CRT is blanked by model
8443A TP 1.
Analyzer scan ramp is released TP 2.
Analyzer scan ramp ends TP 2; Analyzer
blanking begins TP 1.
The signal input to the comparator is the scan ramp from the
analyzer. When the analyzer scan ramp voltage reaches the
reference level established by the MARKER POSITION control it is
clamped at that level. When the base of Q5A reaches the
reference level, Q5B is turned off, Q5B collector goes high and CR2
biases Q4 on to complete the current sink path. The current from
the constant current source in the analyzer scan generator circuit is
then sunk to the model 8443A -12 volt supply.
Q8, in addition to being in the current sink path, acts as a detector.
Since the current from the analyzer scan generator must pass
through the emitter-base junction of Q8, Q8 conducts while the
scan ramp is stopped and turns on Q1. Q1 will be discussed later
in this text.
2 Trigger and Marker Intensity.
The following discussion assumes that the model 8443A is
operating in the MARKER mode.
When Q1 is turned on as the scan stops, the positive-going signal
at Q1-c is coupled through C16 to the base of Q15. Q15 is
normally off and the collector is at +5 volts (the +5 volts is provided
by the time base circuit). Due to the time constant of C16 and R21,
the signal from Q1-c causes Q15 to conduct for about 200
microseconds; this provides a negative-going pulse at Q15-c to
trigger the time base flip-flop in the time base circuit.
The analyzer scan ramp is stopped until NAND gate U1C, pins 9
and 10, are high. The input to U1C pin 10 is the count
acknowledge signal from the time base circuit which signifies that
the count has been completed. The input to U1C pin 9 is generated
in the marker intensity circuit. Generation of the signal applied to
U1C pin 9 is discussed later in this text.
When both inputs to NAND gate U1C are high the output (pin 8)
will go low and clear the stop-enable flip-flop. The Q output of U2
then goes high and turns off Q20; Q9 turns off to open the current
sink path and the analyzer scan ramp is permitted to continue.
The shield of the scan ramp coax from the analyzer is not grounded
in the model 8443A. The shield is used as a ground reference to
ensure a common ground between the analyzer scan generator and
the active clamp and to prevent ground loops. CR1 provides
protection to Q5 when the connecting cable between the analyzer
and the model 8443A is not connected.
Test Procedure 1
Test 1-a. Use the digital voltmeter to verify the presence of dc
voltages at terminals 3/C, 4/D and 5/E as shown on the schematic
diagram.
Test 1-b. Connect the digital voltmeter between Q5B-b and
ground; rotate the MARKER POSITION control through its range.
The dc level at Q5B-b should vary from about ground level (control
full ccw) to about +8 volts (control full cw). If observed levels are
correct, proceed to test 1-c. If correct levels are not present check
Q5B, Q6B, Q7, the MARKER POSITION control and associated
components.
Test 1-c. Connect the oscilloscope as follows: Channel A - TP 2,
Channel B - Q8-b, Channel C - Q7-c and Channel D - Q9-b. Set all
controls as shown for waveform SS6-1 except that the oscilloscope
TIME/DIV is 5 Milliseconds and the TIME/DIV VERNIER is in the
CAL position (off). The oscilloscope CRT display should be as
shown in waveform SS6-2. If the display is as shown, the marker
control circuit is functioning properly. If the display is not as
shown, proceed to test 1-d.
Test 1-d. With the equipment connected as in test 1-c, ground TP
4. The analyzer scan should stop
and the oscilloscope CRT display should consists of four straight
horizontal lines. If the scan does not stop when TP 4 is grounded,
place the model 8443A MODE switch in the EXTERNAL position
(remove ground from TP4). The oscilloscope CRT display should
be as shown in waveform SS6-3. If the correct waveform is now
present, check Q8, Q9, Q20 and U2. If the channel A and channel
C displays are correct, but channel B is not, check CR2, CR3 and
Q4. If the channel A display is as shown, but B and C are not,
check Q5, Q6, Q7 and associated components.
Test 1-e. With the equipment connected as in test 1-c, return the
model 8443A MODE switch to MARKER. Place the REF switch on
the A5 assembly in the EXT position. The oscilloscope CRT
display should appear as four horizontal lines and the analyzer
CRT should be blanked. If these conditions exist, proceed to test 1f. If not, check U1A, U1D, U2, Q3 and associated components.
Test 1-f. With test conditions as described in test
1-e, short pin 2 of U2 to ground. The oscilloscope
CRT display should be as shown in waveform SS6-3, and the
analyzer CRT baseline should reappear (no marker). If these
conditions are met, check U1B, U1C, Q18 and associated
components. If trouble persists, the intensity circuit should be
checked next. If above conditions are not met, U2 is probably
defective.
During the period of time that the analyzer scan ramp is stopped
the positive dc level at the collector of Q1 turns on Q12 through the
MARKER INTENSITY control. The junction of Q12-c, Q11-c, Q13b, R29 and C17 will be designated as a "current node" for purposes
of discussion in the rest of this text. Q12 acts as a current sink for
the current node. The rate at which C17 is discharged is
determined by the setting of the MARKER INTENSITY control; the
more heavily Q12 conducts, the shorter the discharge time of C17.
When the MARKER INTENSITY control is turned cw, conduction of
Q12 decreases, and more time is required to discharge C17 to the
ground reference level; this results in extending the period of time
that the scan is stopped to provide a brighter marker. Q13 and
Q14 act as a differential amplifier to sense when C17 has been
discharged to ground reference.
Initially (before Q12 is turned on), C17 is charged, Q13 is
conducting and Q14 is turned off. Since Q14 is off, so are Q11 and
Q10. When Q12 is turned on C17 begins to discharge. When the
current node reaches the ground reference established by Q14,
both Q13 and Q14 are conducting. When Q14 conducts, the
voltage at the base of Q11 is reduced and Q11 conducts; current is
now being sourced to the current node by Q11 and R29 at the
same rate that current is being sunk from the current node by Q12.
When Q11 conducts the voltage on the base of Q10 decreases,
Q10 conducts and Q18 is turned on.
When Q18 conducts U1C pin 9 goes high (about +4 volts). If the
count acknowledge signal is a high at U1C pin 10, U1C pin 8 goes
low and the stop-enable flip-flop, U2, is cleared. This disables the
active clamp current sink and permits the analyzer scan to
continue. If Q18 conducts before the count acknowledge signal at
U1C pin 10 goes high, the high dc level at Q18-e blanks the
analyzer CRT through R33 and CR16 until the count acknowledge
signal goes positive. The count acknowledge signal also turns on
Q19 which for all practical purposes provides a ground at the
junction of R33
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
and CR16, this prevents the CRT display in the spectrum analyzer from being
blanked when the scan ramp is released and the scan ramp continues to the
limits set by the analyzer.
SERVICE SHEET 6 (cont'd)
When the analyzer is operated in the ZERO scan mode, and the model 8443A
is in the MARKER mode, the marker control circuit works as it did in the
EXTERNAL mode except that the low at test point 3 is provided by CR21
instead of a ground being provided by the MODE switch. When the analyzer
is not in the ZERO scan mode, there is about -10 volts on the blanking coax
shield. This causes Q2 to conduct and reverse bias CR21. When the
analyzer is operating in the ZERO scan mode the -10 volts is no longer on the
blanking coax shield, and Q2 is turned off. Q2-c is held slightly below ground
by CR20, CR21 is forward biased and test point 3 is essentially at ground
potential. Q16 and Q17 operate as they did in the EXTERNAL mode.
Test Procedure 2
General
When the instrument is functioning properly, the waveforms shown in SS6-4
will appear at the following points: A - Q1-b, B - A5TP2, C - junction of Q11c/Q12-c/Q13-b and D - Q18-b.
Initial Control Settings (for waveform SS6-4)
Test Procedure 3
Spectrum Analyzer: (control settings not listed are
not important)
SCAN TIME
PER DIVISION........................................ 1 MILLISECOND
SCAN MODE . ............................................................. INT
SCAN TRIGGER .......................................................AUTO
Tracking Generator/Counter
Mode......................................................................MARKER
RESOLUTION ..........................................................100 Hz
MARKER INTENSITY ..............................................Full CW
MARKER POSITION KNOB.................................. Pulled out
Oscilloscope
Triggered by Analyzer SCAN IN/OUT
Time/DIV.........................................................5 Milliseconds
VOLTS/DIV ................................................................... A--.2
B-.5
C- .05
D-5
DC inputs
10:1 probes
Test 2-a. Connect the digital voltmeter form Q13-b to ground. The average
dc level measured should vary considerably with rotation of the MARKER
INTENSITY control (the level should be higher when the control is full cw). In
the SCAN HOLD and MARKER modes the average voltage read should be
below 1 volt.
In the EXTERNAL mode the dc level should rise to
approximately 18.5 volts. Proceed to test 2-b.
Test 2-b. If the dc level remains at about +18.5 volts in test 2-a in all positions
of the MODE control switch, connect a 10K ohm resistor between Q1-b and
the -12 volt supply (XA7-5) with the MODE switch in the EXTERNAL position.
The digital voltmeter should indicate the same dc levels specified for the
SCAN HOLD mode shown above. If the voltage level still remains at about
+18.5 volts, check Q1, Q12, the MARKER INTENSITY control and associated
components. If the voltage drops to the level specified for the SCAN HOLD
mode in test 2-a, and the scan can be stopped in the SCAN HOLD mode, Q8
may be defective. If the dc levels differ greatly from those listed in tests 2-a
and 2-b, check Q13, Q14 and associated components.
Test 2-c. If the dc levels for the SCAN HOLD and EXTERNAL modes were as
specified in test 3-a and the instrument functions properly in these modes, but
will not function in the MARKER mode, check Q10 and Q18. (Q18 may have
been checked in test procedure -f.)
General
When this portion of the marker control assembly is functioning properly in the
MARKER mode, the critical points in the circuit will be working as indicated in
waveform SS6-5. These waveforms represent the following: A - Q3-e
blanking, B - U1C pin 9 internal blanking, C - the count acknowledge signal
and D - U1C pin 8.
3 Blanking, Scan Hold, External and Zero Scan
Whenever the blanking signal is high (from the analyzer or originating in the
model 8443A), Q3 conducts. When the blanking is originating in the model
8443A the high input at pin 2 of U1A has no effect because U1B is holding pin
1 of U1A low. When the model 8443A blanking pulse ends, pin 9 of U1C and
pin 5 of U1B go low and pin 6 of U1B and pin 1 of U1A go high. However, Q3
has stopped conducting and the output of U1A at pin 3 remains unchanged.
When the analyzer scan ramp ends and the analyzer blanking begins, Q3
again conducts. Now both inputs to U1A are high and the output, pin 3, goes
low. The output of U1D pin 11 goes high, but this has no effect on U2 since
U2 is clocked only on negative-going signals. When the analyzer blanking
pulse ends, Q3 is turned off, U1A output (pin 3) goes high and pin 11 of U1D
goes low. This clocks the stop-enable flip-flop (U2) and enables the active
clamp.
In the SCAN HOLD mode CR11 and CR22 cathodes are grounded. CR22
provides a continuous ground (enable) to the count trigger output. CR11
prevents Q18 from conducting. This disables the model 8443A. blanking to
the analyzer and also holds pin 9 of U1C low to prevent U2 from being
cleared. The count periods are separated only by the time it takes the time
base circuit to provide transfer and reset pulses and provide a toggle to the
main gate flip-flop in the high frequency decade. The count acknowledge has
no effect on the counter in the scan hold mode.
In the EXTERNAL mode the cathode of CR10 is grounded and U2 cannot be
clocked. The counter trigger is held low by Q17, which is initially conducting.
When the count acknowledge signal is received Q16 is turned on. C18
couples the signal to the base of Q17 through CR17 to turn off Q17. This
causes the count trigger signal to go high. Q17 stays off for a period of time
determined by C18 and R40. When C18 has charged up to approximately 1.4
volts as determined by CR17 and the emitter-base junction of Q17, Q17 again
conducts and causes the count trigger to go low. The count periods are
separated by the time Q17 is off, the transfer and reset pulse periods and the
time required for the time base circuit to toggle the main gate flip-flop in the
high frequency decade.
8-34
VOLTS/DIV to .5 for all channels. The oscilloscope CRT display should be as
shown in waveform SS6-6. (Model 8443A in MARKER mode.) Note that the
Channel C waveform goes negative only during the short period of time that
the Channels A and B waveform are both high. If the waveforms are not
correct, proceed to test 3-b.
Test 3-b. Connect the digital voltmeter between pin 9 of U1 and ground, and
set the RESOLUTION control to 10 Hz. In the EXTERNAL mode the digital
voltmeter should indicate about -590 mVolts. In the MARKER mode the digital
voltmeter should indicate about +3 volts. In the SCAN HOLD mode the digital
voltmeter should indicate about -580 mVolts. If the dc level is high (+4 volts or
more) the model 8443A is in the MARKER mode and the scan remains
stopped, apply a ground to U1 pin 8; the scan should continue. If the scan
does not continue, check U2. If it does, check U1.
Test 3-c. If waveform D is SS6-6 is incorrect, check for the same waveform
(slightly higher in amplitude) at Test Point 1. If the waveform is present at TP
1, but not at Q3-e, Q3 is probably defective. If the waveform is not present at
either point, check the cabling to the analyzer.
Test 3-d. If the model 8443A functions properly in the MARKER mode but
does not function in the EXTERNAL mode, check Q16, Q17, the MODE switch
and associated components.
Initial Control Settings (for waveform SS6-5) Control settings are the same
as those specified for waveform SS6-4 except for oscilloscope VOLTS/ DIV.
A - 1, B - 5, C - .5 and D - 1.
Test 3-e. If the model 8443A will not function properly in the SCAN HOLD
mode, but does in other modes, check CR11, CR22 and the MODE switch.
Test 3-a. Connect the oscilloscope as follows: Channel A - U1 pin 9, Channel
B - U1 pin 10, Channel C - U1 pin 8 and Channel D - Q3-e. Set oscilloscope
Test 3-f. If the counter will not work when the analyzer is placed in the ZERO
scan mode, check Q2 and associated components.
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Section 8
Figure 8-33. Marker Counter Circuit, Schematic Diagram
Figure 8-32. A7, Marker Control Assembly, Cover and Components
8-35
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Section 8
information has been stored. The delay is required because the D input of a type D flip-flop should not be changed
while the clock input is low. When U2 is clocked, the Q output goes low and the Q output goes high. NAND gate U1C
pin 10 goes high and pin 8 goes low for about 150 microseconds due to the time constant of R10 and C9. This 150
microsecond pulse from U1C transfers the information in the low frequency counter blanking decade counters to the
buffer stores. The high Q output of U2 also provides the count acknowledge signal to the marker control circuit.
SERVICE SHEET 7
Initial Control Settings (for above waveforms)
Normally causes of malfunction in the model 8443A circuits will be isolated to a circuit board or assembly as a result
of performing the tests specified in the Troubleshooting Tree.
Spectrum Analyzer (controls not listed may be
set anywhere)
When trouble has been isolated to the time base assembly (A5), it should be removed from the chassis and reinstalled
using an extender board. This will provide easy access to test points and components.
SCAN TIME
PER DIVISION................................ ................................ ................................ ............................ 1 MILLISECOND
SCAN MODE................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .......................INT
SCAN TRIGGER ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .............AUTO
Equipment Required
4 Channel Oscilloscope
10:1 Oscilloscope
Probes (4)
Service Kit
Digital Voltmeter
General
Tracking Generator/Counter
MODE ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................MARKER
RESOLUTION................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 1 kHz
MARKER INTENSITY................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ...Full CW
MARKER POSITION knob................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ Pulled Out
For all tests using the oscilloscope synchronize the oscilloscope to the analyzer SCAN
IN/OUT unless otherwise noted.
Test 1-a. Use the digital voltmeter to verify the presence of dc voltages at terminals 4/D and 5/C as shown on the
schematic diagram.
1 Trigger, Transfer and Reset
When Q5-c and NAND gate pin 1 U1A go high, U1A pin 3 goes low because U1A pin 2 is high when the count trigger
is received. C10, between pins 1 and 3 of U1A, prevents loop oscillations from occurring. When pin 3 of U1A goes
low, pin 6 of NAND gate U1B goes high and turns on Q7 to begin the reset pulse. The reset pulse for U4, U3A, U3B,
U5A and U5B is provided directly from the output of NAND gate U1B because these dividers require that current be
sunk from them. Because the decade dividers in the high frequency decade require current to be sourced to their reset
inputs, Q7 is required. NAND gate U1B cannot provide enough current for these decades.
1 MHz Reference Signal.
Input Trigger Signal.
Transfer Pulse.
Count Acknowledge Signal.
Reset Pulse.
Gate Toggle.
Note
These tests assume that trouble has been isolated to the time base assembly as a result of
performing the troubleshooting procedures.
Q5 is normally conducting; pin A of XA5 is connected to the open collector of a transistor, Q15, in the marker control
circuit. When the trigger goes low, Q5 is turned off. Q4 is normally off; it conducts only when the inhibit signal is high.
(The inhibit signal is provided by external equipment connected to the rear panel BCD output connector when such
equipment needs more time to process the previous count.)
Trace 1.
Trace 2.
Trace 3.
Trace 4.
Trace 5.
Trace 6.
Test Procedure 1
Note
The time base assembly contains circuits which provide transfer and reset pulses for all decade counters, a count
acknowledge signal to the marker control circuit, a gate toggle signal for the high frequency decade, a print command
for use in external equipment and a buffer amplifier to provide a 1 MHz output for use in external equipment.
When the time base assembly is functioning properly, the waveforms shown on composite waveform SS7-1 will
appear at the six test points which are available at the top cover of the assembly. The functions of the waveforms are
listed directly below the composite waveform.
CR2, CR3 and CR4 prevent the start of the reset pulse while the transfer pulse is present. When the transfer pulse is
present, CR3 and CR4 are reverse biased and the -12 volt source forward biases CR2 to prevent a high from
appearing on U1A pin 1. When the transfer pulse is not present, CR3 and CR4 are forward biased and CR2 is reverse
biased.
The reset signal is a pulse of about 50 microseconds duration, as determined by the time constant of R16 and C12.
R16 and C12 delay the application of the trigger pulse to the clear input of the time base flip-flop, U2, for 50
microseconds. When U2 is cleared the Q output goes low, U1A pin 2 goes low, U1A pin 3 goes high and pin 6 of U1B
goes high to end the reset pulse.
When the count has been completed the main gate flip-flop in the high frequency decade provides a signal to clock the
time base flip-flop, U2. C14 delays application of the end-of-count signal to the U2 clock input to assure that the
transfer pulse will be applied to U15B in the low frequency counter after the overflow
Test 1-b. Connect the oscilloscope as follows: Channel A to Q5-c, Channel B to U1-3, Channel C to U1-6 and
Channel D to Q7-e. All channels set to .5 V/Div, TIME/DIV to 5 mSec. The oscilloscope display should be as shown
in Waveform SS7-2. If the display is correct, use one of the oscilloscope channels to check the transfer signal
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SERVICE SHEET 7 (cont'd)
Test Procedure 2
dividers are open collectors and the resistors are required to provide wired OR capabilities.
at TP-3. The waveform should be as shown in trace 3 of composite waveform SS7-1. If the waveforms are correct
proceed to test procedure 2 if not, proceed to test 1-c.
Test 2-a. Connect the oscilloscope Channel A to R17/R29 junction, (channel B to U1-13, Channel C to U1-11 and
Channel D to U1-12. The oscilloscope display should be as shown in waveform SS7-4. If the oscilloscope Channel B
signal is not present, the other signals cannot be present either, because they are derived from the divide-by-ten
circuits. If the Channel B signal is not present check for it first, at the base of Q3, then at the emitter of Q2. After
making repairs, if the oscilloscope display .s as shown in SS7-4, and the counter still does not function properly,
proceed to test procedure 3.
When the end-of-count signal from the high frequency decade goes low, Q6 is turned off and a high is provided as an
external print command to devices connected to the model 8443A rear panel BCD output connector.
Test 1-c. With the oscilloscope connected as it was for waveform SS7-2, set the oscilloscope TIME/DIV to 1 mSec
and sync to internal. Place the model 8443A MODE switch to SCAN HOLD. The oscilloscope display should be as
shown in waveform SS7-3, If the display is correct, but was not correct in test 1-b, trouble is in the marker control
circuit. If waveform A is correct, and none of the others are correct, check U1A. If waveforms A and B are correct and
C and D are not, check U1B. If only waveform D is incorrect, Q7 is probably defective. Use one of the oscilloscope
probes to check the transfer pulse at TP 3. The transfer pulse should occur 1 ms after the input trigger pulse and
almost identical to it in appearance. If the waveforms shown in SS7-3 are correct and the transfer pulse is not, check
U1C, CR2, CR3, CR4 and associated components.
2 Reference Signal Amplifiers and Gate
The reference signal (internal or external) is selected by a switch, A5S1, located on the cover of the A5 assembly. L5
and C5 form a 1 MHz series resonant tank. R4 and the intrinsic resistance of Q2 provides a 50 ohm load for the
reference source. Q2 is a common base amplifier with a voltage gain of ten. Q3 is a common emitter amplifier which
saturates on positive half cycles of the reference signal. Q1 is a buffer amplifier which serves to isolate the time base
circuits from external loads when the 1 MHz reference output is used in external equipment.
NAND gate U1D couples the 1 MHz reference signal to the first divide-by-ten circuit, U4, when the Q signal from U2 is
high.
3 Divide-by-Ten Circuits
The divide-by-ten circuits (U4, U3A, U3B, U5A and U5B) are reset when pin 6 of U1B goes high. U4 is set to zero and
the other four dividers are set to nine. When NAND gate U1D couples the reference signal to U4, U4 provides an
output to reset the last four dividers to zero on the tenth input pulse. At the lime the last four dividers are set to zero, a
pulse from one of the last three dividers (the divider output selected is determined by the position of the RESOLUTION
switch) is provided to toggle the main gate flip-flop in the high frequency decade.
The outputs from tile last three dividers, which are used to toggle t e main gate flip-flop in the high frequency decade,
are wired together in an OR configuration. Only one of the three outputs is available at any given time; the output from
the divider selected is enabled by a ground return from the resolution switch. U3B provides the 1 kHz resolution, U5A
provides the 100 Hz resolution and U5B provides the 10 Hz resolution. The resolution switch also provides a ground
to one of three inputs in the low frequency counter to cause the decimal point in one of three numerical readouts to
illuminate.
The 1K resistors in the outputs of the divide-by-ten circuits are the pullup resistors.
8-36
The outputs in these
Test Procedure 3
Test 3-a. Composite waveform SS7-5 illustrates the correct gate toggle outputs from the time base circuit for various
settings of the RESOLUTION switch referenced to the analyzer scan ramp.
Waveform 1 represents an analyzer scan time of 1 mSec per division, displayed on the oscilloscope at 5 mSec per
division. Waveform 2 is the gate toggle pulse with the model 8443A in the 1 kHz resolution mode. Waveform 3 is the
gate toggle pulse with the model 8443A in the 100 Hz resolution mode. Waveform 4 is the analyzer scan (1 mSec/Div)
displayed on the oscilloscope at 20 mSec/Div and waveform 5 is the gate toggle with the model 8443A in the 10 Hz
resolution mode.
Service Note
If the model 8443A works properly in the MARKER mode at 100 Hz and 1 kHz, but not at 10
Hz, U5B is defective. If it works at 1 kHz, but not at 100 Hz or 10 Hz, U5A is defective.
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Section 8
Figure 8-35. Time Base Circuit, Schematic Diagram
Figure 8-34. A5, Time Base Assembly, Cover and Components
8-37
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SERVICE SHEET 8
Normally, causes of malfunction in the model 8443A circuits will be
isolated to a circuit board or assembly as a result of performing the
tests specified in the Troubleshooting Tree.
When trouble has been isolated to the high frequency decade
assembly (A6), it should be removed from the chassis and
reinstalled using an extender board. This will provide easy access
to test points and components.
Tracking Generator/Counter
MODE ................................ ................................ ....... SCAN HOLD
RESOLUTION ................................ ................................ .... 100 Hz
MARKER CONTROL knob................................ ..............Pulled out
Oscilloscope
SYNC................................ ................................ ........ INTERNAL
TIME/DIV................................ ................................ ........... 2 mSec
VOLTS/DIV ................................ ................................ ................ .2
SLOPE ................................ ................................ ........................-TRIGGER................................ ................................ ............... ACF
Equipment Required
1 Input Amplifier and Switching Matrix
4 Channel Oscilloscope
10:1 Oscilloscope
Probes (4)
Service Kit
HF Signal Generator
Digital Voltmeter
General
The major purpose of the high frequency decade is to divide the
input frequency by ten and supply suitable signals to drive the
circuits in the low frequency counter assembly.
When the high frequency decade is functioning properly, the
outputs to the low frequency counter will appear as shown in
waveform SS8-1.
Initial Control Settings (for waveform SS8-1)
Spectrum Analyzer (setting of controls not listed
is unimportant)
SCAN WIDTH
PER DIVISION ................................ ............................... 10 MHz
SCAN WIDTH................................ ........................ PER DIVISION
FREQUENCY ................................ ................................ .... 10 MHz
SCAN TIME
PER DIVISION ................................ ................ 1 MILLISECOND
SCAN MODE................................ ................................ ........... INT
SCAN TRIGGER................................ ................................ .. AUTO
Q1 and Q2 provide flat amplification for signals with frequencies up
to 120 MHz. L10 and L11 are peaking inductors to peak the gain at
the high frequency end of the bandpass. R22 in the Q2 emitter
circuit is selected so that a nominal -18 dBm signal will toggle U3.
The value of R24 is selected to provide a dc level at pin 8 of U3 that
is -900 mV +30 mV with no signal input. CR1, CR2, CR3, CR4,
CR6, CR7, CR8, CR10 and CR11 comprise a switching matrix.
When the tracking generator output is used, CR1, CR4, CR6 and
CR11 are all forward biased and CR2, CR3, CR7, CR8 and CR10
are all reverse biased. The signal is coupled through C3, CR1,
CR6, C17 and L9 to the base of Q1. When the EXTERNAL input is
used, the diodes mentioned above are biased directly opposite from
the way they are when the tracking generator output is counted.
The signal is coupled through C4, C9, C10, CR2, CR7, CR8, CR10,
C17 and L9 to the base of Q1.
each channel and the TIME/DIV to 1 µSec, Trigger INT, ACF and
SLOPE +. The waveform should be as shown in waveform SS8-2.
If none of the waveforms are present, check the switching matrix. If
waveform A is present and B and C are not, check Q1 and
associated components. If waveform A and B are present and C is
not, check Q2 and associated components. If all of the waveforms
are present, proceed to test procedure .
2 Main Gate Flip-Flop
The main gate flip-flop (U2) is toggled by the output of one of the
last three dividers in the time base circuit. When U2 is toggled to
start the count, Q goes low to enable U3 and Q goes high. When
U2 is again toggled Q goes high and Q goes low, U3 is no longer
enabled and the negative-going trailing edge of the Q output of U2
produces an end-of-count signal to the time base.
Gate toggle translator Q5/Q6/Q7 translates the TTL output from the
decade dividers in the time base circuit into the ECL input required
by U2. Rise time is critical in U2 so a zener circuit such as that
used in the reset translator cannot be used.
End of count translator Q3/Q4 translates the ECL output from U2 Q
to the TTL logic required to clock the flip-flop in the time base
circuit.
Test Procedure 2
Test 2-a. Set the model 8443A to operate in the
MARKER mode with the RESOLUTION control
Test Procedure
Test 1-a. Connect a 1 MHz source at +10 dBm to the model 8443A
COUNTER INPUT and set the model 8443A MODE switch to
EXTERNAL. Connect the oscilloscope Channel A input to Q1-b,
the Channel B input to Q2-b and the Channel C input to U3 pin 8.
Set
the
oscilloscope
VOLTS/DIV
to
.2
for
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Q6-b Gate toggle from A5 ................................ .. .2 VOLTS/DIV
Translated Gate toggle Q5-e............................... .2 VOLTS/DIV
U2 pin 13 Q output ................................ ............. .2 VOLTS/DIV
U2 pin 1 Q output ................................ ............... .1 VOLTS/DIV
Translated Q output, TP2 ................................ ... .5 VOLTS/DIV
set to 100 Hz. Set the analyzer SCAN TIME PER DIVISION to 1
MILLISECOND. Synchronize the oscilloscope to the analyzer scan,
triggered on + slope, ACF. Waveform SS8-3 is a composite
waveform for the five critical circuit points; these points are
identified directly below the composite waveform. Oscilloscope
VOLTS/DIV information follows identification of test points.
If waveforms 1 and 2 are correct and 3, 4, and 5 are not, U2 is
probably defective. If waveform 1 is present and 2 is not, check
Q5/Q6/Q7 and associated components. If waveforms 1, 2, 3 and 4
are correct and waveform 5 is not, check Q3/Q4 and associated
components.
Note
This test assumes that the time base circuit is
functioning properly. If waveforms 1 and 3 do
not appear, ground TP2 on the A5 assembly.
Waveform 1 and 2 should appear (at a much
faster rate). If they do, U2 is defective.
3 Reset Translator and Divide-By-Ten Decade.
CR9, a 2.87 volt zener diode is used to translate the TTL input from
the reset line to an ECL input compatible with the input
requirements of the high frequency decade.
U3, U4, U5 and U6 are feedback connected to provide 1-2-4-8 BCD
output to the low frequency counter circuit. U1A, U1B, U1C and
U1D comprise a quad ECL to saturated logic translator which
makes the ECL output of the decade compatible with TTL used in
the low frequency counter circuits. R28/C24, R29/C26 and
R30/C27 serve as RFI filters.
The decade dividers convert the 100 kHz to 110 MHz input
frequency to an output frequency of 10 kHz to 11 MHz. The A, B, C
and D outputs directly drive the buffer/store for the least significant
digit in the low frequency counter. In addition the D output drives
the following blanking decade counter.
Test Procedure 3
Test 3-a. Use the oscilloscope to check for the reset pulse at XA6
pin 9 and at the junction of R11/CR12. The reset pulses should be
positive-going, three to four volts in amplitude.
Test 3-b. Set the model 8443A to operate in the MARKER mode
100 Hz resolution. Set the analyzer SCAN TIME PER DIVISION to
1 MILLISECOND. Connect the oscilloscope Channel A, B, C and D
inputs to test points 4, 5, 6 and 7 respectively. Set oscilloscope
TIME/DIV to 5 mSec and VOLTS/DIV to .5 for all channels. The
oscilloscope
display
8-38
should appear as shown in waveform SS8-4. Since the gate toggle
U2 and the input amplifiers have been checked, an output which is
not as shown must be due to a defective flip-flop or an associated
OR gate. Note that if an output is missing (TP 5 for instance) and
following outputs are present (in this instance, TP 6 and TP 7), the
only possible cause of trouble is a defective OR gate (U1B).
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Section 8
Figure 8-37. High Frequency Decade Assembly, Schematic Diagram
Figure 8-36. A6, High Frequency Decade Assembly, Cover and Components
8-39
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SERVICE SHEET 9
Normally causes of malfunctions in the model 8443A
circuits will be isolated to a circuit board or assembly
as a result of performing the tests specified in the
Troubleshooting Tree.
When trouble has been isolated to the low frequency
counter assembly (Al), it should be removed from the
chassis and reinstalled using an extender board. This
will provide easy access to test points and
components.
Equipment Required
4 Channel Oscilloscope Service Kit
10:1 Oscilloscope Digital Voltmeter
Probes (4)
1 DS1 Drive Circuit
The least significant digit is displayed on DS1. When
the transfer pulse from the time base is applied to
buffer/store U8, the information in the high frequency
decade is transferred to decoder/driver U1.
U1
decodes the 1-2-4-8 information to cause the
appropriate number in the numerical readout to be
illuminated. U8 also provides a BCD output to a rear
panel connector for use in external equipment.
Test 1-c. If some, or all of the other numerical
readouts illuminate, trouble is probably in DS1, U1 or
U8. Isolate the cause of trouble as follows:
Ground (one at a time) pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 11, 12, 13, 14,
15 and 16 of U1. Refer to the schematic and verify
that the proper number illuminates for each pin as they
are grounded. If none of the numbers illuminate,
check R1. If R1 is providing power to DS1, DS1 is
defective.
If DS1 numbers illuminate as they should in the
previous test, connect the oscilloscope to U8 as
follows: Channel A - pin 14, Channel B - pin 1,
Channel C - pin 3 and Channel D - pin 16. Set the
oscilloscope TIME/DIV to .5 second and the Volts/Div
to .5. Operate the model 8443A in the MARKER mode
at 10 Hz resolution. Place the analyzer SCAN WIDTH
PER DIVISION to 10 MHz, SCAN WIDTH to PER
DIVISION and SCAN TIME PER DIVISION to 1
MILLISECOND. At these analyzer settings, the least
significant digit of the counter will change numbers
quite rapidly; as a result, the output from the buffer
store will also change rapidly. The oscilloscope
display should appear (to the/eye) as four dots moving
from left to right and changing in amplitude erratically.
A time exposure of the oscilloscope CRT should be
similar to that shown in waveform SS9-1. If the
oscilloscope display is correct, U1 is defective. If the
display is not correct, U8 is defective.
decoder/drivers operate on negative logic; the rear
panel BCD outputs are positive logic. When the reset
pulse appears all of the blanking decade counters and
the high frequency decade are set to zero.
Test Procedure 2
General
The numerical readout indicators, in many instances,
will help to localize a problem to a specific area within
the low frequency counter circuits.
Waveform SS9-2
(See Test 2-c)
DIVISION and the SCAN TIME PER DIVISION to 1
second. The oscilloscope CRT display should appear
(to the eye) as four dots moving from left to right and
changing erratically in amplitude. A time exposure of
the oscilloscope CRT should be similar to waveform
SS9-1. If the oscilloscope CRT display is as shown,
the decoder/driver is defective. If the display is not
correct, proceed to test 2-c.
If any one of the numerical readouts does not function,
but numerical readouts to the left of it do, the trouble is
likely to be the readout itself, the decoder/driver, or the
buffer/store associated with that readout. It is not
likely that the associated blanking decade counter is
defective.
If any numerical readout is blank or reads only one
number and the readouts to the left consistently read
0, the blanking decade counter for the first readout
affected (from the right) is probably defective.
Test 2-c. Connect the oscilloscope to the blanking
decade counter associated with the malfunctioning
readout as follows: Channel A - pin 15, Channel B pin 1, Channel C - pin 2 and Channel D -- pin 16.
With all equipment operating as it was in test 2-b, the
oscilloscope CRT should again show four dots moving
from left to right and varying erratically in amplitude. If
the signal is present, but was not in test 2-b, the
buffer/store is defective. If the signal is not present,
connect one channel of the oscilloscope to pin 9 of the
blanking decade counter. All controls remain the
same except that the oscilloscope CRT trace is
centered and VOLTS/DIV is set to .2.
The
oscilloscope CRT presentation should be similar to
that shown in Waveform SS9-2. If this waveform is
present and the previous one was not, the blanking
decade counter is probably defective. If the signal is
not present, the preceeding blanking decade counter is
defective.
Test 2-a.
If a single numerical readout is not
functioning, ground (one at a time) pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 11,
12, 13, 14; 15 and 16 of the decoder/driver which
drives it. Refer to the schematic diagram to verify that
the right number is illuminating.
Test Procedure 1
2 DS2 through DS7 Drive Circuits
Test 1-a. Use the digital voltmeter to verify the
presence of dc levels at pins A and B/2 shown on the
schematic diagram.
Test 1-b. If the A, B, C and D inputs are as shown in
Waveform SS9-1, and none of the numerical readouts
illuminate, trouble is probably in the +175 volt or +5
volt circuits. Check for an open circuit in L1, L2 or L3.
Waveform SS9-1
(See Test 1-c)
The six counter circuits following that of the least
significant digit each consist of a blanking decade
counter, a buffer/store, a decoder/driver and a
numerical readout device. DS3, DS4 and DS5 have
inputs that will cause a decimal point to illuminate in
one of them; the position of the RESOLUTION switch
determines which decimal point is illuminated.
Blanking inputs are provided to the circuits driving
DS4, DS5, DS6 and DS7.
Each of the last five blanking decade counters is
driven by the divide-by-ten output of the blanking
decade counter which precedes it. The first blanking
decade counter (U16) is driven by the D output of the
high frequency decade. When the transfer pulse is
received, each buffer/store transfers the count
information from the blanking decade counter to the
decoder/driver and to a BCD output connector on the
rear
panel.
The
If none of the numbers illuminate, check the 6800 ohm
resistor associated with that readout. If the 6800 ohm
resistor is supplying power, the readout device is
defective.
If the readout device illuminates correctly when the
specified pins are grounded, proceed to test 2-b.
Test 2-b. Connect the oscilloscope to the buffer/store
associated with the malfunctioning readout as follows:
Channel A - pin 14, Channel B - pin 1, Channel C - pin
3 and Channel D - pin 16. Set the oscilloscope
TIME/DIV to 1 second and the VOLTS/DIV to .5.
Operate the model 8443A in the EXTERNAL mode at
10 Hz resolution with the RF OUTPUT connected to
the COUNTER INPUT.
Set the analyzer SCAN
WIDTH PER DIVISION to 10 MHz, the SCAN WIDTH
to PER
(representative of [D MHz), it again changes state and
the positive-going transition clocks U15A. The Q
output of U15A goes high and is applied to the D input
of U15B, which acts as a buffer/store. When the
transfer pulse appears and the D input to U15B is
high, U15B is clocked and the Q output is used to turn
on Q1. When Q1 conducts it completes the circuit for
the numeral 1 in DS8. The Q output of U15B is
inverted by Q2 and applied as a BCD bit to the rear
panel BCD connector.
Test Procedure 3
Test 3-a. Connect the oscilloscope to U15 as follows:
Channel A - pin 11, Channel B - pin 9, Channel C pin 5 and Channel D - pin 6. Set the oscilloscope
SWEEP MODE to NORM, INTernal Sync, 5 mSec/Div,
.5 VOLTS/DIV and DC inputs. Set the mode 8443A to
operate in the SCAN HOLD mode, MARKER
POSITION knob pulled out, 10 Hz resolution. Operate
the analyzer in the ZERO scan mode at 95 MHz. The
oscilloscope CRT display should be as shown in
waveform SS9-3.
Change the analyzer FREQUENCY to 105 MHz. Note
that U15A Channel B Q output (pin 9) goes high when
the frequency reaches 100 MHz. The Q output of
U15B (Channel C), goes high and the Q output of
U15B (Channel D) goes low. The oscilloscope CRT
display should now be as shown in Waveform SS9-4.
Waveform SS9-4
(See Test 3-a)
Test 3-b. Leave Channel A and B of the oscilloscope
connected as they were in the above tests. Connect
the Channel C input to U15 pin 13 and the Channel D
input to U15 pin 3. The oscilloscope CRT display
should be as shown in waveform SS9-5. If either the
transfer or reset pulses are missing and the other
counter digits function properly, U22 is defective.
Test 3-c. Apply a ground to Q1-c. If DS8 numeral 1
illuminates, Q1 is defective. If it does not, DS8 is
defective.
4 Blanking
In the above tests, if the Channel A and B waveforms
were correct and the Channel C and/or D were not,
proceed to test 3-b. If all waveforms were correct and
the numeral 1 did not light in DS8 when the frequency
was over 100 MHz, proceed to test 3-c. If the Channel
A waveform was correct, but channel B was not, U15
is defective.
When the UNBLANKED-BLANKED switch on the rear
panel is in the BLANKED position, all zeros which are
to the left of the decimal point and also to the left of
the first significant digit are blanked.
3 DS8 Drive Circuit
The most significant digit, displayed by DS8 in the 10
Hz resolution mode, is used only when the input
frequency to the high frequency decade is 100 MHz or
higher. Below 100 MHz, DS8 is blanked because
there is no positive-going output from U21. The output
of U21 changes state on a count of 8 (representative
of 80 MHz), but since this transition is negative-going,
it has no effect on U15A. When U2 receives a tenth
input
pulse
8-40
Waveform SS9-3
(See Test 3-a)
Waveform SS9-5
(See Test 3-b)
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Section 8
Figure 8-39. Low Frequency Counter Circuit Schematic Diagram
Figure 8-38. A1A1, Low frequency Counter Board Assembly, Components
8-41
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Section 8
SERVICE SHEET 10
Normally, the cause of a malfunction in the model 8443A will be
isolated to a circuit board or assembly as a result of performing the
tests specified in the troubleshooting tree.
As the rotor turns, an evenly rotating signal is produced by the Hall
generators. This signal is four sine waves relatively spaced at 0°, 90°,
180°, and 270°. The sine waves are amplified by the transistors (Q1-4)
and applied to the stator windings (W1-4). The relationship between the
Hall generators and the stator windings causes the rotor to turn whenever
power is applied to the circuit.
SERVICE SHEET 10 (cont'd)
Table 8-8. Signal Path for BCD Information from Low Frequency Counter to Rear Panel
Low Frequency
Connector
Mother Board
BCD Board
Counter AA1
Board AIMP5
A18
A19
08443-60037
08443-60039
08443-60016
08443-60068
Equipment Required
Digital Voltmeter
Volt-ohm-ammeter
Spectrum Analyzer
Fan Motor Assembly A1A2
M1 is a brushless, dc motor comprising a cylindrical, permanent
magnet rotor and a four section stator winding. It also has two Hall
generators (marked "X" on the schematic); the generators are
mounted 900 apart on the stator. The Hall generators have two
outputs each, and the two outputs are 1800 out of phase with each
other. Each output drives a transistor (Q1-4) and each transistor
drives one of the stator windings.
Motor speed is dependent upon the dc current through the Hall
generators. This current is controlled by Q5. Q6, Q7 and CR8 provide a
reference voltage for Q5. Q5 is also referenced to the voltage produced
by CR1-4; this voltage is the rectified counter EMF of the motor and is
proportional to motor speed. If motor speed varies, the counter EMF
voltage changes; this changes the conduction of Q5, which changes the
dc current through the Hall generators, which stabilizes motor speed.
Signal
A0
B0
C0
D0
A1
B1
C1
D1
A2
B2
C2
D2
A3
B3
C3
D3
A4
B4
C4
D4
A5
B5
C5
D5
A6
B6
C6'
D6
A7
Blanking
Test Procedure
Use the digital voltmeter to check the voltages shown on the schematic.
Print
Inhibit
+5
Switch
Gnd
XA1A1
Connector
Pin No
9
J
8
K
11
10
L
M
13
N
12
P
15
R
14
S
17
T
16
U
W
V
18
19
21
X
20
Y
22
Z
AIMP5
Connector
Pin No
R
15
S
14
N
P
13
12
L
11
M
10
J
9
K
8
F
7
H
6
4
5
E
D
B
3
C
2
A
1
XA19
Connector
Pin No
5
D
4
E
7
6
F
H
9
J
8
K
11
L
10
M
13
N
12
P
S
R
14
15
17
T
16
U
18
V
1
A
B
25, Blanking
2
24, 50, 16, 40,
XA5, 1
XA5, 2
Digital Output
Connector
Pin No.
1
2
26
27
3
4
28
29
5
6
30
31
7
8
32
33
9
10
34
35
11
12
36
37
13
14
38
39
15
Blanking
Switch
48
22
41, Blanking
Switch
8-42
Note
Signals A0, B0, C0 and
D0 are right-most digit.
Blanked
Unblanked
Gnd
+5
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 8-42. Fan Motor Credits, Schematic Diagram
Figure 8-41. A1A2, Fan Motor Assembly, Components
Figure 8-40. A1, Low Frequency Counter Assembly, Components
10
8-43
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-43. Overall Wiring Diagram, Including Chassis Mounted Parts
Figure 8-44. A16, Switch Assembly (8443A)
8-44
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SERVICE SHEET 4 (CHANGE 12)
1. Rectifier Assembly A15
The Rectifier Assembly contains three two-diode, fullwave
rectifiers; a regulator circuit; and four fuses. The rectifiers
on this board assembly supply the dc voltages that are
regulated by the sense amplifier (regulator control) circuits
on Sense Amplifier Assembly A14 and the series regulator
transistors mounted inside the HP 8443A rear panel. All
together, these components make up four dc power
supplies to furnish regulated dc power levels of +24 volts,
+6 volts, +20 volts, and -12 volts.
Full-wave rectifier CR1-CR2 supplies +39 volts to the +24
volts and +20 volts series regulators, Q3 and Q1
respectively, both of which are controlled by sense
amplifiers on Sense Amplifier Assembly A14. Full-wave
rectifiers CR3-CR4 and CR5-CR6 furnish +13.2 volts and
+8.8 volts to transistors Q2 and Q4 respectively, the +6
volts and -12 volts regulators. Q2 and Q4 are also each
controlled by a separate sense amplifier circuit on the
Sense Amplifier Assembly.
The regulator circuit
comprising CR7, Q1, R2 and R3 taps off the +39 volts
output of rectifier CR1-CR2 to provide a +25.3 volts
reference for the +24 volts sense amplifier. The output of
the +24 volts sense amplifier, switched through the
POWER STBY-ON switch, serves as the reference for the
other three sense amplifier circuits.
Test Procedure 1
Test 1-a. Check the voltage levels at the upper ends of the
fuses mounted on the Rectifier Board Assembly. (See
Service Sheet 4 for fuse locations and voltage levels.)
Test 1-b. If there is no voltage present at the upper end of
a fuse, check the fuse. If you replace a blown fuse with a
new one, and it too burns out, the problem is most likely in
the associated sense amplifier circuit on Sense Amplifier
Assembly A14.
Test 1-c. If the problem is not a blown fuse, set the frontpanel POWER switch to STBY, disconnect the ac power
cable, and place the Rectifier Assembly on an extender
circuit board. Then reconnect the ac power cable and set
the POWER switch to ON.
Test 1-d. With an ac voltmeter, measure the voltages
across the primary and secondary windings of the ac input
power transformer.
If there is voltage across
the
transformer primary, but none across one or more of the
secondary windings in use, replace the transformer. If
there is no voltage across the transformer primary, check
the ac line fuse and the LINE SELECTOR switch on the
rear panel, the front-panel POWER switch, the line filter
(FL1), and the ac power cable.
Test 1-e. If the voltage across the transformer secondary
windings is normal, use the digital voltmeter to check for
the dc voltages shown on the schematic diagram.
3 Sense Amplifier Assembly A14
The Sense Amplifier Assembly contains four sense
amplifier (series regulator control) circuits. Each sense
amplifier controls the series regulator transistor for a
particular one of the dc outputs: +24V, +20V, +6V, and
12V.
In each sense amplifier, a comparator circuit
compares the output voltage of its associated regulator
transistor with a fixed dc reference derived from the +24
volts supply. Any variation in the output is translated by the
comparator and an amplifier circuit into a signal which
causes the series regulator to counteract the change in
output level.
The sense amplifier circuits and their associated series
regulators are made up as follows:
+24V sense amplifier A14Q14 through A14Q19
controls series regulator Q3.
+20V sense amplifier A14Q1, A14Q5, A14Q6, and
A14Q11 controls series regulator Q1.
+6V sense amplifier A14Q2, A14Q7, A14Q8, and
A14Q12 controls series regulator Q2.
-12V sense amplifier A14Q3, A14Q9, A14Q10,
and A14Q13 controls series regulator Q4.
The Sense Amplifier Assembly also contains two crowbar
circuits, one (CR11 through CR19) for the +dc supplies,
and one (CR2 through CR4, and Q4) for the -12V supply.
Reset switch S1 on the Sense Amplifier Assembly is a
momentary push button used to reset the +dc crowbar.
The -12V crowbar rests automatically.
Test Procedure 3
To test the Sense Amplifier Assembly, place it on an
extender circuit board and use a digital voltmeter to check
for the voltage levels shown in the assembly schematic
diagram on Service Sheet 4.
Change 1 8-29
NOTE
The voltages shown on the Sense Amplifier
assembly schematic diagram are nominal
values and may vary slightly from instrument
to instrument.
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 8-29. A15, Rectifier Assembly, Components (CHANGE 12)
Change 1 8-30
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts (CHANGE 13)
Reference
Designation
A5
A5C1
A5C2
A5C3
A5C4
A5C5
A5C6
A5C7
A5C8
A5C9
A5C10*
A5C11
A5C12
A5C13
A5C14-C17
A5CR1
A5CR2
A5CR3
A5CR4
A5CR5
A5E1
A5E2
A5J1
A5J2
A5L1
A5L2
A5L3
A5L4
A5Q1
A5Q2
A5Q3
A5Q4
A5Q5
A5Q6
A5Q7
A5R1
A5R2
A5R3
A5R4*
A5R5
A5R6
A5R7
A5R8
A5R9
A5R10
A5R11
A5R12
A5R13
A5R14*
A5R15
A5R16
A5R17
A5R18
A5R19
A5R20
A5R21
A5R22
A5R23
A5R24
A5R25
A5R26
A5R27
A5R28
A5R29
A5S1
A5TP1
A5TP2
A5TP3
A5TP4
A5TP5
A5TP6
A5U1
A5U2
A5U3
A5U4
A5U6
A5U6
HP Part
Number
08443-60094
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-0174
0160-0229
0180-0116
0160-2055
0180-1735
0160-3456
0160-2055
0180-1735
0160-3453
0160-2055
1901-0025
1910-0016
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0535
8159-0005
8159-0005
1250-1195
1250-1195
9100-1629
9100-1629
9100-1629
9100-1643
1854-0404
1854-0404
1854-0404
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
1854-0071
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0458
0757-0316
0757-0440
0757-0438
0757-0416
0698-0084
0757-0394
0757-0416
0698-3441
0757-0438
0698-0084
0757-0420
0757-0280
0698-3441
0757-0438
0757-0159
0757-0280
0757-1094
0698-3441
0757-0280
0757-0290
0698-3441
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0280
0698-8821
3101-1213
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
06443-00041
08443-00041
1820-0054
1820-0304
1820-2078
1820-2078
1820-2078
1820-1217
C
D
Qty
5
9
9
9
9
9
7
1
9
2
6
9
2
3
9
2
0
2
2
9
0
1
25
8
8
4
4
4
2
0
0
0
7
7
7
7
3
3
7
6
7
3
7
9
0
7
8
3
9
3
4
8
3
5
3
9
8
3
5
8
3
3
3
3
8
8
6
6
6
6
6
6
5
8
7
7
7
0
9
1
1
6
9
9
5
2
6
3
8
1
1
1
11
6
7
7
2
1
1
1
16
2
2
5
Description
BOARD ASSEMBLY-TIME BASE
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80 -20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80 -20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80 -20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80 -20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .47UF +80 -20% 25VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 33UF + -10% 10VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8UF + -10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80 -20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .22UF + -10% 35VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF + -10% 1KVDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80 -20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .22UF -10% 35VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .05UF +80 -20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80 -20% 100VDC CER
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GE 60V 60MA 1US DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200MA DO-7
DIODE-GEN PRP 100V 200HA DO-7
DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY
WIRE 22AWG W PVC 1X22 80C
WIRE 22AWG W PVC 1X22 80C
CONNECTOR-RF SM-SLD M PC 50-OHM
CONNECTOR-RF SM-SLD M PC 50-OHM
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 47UH 5% .166DX .385LG
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 47UH 5% .166DX .385LG
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 47UH 5% .166DX .385LG
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 300UH 5%.166DX .385LG
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD=360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD:300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT=200MHZ
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 51.1K 1% .125W FC TC = 400/+800
RESISTOR 42.2 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 7.5K 1%.125W FC TC = 400/+700
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 2.15K 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 5.1K 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 215 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 2.15K 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W FC TC = 400/+ 600
RESISTOR 215 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .5W F TC = 0 + -100
RESISTOR 1K 1%.125W FC TC= -400/+600
RESISTOR 1.47K 1%.125W FC TC= -400/+600
RESISTOR 1K 1%.125W FC TC= -400/+600
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W FC TC= -400/+600
RESISTOR 6.19K 1% .125W FC TC= -400/+600
RESISTOR 1K 1%.125W FC TC= -400/+600
RESISTOR 5.11K 1%.25W FC TC= -400/+600
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .25W FC TC= -400/+700
RESISTOR 5.11K 1%.125W F TC= 0 +-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W FC TC= -400/+600
RESISTOR 5.62 OHM 1% .125W F TC= 0 + -100
SWITCH-TGL SUBMIN DPST .5A 120VAC PC
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
TEST POINT
IC GATE TTL NAND QUAD 2-INP
IC FF TTL J-K M/S PULSE PRESET/CLEAR
IC 74LS 490 P2 CNTR
IC 74LS 490 P2 CNTR
IC 74LS 490 P2 CNTR
IC 74LS 151P MUXR
Change 1 8-31
Mfr
Code
26480
28480
28480
28480
23480
28480
56289
56289
24804
56289
28460
28480
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
26480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
26480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24546
24546
28480
24546
28480
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
28480
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
24546
28480
28480
28480
28400
28460
28480
28480
01295
01295
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part Number
08443-60094
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-2055
0160-0174
150D336X9010B2
150D685X9035B2
0160-2055
150D224X9035A2
0160-3456
0160-2055
150D224X9035A2
0160-3453
0160-2055
1901-0025
1910-0016
1901-0025
1901-0025
1901-0535
8159-0005
8159-0005
1250-1195
1250-1195
9100-1629
9100-1629
9100-1629
9100-1643
1854-0404
1854-0404
1854-0404
1854-0071
1854-0071
1654-0071
1854-0071
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
0757-0458
C4-1/8-TO-42R2-F
0757-0440
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C4-1/8-TO-2151-F
C4-1/8-TO-51R1-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
C4-1/8-TO-215R-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-2151-F
C4-1/8-TO-751-F
0757-0280
C4-1/8-TO-215R-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
0757-0159
0757-0280
0757-1094
0693-3441
0757-0280
0757-0290
0698-3441
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0280
C4-1/8-TO-5R62-F
3101-1213
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
08443-00041
SN7400N
SN7472N
1820-2078
1820-2078
1820-2078
1820-1217
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
PART
NUMBER
CB1555
C023A101L503ZS25
C3-1/8-TO-1001-G
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
MC10102P
MC10125L
MC10135L
MC10138L
MLM324P
P8155
P8243
SN74LS00N
SN74LS138N
SN74LS248N
SN74LS290N
SN74LS373N
SN7400N
SN7472N
0160-0127
0160-0174
0160-0575
0160-2055
0160-2204
0160-2327
0160-2930
0160-3453
0160-3456
0160-3875
0160-3877
0160-3879
0160-4084
0170-0040
0180-0116
0180-0197
0180-0229
0180-0376
0180-1735
0180-2215
0340-0140
0360-0124
0683-1555
0698-0082
0698-0083
0698-0084
0698-0085
0698-3132
0698-3151
0698-3429
0698-3434
0698-3438
0698-3439
0698-3441
0698-3442
0698-3444
0698-3447
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
01121
56289
24546
24546
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
34649
34649
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
5905-00-841-8307
5910-00-544-6063
5905-01-109-5428
5905-01-033-3492
5962-00-496-2209
5962-00-626-3626
5962-01-014-9638
5962-00-059-2590
5962-01-029-4500
5962-01-083-2249
5962-01-102-1633
5962-00-056-4888
5962-01-004-1270
5962-01-150-8841
5962-01-064-8075
5962-01-107-6934
5962-01-096-2153
5962-00-865-4631
5910-00-809-5484
5910-00-234-9817
5910-01-091-0106
5910-00-211-1611
5910-00-463-5949
5910-00-244-7171
5910-00-465-9754
5910-00-544-6063
5910-01-014-2874
5910-01-056-2163
5910-01-035-6720
5910-00-477-8011
5910-00-057-8158
5910-00-829-0245
5910-00-809-4701
5910-00-850-5355
5910-00-403-2449
5910-00-444-6726
5910-00-430-6016
5910-00-187-2609
5970-00-088-5074
5940-00-993-9338
5905-00-111-1684
5905-00-974-6075
5905-00-407-0052
5905-00-974-6073
5905-00-998-1814
5905-00-828-0388
5905-00-246-8634
5905-00-407-0075
5905-00-997-4071
5905-00-974-6080
5905-00-407-0059
5905-00-974-6076
5905-00-489-6773
5905-00-339-7209
5905-00-828-0404
PART
NUMBER
Change 1 8-32
0698-3454
0698-7229
0698-7236
0698-7240
0698-8821
0757-0159
0757-0279
0757-0280
0757-0288
0757-0316
0757-0317
0757-0394
0757-0395
0757-0405
0757-0416
0757-0420
0757-0438
0757-0440
0757-0442
0757-0458
0757-0465
0757-1000
0757-1094
0812-0012
08443-00041
08443-60047
08443-60056
08443-60064
08443-60067
1N4004
1N4998
1N5338B
1200-0565
1200-0694
1250-1194
1250-1195
1251-0600
1251-1887
1251-2035
1400-0084
1480-0059
150-110-X5R-102M
150D224X9035A2
150D225X9020A2
150D336X9010B2
150D474X9035A2
150D685X9035B2
1810-0037
1810-0204
1820-0054
1820-0304
1820-0802
1820-1052
1820-1197
1820-1216
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01295
02735
04713
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
51642
56289
56289
56289
56289
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
5905-00-974-6077
5905-01-009-7560
5905-01-015-8085
5905-00-163-0847
5905-01-158-9776
5905-00-830-6677
5905-00-221-8310
5905-00-853-8190
5905-00-193-4318
5905-00-981-7475
5905-00-244-7189
5905-00-412-4036
5905-00-891-4210
5905-00-493-0738
5905-00-998-1795
5905-00-493-5404
5905-00-929-2529
5905-00-858-6795
5905-00-998-1792
5905-00-494-4628
5905-00-904-4412
5905-00-057-8480
5905-00-917-0580
5905-00-581-6437
6625-00-581-8806
6625-00-355-4855
6625-01-109-3488
6625-01-109-3482
5995-01-137-3129
5961-00-106-6991
5961-00-994-0520
5961-00-409-3632
5935-01-082-4293
5935-01-082-1765
5935-00-446-4102
6625-01-110-4142
5905-01-082-1966
5935-00-147-7384
5935-01-087-8437
5920-00-881-4636
5315-01-082-1814
5910-00-244-7171
5910-00-141-5862
5910-00-850-5355
5910-00-722-4117
5910-00-069-5340
5910-00-809-4701
5905-00-931-5084
5905-01-133-3422
5962-00-138-5248
5962-00-270-1961
5962-00-496-2209
5962-00-626-3626
5962-01-004-1272
5962-01-004-1270
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
PART
NUMBER
1820-1383
1820-1442
1820-1644
1826-0161
1853-0007
1853-0020
1853-0213
1853-0281
1854-0019
1854-0071
1854-0345
1854-0404
1854-0477
1901-0039
1901-0047
1901-0050
1901-0200
1901-0518
1901-0535
1901-0539
1901-0743
1902-0048
1902-0126
1902-1291
1902-3002
1910-0016
192P47392PTS
2N2222A
2N2907A
2N4236
2N5179
208A102
2110-0001
2110-0002
2110-0269
2110-0564
2110-0565
2110-0569
2200-0103
2360-0121
30D177G015DD2
3050-0010
3101-1213
312-002
312-001
4040-0750
5086-7010
5086-7099
5086-7357
5086-7358
761-3-R1K
8159-0005
FSCM
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
04713
04713
04713
04713
01121
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
28480
28480
75915
75915
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
11236
28480
5962-01-154-1072
5962-01-093-6941
5962-01-150-8841
5961-01-008-4826
5961-00-765-6071
5961-00-904-2540
5961-00-937-1409
5961-00-904-4262
5961-00-108-4783
5961-00-137-4608
5961-00-401-0507
5961-00-408-9807
5961-00-951-8757
5961-00-833-6626
5961-00-929-7778
5961-00-914-7496
5961-00-994-0520
5961-00-430-6819
5961-00-451-8685
5961-00-577-0558
5961-00-496-7364
5961-00-912-3099
5961-00-780-8330
5961-00-138-7317
5961-00-252-1307
5961-00-954-9182
5910-00-889-4462
5961-00-136-8280
5961-00-477-7364
5961-00-937-1409
5961-01-082-1003
5905-01-133-3422
5920-01-076-5560
5920-00-280-4960
5999-00-333-9620
5920-01-087-1951
5920-01-087-0836
5310-01-097-7987
5305-00-492-8796
5305-01-083-3907
5910-00-187-2609
5310-01-096-5618
5930-00-237-1160
5920-01-082-3333
5920-00-280-8342
5999-00-415-1213
5962-00-483-1953
5962-00-504-0511
5985-00-357-3713
5985-00-357-3712
5905-00-931-5084
6625-01-014-3446
Change 1 8-33/(B-34 blank)
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
APPENDIX C
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION
Section I. INTRODUCTION
C-1. General.
This appendix provides a summary of the maintenance operations for Generator, Signal SG-1122/U. It authorizes
categories of maintenance for specific maintenance functions on repairable items and components and the tools and
equipment required to perform each function. This appendix may be used as an aid in planning maintenance operations.
C-2. Maintenance Function.
Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows:
a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical
characteristics with established standards through examination.
b. Test. To verify serviceability and to detect incipient failure by measuring the mechanical or electrical
characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.
c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition, i.e., to clean
(decontaminate), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, or compressed air supplies.
d. Adjust. To maintain, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or by setting the operating
characteristics to the specified parameters.
e. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test measuring
and diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement. Consists of comparisons of two instruments, one of which is
a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being
compared.
g. Install. The act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position an item, part, module (component or assembly) in a
manner to allow the proper functioning of the equipment or system.
h. Replace. The act of substituting a serviceable like type part, subassembly, or module (component or assembly)
for an unserviceable counterpart.
i. Repair. The application of maintenance services (inspect, test, service, adjust, align, calibrate, replace) or other
maintenance actions (welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, remachining, or resurfacing) to restore serviceability
to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or
assembly), end item, or system.
j. Overhaul.
That maintenance effort (service/action) necessary to restore an item to a completely
serviceable/operational condition as prescribed by maintenance standards (i.e., DMWR) in appropriate technical
publications. Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not
normally return an item to like new condition.
k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new
condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance
applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (hours,
miles, etc.) considered in classifying Army equipments/components.
Change 2 C-1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
C-3. Column Entries.
a. Column 1, Group Number. Column 1 lists group numbers, the purpose of which is to identify components,
assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the next higher assembly.
b. Column 2, Component/Assembly.
Column 2 contains the noun names of components, assemblies,
subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized.
c. Column 3, Maintenance Functions. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in column 2.
When items are listed without maintenance functions, it is solely for the purpose of having the group numbers in the MAC
and RPSTL coincide.
d. Column 4, Maintenance Category. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a "work time" figure in the appropriate
subcolumn(s), the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3. This figure
represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category of maintenance. If the
number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance categories,
appropriate "work time" figures will be shown for each category. The number of task-hours specified by the "work time"
figure represents the average time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item or
system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time,
troubleshooting time, and quality assurance/quality control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific
tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart. Subcolumns of column 4 are
as follows:
C
O
F
H
D
-
Operator/Crew
Organizational
Direct Support
General Support
Depot
e. Column 5, Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies by code, those common tool sets (not individual tools) and
special tools, test, and support equipment required to perform the designated function.
f. Column 6, Remarks. Column 6 contains an alphabetic code which leads to the remark in section IV, Remarks,
which is pertinent to the item opposite the particular code.
C-4. Tool and Test Equipment Requirements (Sect. III).
a. Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The numbers in this column coincide with the numbers used in the tools
and equipment column of the MAC. The numbers indicate the applicable tool or test equipment for the maintenance
functions.
b. Maintenance Category. The codes in this column indicate the maintenance category allocated the tool or test
equipment.
c. Nomenclature. This column lists the noun name and nomenclature of the tools and test equipment required to
perform the maintenance functions.
d. National/NATO Stock Number. This column lists the National/NATO stock number of the specific tool or test
equipment.
e. Tool Number. This column lists the manufacturer’s part number of the tool followed by the Federal Supply Code
for manufacturers (5-digit) in parentheses.
C-5. Remarks (Sect. IV).
a. Reference Code. This code refers to the appropriate item in section II, column 6.
b. Remarks. This column provides the required explanatory information necessary to clarify items appearing in
section II.
Change 2 C-2
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SECTION II MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
GENERATOR, SIGNAL SG-1122/U
(1)
GROUP
NUMBER
00
01
02
03
04
(2)
COMPONENT ASSEMBLY
SIGNAL GENERATOR SG-1122/U
LOW FREQUENCY COUNTER ASSEMBLY A1
VIDEO ASSEMBLY: AMPLIFIER ALC A8
BOARD ASSY: RECTIFIER A15
MOTHERBOARD ASSEMBLY A18
(3)
MAINT.
FUNCTION
Inspect
Test
Test
Repair
Adjust
Repair
Calibrate
(4)
(5)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL
C
O
F
H
D
(6)
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT REMARKS
0.2
0.3
A
B
0.6
0.3
2.0
9.0
4.0
1
2 thru 16
C
D
2 thru 16
Inspect
Test
Repair
0.2
1.0
1.0
Inspect
Test
Repair
0.2
2.0
3.0
2 thru 16
F
Inspect
Test
Repair
0.2
0.5
0.5
16
G
Inspect
Test
Repair
0.5
0.5
3.0
Change 2 C-3
2 thru 16
E
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SECTION III TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
FOR
GENERATOR, SIGNAL SG-1122/U
TOOL OR TEST
EQUIPMENT
REF CODE
MAINTENANCE
CATEGORY
1
O
TOOL KIT, ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-101/G
5180-00-064-5178
2
H
TOOL KIT, JTK-17
4931-01-073-3845
3
H
MULTIMETER, DIGITAL
6625-01-010-9255
HP3490A
4
H
OSCILLOSCOPE AND
6625-01-034-3269
TEK 5440
PLUG-IN UNIT
4931-01-008-1479
TEK 5S14N
NOMENCLATURE
NATIONAL/NATO
STOCK NUMBER
TOOL NUMBER
5
H
GENERATOR, SIGNAL
6625-00-318-6304
HP8640B
6
H
COUNTER, FREQUENCY, SYSTEM
6625-00-531-4752
HP5345A
7
H
POWER SUPPLY PLUG-IN
6130-01-004-6705
TEK PS 805A
8
H
SPECTRUM ANALYZER CONSISTING OF:
DISPLAY SECTION
6625-00-424-4370
HP141T
IF
6625-00-431-9339
HP8552B
RF SECTION PLUG IN
6625-00-140-0156
HP8554B
RECEIVER, STANDARD
6625-00-528-6773
TRACOR 599K
OSCILLATOR
4931-00-113-2942
HP105A
METER, FREQUENCY DIFFERENCE
6625-01-085-7707
TRACOR 527E
9
H
FREQUENCY MEASURING SYSTEM CONSISTING OF:
10
H
AMPLIFIER, POWER
4931-00-128-1444
RF 815
11
H
DETECTOR, CRYSTAL
6625-00-880-4978
HP 423A
12
H
OSCILLATOR, TEST
6625-00-054-3483
HP652A
13
H
VOLTMETER, AC
6625-00-229-0457
HP4D0EL
14
H
RECORDER, X-Y
6625-00-463-6042
HP7O35B
16
H
ATTENUATOR
5985-00-993-1377
HP355C
16
H
MULTIMETER
6625-00-238-1274
SIMPSON 260-6
DRSEL-MA Form
1 Oct 77
6013
(Edition of 1 Oct 74 may be used until exhausted )
Change 2 C-4
HISA-FM 2132-77
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
SECTION IV. REMARKS
REFERENCE
CODE
REMARKS
A
VISUAL INSPECTION OF EXTERNAL SURFACE ONLY.
B
NORMAL OPERATIONAL TEST.
C
REPLACEMENT OF FUSES, KNOBS, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE ON THE EXTERNAL
SURFACE OF THE SG-1122/U.
D
REPAIR BY REPLACEMENT OF ASSEMBLIES: A2, A3, A4, AS, A6, A7, A9, A10, A11, A12, A13,
A14, A16, A17, A19, A20, T-1, W-1, W3 thru W8.
E
A1 REPAIRED BY REPLACEMENT OF A1A1, A1A2, A1A3.
F
A8 REPAIRED TO COMPONENT LEVEL AND REPLACEMENT OF A8A1, A8A1U1, ABA1U2.
G
LIMITED TO REPLACEMENT OF A15F1 thru A15F4.
AMSEL-ME Form 6228, 1 Jul 76
Change 3 C-5/(C-6 blank)
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
APPENDIX D
OPERATOR, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL
SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS
Refer to Section, Replaceable Parts, for all parts required for the operation and repair
of the Generator, Signal SG-1122/U.
D-1
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
“U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1995 O - 392-950
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 8-39. Low Frequency Counter Assembly A1 and Digital Output Assembly A19 Schematic Diagram, Sheet 1 of 2 (CHANGE 9)
Change 1 8-35/(B-36 blank)
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 8-39. Low Frequency Counter Assembly A1 and Digital Output Assembly A19 Schematic Diagram, Sheet 2 of 2 (CHANGE 9)
Change 1 8-37/(B-38 blank)
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 8-37. High Frequency Decade Assembly, A6 Schematic Diagram (CHANGE 10)
Change 1 8-39/(B-40 blank)
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 8-30. Power Supplies and Regulators, Schematic Diagram (CHANGE 12)
Change 1 8-41/(B-42 blank)
TM 11-6625-2858-14&P
Figure 8-34. A5 Time Base Assembly, Cover and Components (CHANGE 13)
Figure 8-35. Time Base Circuit, Schematic Diagram (CHANGE 13)
Change 1 8-43/(B-42 blank)
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES
DA Pam 310-1
DA Pam 738-750
TM 750-244-2
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms.
The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS)
Procedures for Destruction of Electronics Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use
(Electronics Command).
Change 1 A-1/(A-2 blank)
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
APPENDIX B
DIFFERENCE DATA SHEETS
B-1. Production Changes.
The following changes MUST be made to the technical
manual as a result of instrument production changes.
The extent of the manual changes depends upon the
serial prefix of the instrument.
B-2.
Technical Manual Changes.
a. Make all appropriate serial number related
changes indicated in the table shown below:
Model 8443A
Serial prefix
or number
1217A00786
through
1217A00910
1217A00911
through
1217A01010
1334A01011
through
1334A01585
1334A01586
through
1334A01785
1334A01786
through
1334A02035,
1631A,
1714A
1732A
1732A02436
through
1742A
1821A
2044A
2101A
2140A
2141A
2204A
Model 8443B
Make
Manual
changes
1
1,2
1-3
1-4
Serial Prefix
or number
1228A00151
through
1228A00190
1228A00191
through
1228A00310
1228A00311
through
1228A00330
1228A00331
through
1228A00350,
1633A,
1719A
Make Manual
changes
1
1,2
1,2,4
1,2,4,5
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
b. Errata for all models and serial numbers:
(1) Page 1-0, Figure 1-1:
Delete RACK MOUNTING KIT.
(1.1) Page 1-2, Table 1-1:
(a) Change Power specification under
General to read: 115V ±10% 48-440 Hz or 230V ± 10%
4866 Hz, 75 Watts, (When the instrument is in standby,
power consumption is 30 watts.)
(b) Change Time Base Aging Rate
specification (number 8) to read: 3 x .000000001 per day
(0.003 Hz/day) after warmup (seven days of continuous
operation or 72 hours of continuous operation after an off
time of less than 72 hours).
(2) Page 1-3, Paragraph 1-28:
(a) Delete all references to Rack
Mounting Kit.
(3) Page 1-4, Paragraph 1-30: Add: "A Rack
Mounting Kit is available to install the
instrument in a 19-inch rack.
Rack
Mounting Kits may be obtained through
your nearest Hewlett-Packard Office by
ordering HP Part Number 5060-8739."
(4) Page 3-6, Figure 3-3: Add the following at
the end of step O: "Return analyzer SCAN
WIDTH to PER DIVISION."
(4.1) Page 4-2, Paragraph 4-10:
(a) Change Spectrum Analyzer SCAN
WIDTH (step 1) to ZERO.
(b) Delete
SCAN
WIDTH
PER
DIVISION...5 kHz under Spectrum
Analyzer in step 1.
(4.2) Page 4-3, Figure 4-2: Reverse the symbol
for the 100 µF capacitor in the Low Pass
Filter Detail.
Show positive side (+)
connected to ground and curved plate
connected to VERT OUT line.
(5) Page 4-3, Paragraph 4-11:
(a) Change
third
item
under
EQUIPMENT to "RF Amplifier (20
dB gain, 30 MHz)."
(b) Add the following under step I of
PROCEDURE,
Tracking
Generator/Counter:
FUNCTION
TRACK ANALYZER
(6) Page 4-4, Paragraph 4-11:
(a) Change RF Amplifier setting to
"Power ON 20 dB gain."
(b) Change first sentence in step 4 of
PROCEDURE to read: "Use the Model 8552 LOG REF
LEVEL vernier control to set the digital voltmeter reading
to 300 mV.
Change 1 B-1
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
(c) Change first sentence in step 6 of
PROCEDURE to read: "If necessary, reset the Model
8552 LOG REF LEVEL vernier control to obtain a
reading of 300 mV on the digital voltmeter."
(d) Change
Spectrum
Analyzer
BANDWIDTH to 100 Hz in step 1 of PROCEDURE.
(e) Change test limits of DVM reading in
steps 5, 6, and 7 of PROCEDURE (ten places in step 7)
to 294 mV 307 mV.
(7) Page 4-5, Paragraph 4-11:
(a) Change last sentence in step 8 of
PROCEDURE to read: "Adjust the Model 8552 LOG REF
LEVEL vernier control to obtain a reading of 300 mV on
the digital voltmeter."
(b) Change test limits of DVM reading in
steps 9 and 10 of PROCEDURE to 296 mV 304 mV.
(8) Page 4-6, Paragraph 4-12:
Change
MARKER POSITION in step 1 of
PROCEDURE to "Full CW."
(9) Page 4-7, Paragraph 4-12: Change step 4
of PROCEDURE to read: "Set analyzer to
SCAN WIDTH PER DIVISION at 10 MHz
and tune the analyzer to approximately 50
MHz. If SCANNING light is on, press the
SINGLE scan button on the analyzer. Set
the 8443A MODE switch to SCAN HOLD
and carefully tune the analyzer to indicate
a 100 kHz readout on the Model 8443A.
Make sure you have set the frequency to
the positive side of zero frequency and not
to negative 100 kHz. (On the 8443B,
use..."
(9.1) Page 4-7, Paragraph 4-13: Change
information in parentheses at end of
DESCRIPTION to: (Rs by Zo if Rs is
greater than Zo.)
(9.2) Page 4-8, Paragraph 4-13: Change
information in parentheses for step 5 of
PROCEDURE to read: (Rs/Zo if Rs is
greater than Zo.)
(10) Page 4-9, Paragraph 4-15: Add the
following between the first and second
sentences of the PROCEDURE: "The
rear-panel UNBLANKED/BLANKED switch
should be in the BLANKED position."
(11) Page 6-1, Paragraph 6-2: Delete entire
paragraph.
(12) Page 6-1, Table 6-1: Delete entire table.
(13) Page 6-3, Table 6-3:
(a) Delete third A1, HP Part Number
0844360101, REBUILT 08443-60071.
(b) Add A1MP14, HP Part Number
0460-0198, TAPE: CORK.
(c) Add A4W1, HP Part Number 0844360067, Check Digit 2, CABLE +24V OSC PWR
WHTBLK.
(14) Page 6-4, Table 6-3:
(a) Delete third A2, HP Part Number
0844360102, REBUILT 08443-60001.
(b) Delete third A3, 08443-60103,
REBUILT 08443-60002.
(c) Delete third A5, 08443-60104,
REBUILT 08443-60048.
(d) Change first A2 to HP Part Number
50867358, Check Digit 2.
(e) Change first A3 to HP Part Number
50867357, Check Digit 1.
(15) Page 6-5, Table 6-3:
(a) Change first ASU3 to A5U3A.
(b) Change second A5U3 to ASU3B.
(c) Change first A5U5 to A5U5A.
(d) Change second A5U5 to A5U5B.
(e) Delete third A6, HP Part Number
0855460105, REBUILT 08443-60047.
(16) Page 6-7, Table 6-3:
(a) Delete third A7, HP Part Number
0844360106, REBUILT 08443-60046.
(b) Change A7CR6 to HP Part Number
19010743, DIODE-PWR RECT 400V 750 MA DO41.
(17) Page 6-9, Table 6-3:
(a) Change A8A1U1 to HP Part Number
50867010.
(b) Change A8A1U1 to HP Part Number
50867099.
(c) Delete second A8, HP Part Number
0844360107, REBUILT 08443-60045.
(d) Delete second A9, HP Part Number
0844360108, REBUILT 08443-60044.
(17.1) Page 6-10, Table 6-3: Change last entry
for A9A2 to HP Part Number 0844300068, INSULATOR: 120 MHz FILTER
(recommended replacement).
(18) Page 6-11, Table 6-3:
(a) Delete second A10, HP Part
Number 0844360109, REBUILT 08443-60043.
(b) Delete second A11, HP Part
Number 0844360110, REBUILT 08443-60842.
(19) Page 6-12, Table 6-3: Delete second A12,
HP Part Number 0844360111, REBUILT
08443-60041.
(20) Page 6-13, Table 6-3: Delete second A12,
HP Part Number 0844360115, REBUILT
08443-60077.
Change 1 B-2
(21) Page 6-14, Table 6-3:
(a) Change A13R29 to HP Part Number
07570288, R:FXD MET FLM 9.09K OHM 1% 1/8W.
(b) Change A13R30 and A13R31 to HP
Part Number 0757-0280, R:FXD MET FLM 1K OHM 1%
1/8W.
(c) Change A13R32 to HP Part Number
07570440, R:FXD MET FLM 7.50K OHM 1% 1/8W.
(d) Change A13R33 to HP Part Number
07570401, R:FXD MET FLM 100 OHM 1% 1/8W.
(e) Change A13R34 to HP Part Number
07570279, R:FXD MET FLM 3.16K OHM 1% 1/8W.
(f) Delete second A14, HP Part
Number 0844360113, REBUILT 08443-60015.
(22) Page 6-15, Table 6-3:
(a) Change A14R8 to HP Part Number
07570420, R:FXD MET FLM 750 OHM 1% 1/8W.
(b) Change A14R11 to HP Part Number
06835115, R:FXD COMP 510 OHM 5% 1/4W.
(c) Change A14R12 to HP Part Number
07570288, R:FXD MET FLM 9.09K OHM 1% 1/8W.
(23) Page 6-16, Table 6-3:
(a) Delete second A15, HP Part
Number 0844360114, REBUILT 08443-60014.
(b) Change A15CR1 thru CR4, CR9
and CR10 to HP Part Number 1901-0743, DIODE-PWR
RECT 400V 750 MA DO-41.
(24) Page 6-17, Table 6-3:
(a) Add F1, HP Part Number 21100002, FUSE, CARTRIDGE 2A 3AG.
(b) Add E1, HP Part Number 03400140, INSULATOR TO-66 (FOR XSTR Q5).
(25) Page 6-18:
(a) Delete MP50 HP Part Number and
change description to NOT ASSIGNED.
(b) Add "(8443A only)" after description
for Q2.
(c) Delete second Q4 (entire line).
(25.1) Page 6-19, Table 6-3:
(a) Add to WS, HP Part Number 0844360009: HP Part Number 5031-0906, SLEEVE, RF PIN
POSITIONING.
(b) Delete HP Part Number 1400-0084
for fuseholder XF1 and add the following parts:
HP Part Number 2110-0564, BODY,
HIGH PROFILE.
HP Part Number 2110-0565,
CARRIER.
HP Part Number 2110-0569, NUT,
HEX-PLASTIC.
(25.2) Page 6-20, Table 6-3: Delete the following
items (entire line): First No. 4, first No. 5,
first No. 6, first No. 11, first No. 12, second
No. 12, first No. 13, first No. 14, first No.
15, No. 16, and first No. 17.
(26) Page 8-13, Figure 8-9: Change bottom "Q"
of JK Flip Flop to "O".
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
(27) Page 8-27, Figure 8-23:
(a) Add R14 464 ohms to resistor
located between A13TP4 and junction of A13R15 and A
13T2 center tap.
(b) Add CR1 to 8.25V breakdown diode
on A11.
(28) Page 8-29, Figure 8-27:
(a) Change A8A1U1 to HP Part Number
50867010.
(b) Change A8A1U2 to HP Part Number
50867099.
(29)
Page 8-31, Figure 8-30:
(a) Change
chassis-mounted
Q2
(between Q5 and Q1) to Q3.
(b) Change A14R47 to 2.7 ohms.
(c) Change A14R12 (bottom of A14
schematic) to 9.09K.
(30) Page 8-39, Figure 8-36:
(a) Change C19 in upper left corner to
C14.
(b) Change CR3 between R16 and C18
to CR13.
(c) Change R29 located directly below
CR12 to C29.
(d) Change C29 to R25.
(e) Change R25 to C25.
(31) Page 8-39, Figure 8-37:
(a) Change +20V to +24V on A16S1
(A18XA6 pin F).
(b) Change A6U3 bottom pin 11 (Vcc1)
to pin 1.
(32) Page 8-44, Figure 8-43:
(a) Change A18R6 to 360 ohms.
(b) Change A18R7 to 200 ohms.
(c) Change
the
statement
"TO
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR" to read "TO CRYSTAL
OSCILLATOR VIA +24V OSCILLATOR POWER CABLE
A4W1."
c. Change 1.
(1) Page 6-14, Table 6-3: Change A14C5 to
HP Part Number 0180-1745, C:FXD
ELECT 1.5UF 10% 20 VDCW.
(2) Page 8-31, Figure 8-30 (Service Sheet 4):
Change A14C5 to 1.5 lF.
d. Change 2.
(1) Page 6-5, Table 6-3: Change A5R14 to
HP Part Number 0698-0083, R:FXD MET
FLM 1.96K OHM 1% 1/8W.
(2) Page 6-12, Table 6-3:
(a) Change A11R19 and A11R21 to HP
Part Number 0698-3438, R:FXD MET FLM 147 OHM 1%
1/8W.
(b) Change A1 1R20 to HP Part
Number 06983435, R:FXD MET FLM 38.3 OHM 1%
1/8W.
Change 1 B-3
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
(b) Change value of C5 to .47 µF.
(c) Change A5R4 to A5R4* 42.2 ohms.
(d) Change A5R14 to A5R14* 750
(3) Page 8-27, Figure 8-23 (Service Sheet 2):
(a) Change A11R19 and A11R21 to 147
ohms.
(b) Change A11R20 to 38.3 ohms.
(4) Page 8-37, Figure 8-35 (Service Sheet 7):
Change A5R14 to 1960 ohms.
e. Change 3.
(1) Page 6-5, Table 6-3: Change A5U3A,
ASU3B, ASU4, A5U5A, and A5U5B to HP
Part Number 1820-0413.
(2) Page 8-37, Figure 8-35: Change A5U3A,
A5U3B, A5U4, A5U5A, and A5U5B to HP
Part Number 1820-0413.
f. Change 4.
(1) Page 6-18, Table 6-3:
(a) Change MP24 to HP Part Number
0844300061.
(b) Change MP25 to HP Part Number
0844300062.
(c) Change MP26 to HP Part Number
0844300063.
g.
Change 5.
(1) Page 6-4, Table 6-3:
(a) Change A2W1 to HP Part Number
0035560005.
(b) Change A3W1 to HP Part Number
0035560004.
(c) Change A3W2 to HP Part Number
0035560006.
h. Change 6.
(1) Page 6-3, Table 6-3: Add A1E1, HP Part
Number
08443-00069,
INSULATOR
FREQ COUNTER.
j. Change 7.
(1) Page 6-4, Table 6-3: Change A5CS to HP
Part Number 0160-0174, C:FXD CER
.47UF +80-20% 25VDC.
(2) Page 6-5, Table 6-3:
(a) Add A5CR5, HP Part Number 19010535, DIODE-SCHOTTKY.
(b) Add A5E1, HP Part Number 81590005, JUMPER (REPLACES A5L5).
(c) Delete A5L5 (entire line).
(d) Change A5Q1, A5Q2, and A5Q3 to
HP Part Number 1854-0404 TSTR:SI NPN TO-18 PD
360MW.
(e) Change A5R4 to A5R4*, HP Part
Number 0757-0316, R:FXD MET FLM 42.2 OHM 1%
1/8W FACTORY SELECTED PART.
(f) Change A5R14 to A5R14*, HP Part
Number 0757-0420, R:FXD MET FLM 750 OHM 1%
1/8W FACTORY SELECTED PART.
(3) Page 8-37, Figure 8-35 (Service Sheet 7):
(a) Delete L5 (bottom left-hand side of
schematic) and show as jumper E1.
ohms.
(e) Change A5Q1, A5Q2, and A5Q3 to
HP Part Number 1854-0404.
(f) Add Schottky diode from base to
collector of A5Q3 as shown below in the partial
schematic.
P/O Figure 8-35. Time Base Circuit, Schematic
Diagram (CHANGE 7)
k. Change 8.
(1) Page 6-17, Table 6-3: Change A19 to HP
Part Number 08443-60089
(2) Page 8-37, Figure 8-35:
(a) Change information at A18XAS-2
(left-hand edge of AS schematic) to read: TO A19JI-23 L
PRINT.
(b) Change connector information at
A18XA5-1 (right-hand edge of AS schematic) to
A19J148.
(3) Page 8-42, Table 8-8:
(a) Change HP Part Number of BCD
Board A19 in table heading to 08443-60089.
(b) Change "Inhibit" to L Print in Signal
column.
(c) Change Digital Output Connector
Pin No. (A19) for L Print from 22 to 23.
l. Change 9.
(1) Pages 6-3 and 6-4, Table 6-3: Replace
entire A1 listing (from Al thru A1A2R27)
with new A1 Low Frequency Counter
Assembly list (CHANGE 9) included in this
appendix on pages B-7 and B-8.
(2) Page 6-4, Table 6-3: Change A5C10 to
A5C10* HP Part Number 0160-3456,
Check Digit 6, C:FXD 1000pF 1000V CER
FACTORY SELECTED PART.
Change 1 B-4
(3) Page 6-9, Table 6-3: Change A7R43 to
HP Part Number 0757-0317, Check Digit
7, R:FXD 1.33K OHM 1% .125W.
(4) Page 8-20, Figure 8-17, Sheet 1 of 2:
Delete Sheet 1 (Counter Troubleshooting
Tree) of Figure 8-17.
(5) Page 8-32, SERVICE SHEET 5, General:
(a) Change the seventh and eighth
paragraphs under "General" to read as follows: "The
counter signal input is gated to the high frequency
decade by the main gate flip-flop, which is toggled by the
decade divider circuits in Time Base Assembly A5.
Besides dividing the input frequency by 10, High
Frequency Decade Board A6 provides BCD information
(A, B, C, D) to Low Frequency Counter Board A1A1.
Low Frequency Counter Board A1A1 uses the BCD
inputs (A, B, C, D) to drive its timer and BCD driver
circuit. The D Signal input also drives the prescaler,
which develops four additional BCD inputs for the timer
and BCD driver. The signals derived from the eight level
BCD light segments in the numerical display IC’s on
Counter Display Board A1A2, and are supplied to Digital
Output Assembly A19 on the rear of the 8443A."
(6) Page 8-32, SERVICE SHEET 5, Time
Base Assembly A5: Change description
starting with line 9 of paragraph 12 to "...
150 µsec one-shot which drives TP10 high
and TP3 low to start the transfer pulse.
The transfer input starts the transfer of
information from the low frequency
counter board to the counter display board
(A1A2). It also initiates the transfer of
digital information from the Low Frequency
Counter Board (A1A1) to the Digital
Output Assembly (A19) on the 8443A rear
panel."
(7) Page 8-32, SERVICE SHEET 5, High
Frequency Decade A6: Delete the fourth
paragraph under "High Frequency Decade
A6."
(8) Page 8-32, SERVICE SHEET 5, Low
Frequency Counter A1: Delete all text
pertaining to Low Frequency Counter A1
and insert new text, SERVICE SHEET 5
(CHANGE 9) Low Frequency Counter
A1A1 and Counter Display A1A2, included
in this appendix on pages B-9 and B-10.
(9) Page 8-33, Figure 8-31: Change Low
Frequency Counter portion of Counter
Section Logic Diagram as shown in partial
P/O Fig 8-31, Low Frequency Counter
portion of Logic Diagram (CHANGE 9),
included in this appendix on page B-10.
(10) Page 8-35, Figure 8-33:
(a) Change R8 (in collector circuit of
Q5B) so that its top end connects to cathode of CR4
instead of to +20VF.
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
(b) Change emitter of Q16 so that it
connects to switched ground, same as Q17, instead of to
circuit board ground.
(c) Change value of R43 to 1.33K
ohms.
(11) Page 8-37, Figure 8-35: Change value of
capacitor C10 to 1000pF and place an
asterisk (*) next to it to indicate it is a
factory selected part.
(12) Page 8-38, "Reset Translator and DivideBy-Ten Decade": Change third paragraph
to read: "The decade dividers convert the
100KHz to 110MHz input frequency to an
output frequency of 10KHz to 11MHz. The
A, B, C, and D outputs are fed to the Low
Frequency Counter."
(13) Page 8-40, SERVICE SHEET 9: Delete all
text and the waveforms shown on page 840, and replace them with the new
SERVICE SHEET (CHANGE 9) text
included in this appendix on pages B-11
thru B-16.
(14) Page 8-40, Figure 8-38: Replace Figure 838 with the new parts locations diagrams,
Figures 8-38A, 8-38B, and 8-38C
(CHANGE 9) included in this appendix on
pages B-17 and B-18.
(15) Page 8-41, Figure 8-39: Replace Figure 8-39/
with the new Figure 8-39 (CHANGE 9)
included in this appendix on pages 8-35
and 8-37.
(16) Pages 8-42 and 8-43, SERVICE SHEET
10:
(a) Delete text and Table 8-8 on page 842.
(b) Delete Figures 8-40, 8-41, and 8-42
on page 8-43.
m. Change 10.
(1) Pages 6-5 thru 6-7, Table 6-3: Replace
entire A6 listing (from A6 thru A6W1) with
new A6 High Frequency Decade Assembly
list (CHANGE 10) included in this
appendix on pages B-19 and B-20.
(2) Page 8-33, Figure 8-31: Change High
Frequency Decade A6 section of Counter
Logic Diagram as shown in the partial
logic diagram P/O Figure 8-31 (CHANGE
10) included in this appendix on page B21.
(3) Page 8-38, SERVICE SHEET 8: Replace
all text and waveforms shown in page 838,
SERVICE SHEET 8, with the new
SERVICE SHEET 8 (CHANGE 10) text
and waveform illustrations included in this
appendix on pages B-22 thru B-26.
Change 1 B-5
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
(4) Page 8-39, Figure 8-36: Replace Figure 836 with new parts location diagram, Figure
8-36 (CHANGE 10) included in this
appendix on page B-27.
(5) Page 8-39, Figure 8-37: Replace Figure 837 with new High Frequency Decade
Assembly Schematic Diagram, Figure 837
(CHANGE 10) included in this appendix on
page 8-39.
n. Change 11.
(1) Page 6-7, Table 6-3:
(a) Change A6R13 to HP Part Number
06980083, Check Digit 8, R:FXD MET FLM 1.96K
OHMS 1% 1/8W.
(b) Change A6R14 to HP Part Number
06980085, Check Digit 0, R:FXD MET FLM 2.61K
OHMS 1% 1/8W.
(c) Change A6R18 to HP Part Number
07570416, Check Digit 7, R:FXD MET FLM 511 OHMS
1% 1/8W.
(d) Change A6R25 to HP Part Number
06980082, Check Digit 7, R:FXD MET FLM 464 OHMS
1% 1/8W.
(e) Change A6R33 to HP Part Number
06987240, Check Digit 3, R:FXD MET FLM 1.47K
OHMS 1% 1/20W.
p. Change 12.
(1) Page 6-16, Table 6-3: Replace entire A15
listing (from A15 thru A15XF5) with new
A15 Rectifier Assembly list (CHANGE 12)
included in this appendix on page B-28.
(2) Page 6-17, Table 6-3: Delete A18C4 and
A18R1.
(3) Page 6-18, Table 6-3: Delete Q5.
Change 1 B-6
(4) Page 8-30, Service SHEET 4: Replace all
text following "Rectifier Assembly A15"
with new SERVICE SHEET 4 (CHANGE
12) text included in this appendix on page
8-29.
(5) Page 8-31, Figure 8-29: Replace Figure
8-29 (A15 Rectifier Assembly) component
location with new Figure 8-29 (CHANGE
12) included in this appendix on page 8-30.
(6) Page 8-31, Figure 8-30: Replace Figure
8-30 (Power Supplies and Regulators
Schematic Diagram) with new Figure 8-30
(CHANGE 12) included in this appendix on
page B-41.
(7) Page 8-44, Figure 8-43: Delete C4, Q5,
and R1 from Motherboard Assembly A18
portion of wiring diagram.
q. Change 13.
(1) Pages 6-4 and 6-5, Table 6-3: Replace
entire A5 listing (from A5 thru A5W1) with
new A5 Time Base Assembly list
(CHANGE 13) included in this appendix on
page B-31.
(2) Page 8-37, Figure 8-34: Replace Figure
8-34
(A5
Time
Base
Assembly)
Component location with new Figure 8-34
(CHANGE 13) included in this appendix on
page 8-43.
(3) Page 8-37, Figure 8-35: Replace Figure
8-35 (A5 Time Base Assembly Schematic
Diagram) with new Figure 8-35 (CHANGE
13) included in this appendix on page 8-43.
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts (CHANGE 9)
Reference
Designation
A1
A1A1
A1A1C1
A1A1C2
A1A1C3
A1A1C4
A1A1C5
A1A1C6
A1A1C7
A1A1C8
A1A1C9
A1A1C10
A1A1C11
A1A1C12
A1A1C13
A1A1CH1
A1A1CH2
A1A1CH3
A1A1L1
A1A1L2
A1A1L3
A1A1L4
A1A1Q1
A1A1Q2
A1A1Q3
A1A1Q4
A1A1Q5
A1A1Q6
A1A1Q7
A1A1Q8
A1A1Q9
A1A1Q10
A1A1Q11
A1A1Q12
A1A1Q13
A1A1Q14
A1A1Q15
A1A1Q16
A1A1Q17
A1A1Q18
A1A1Q19
A1A1Q20
A1A1Q21
A1A1Q22
A1A1Q23
A1A1Q25
A1A1Q26
A1A1Q27
A1A1Q28
A1A1R1
A1A1R2
A1A1R3
A1A1R4
A1A1R5
A1A1R6
A1A1R7
A1A1R8
A1A1R9
A1A1R10
A1A1R11
A1A1R12
A1A1R13
A1A1TP1
A1A1TP2
A1A1TP3
A1A1TP4
A1A1U1
A1A1U2
A1A1U3
A1A1U4
A1A1U5
HP Part
Number
08443-60117
08443-60090
0160--4084
0180-2215
0160-4084
0160-4084
0160-0127
0160-3879
0180-0197
0160-3875
0160-3875
0160-4084
0160-4084
0160-4084
0160-0575
1901-0535
1901-0535
1901-0743
9100-1616
9100-1618
9100-1616
9100-1621
1853-0281
1853-0281
1853-0281
1853.0281
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1853-0281
18S3-0281
1853-0281
1853-0281
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1854-0477
1853-0281
0757-0465
0757-0465
0757-0465
0757-0465
0757-0465
0683-1555
0757-0420
0757-0420
0698-3132
0698-3132
0698-0085
0698-3153
0757-0280
0360-0124
0360-0124
0360-0124
0360-0124
1810-0422
1810-0037
1820-1442
1820-1644
1820-1197
C
D
3
1
8
5
8
8
2
7
8
3
3
8
8
8
4
9
9
1
9
1
9
6
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
6
9
9
9
9
0
3
3
4
9
0
9
3
3
3
3
3
0
3
7
1
9
Qty
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
2
1
1
9
20
1
3
3
1
2
2
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
Description
LOW FREQUENCY COUNTER ASSEMBLY
LOW FREQUENCY COUNTER BOARD ASSEMBLY
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 170UF+75-10% 15VDC AL
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1 UF *-20% 20VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF.+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 22PF+-5% 200VDC CER 0+-30
CAPACITOR-FXD 22PF +-5% 200VDC CER 0+-30
CAPACITOR-FXD 01UF +-20% 50VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .1UF +-20% 50VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .047UF +-20% 50 VDC CER
DIODE.SCHOTTKY
DIODE.SCHOTTKY
DIODE.SCHOTTKY 1N404 400v 1A DO-41
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1.5UH 10%
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 5.6UH 10%
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1.5UH 10%
INDUCTOR RF.-CH-MLD 18UH 10% .166DX.385LD
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO.18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD=500MW
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO-18 PD=400MW
RESISTOR 100K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 237 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR1.5M 5% .25W F TC=900/+1000
RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 750 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 261 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.61K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.83K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .04-IN-BSC-SZ RND
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .04-IN-BSC-SZ RND
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .04-IN-BSC-SZ RND
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN .04-IN-BSC-SZ RND
NETWORK-RES 10-SIP10.0 OHM X 9
NETWORK-RES 16-DIP1.0K OHM X 8
IC CNTR TTL LS DECO ASYNCHRO
IC DCDR TTL LS BCD-TO-7.SEG .4-TO-7-LINE
IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2-INP
Change 1 B-7
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
28480
28480
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
56289
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
01295
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
04713
0713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
071t3
24546
24546
24S46
24546
24546
01111
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
01121
11236
01295
01295
01295
08443-60117
08443-0090
0160-4084
30D177G015DD2
0160-4084
0160-4084
0160-0127
0160-3879
150D225X9020A2
0160-3875
0160-3875
0160-4084
0160-4084
0160-4084
0160-0575
1901-0535
1901-0535
1N4004
9100-1616
9100-1618
9100-1016
9100-1621
2N2907A
2N2907A
2N2907A
2N2907A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2907A
2N2907A
2N2907A
2N2907A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2222A
2N2907A
C4-1/8-TO-1003-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-237R-F
C4-1/8-TO-237R-F
C4-1/8-TO-237R-F
CS1555
C4-1/8-TO-750R-F
C4-1/8-TO-750R-F
C4-1/8-TO-261R-F
C4-1/8.TO-3831-F
C4-1/8.TO-2611-F
C4-1/8.TO-3831-F
C4-1/8.TO-1001-F
0360-0124
0360-0124
0360-0124
0360-0124
210A100
761-3-R1K
SN74LS290N
SN74LS248N
SN74LS00N
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts (CHANGE 9)
Reference
Designation
A1A1U6
A1A1U7
A1A1U8
A1A1U9
A1A1U10
A1A1U11
A1A1XA2
A1A1XU7
A1A1XU9
A1A1XU10
A1A2
A1A2DS1
A1A2DS2
A1A2DS3
A1A2DS4
A1A2DS5
A1A2DS6
A1A2DS7
A1A2DS8
HP Part
Number
1820-1216
1820-2271
1820-2102
1820-80002
1820-0735
1820-2177
1251-2035
1200-0694
1200-0565
1200-0694
08443-60091
1990-0725
1990-0725
1990-0725
1990-0725
1990-0725
1990-0725
1990-0725
1990-0725
C
D
3
2
8
7
4
7
9
5
9
5
2
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Qty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
8
Description
IC DCDR TTL LS 3-TO-8-LINE 3-1NP
IC MlCPROC NMOS 8-B1T
IC LCN TTL LS D-TYPE OCTL
IC-PROGRAMMED ROM
IC 2K RAM 400-NS
IC MICPROC-ACCESS NMOS 4-BIT
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 15-CONT/ROW 2-ROWS
SOCKET-IC 40.CONT DIP DIP-SLDR
SOCKET-IC 24-CONT DIP-SLDR
SOCKET-IC 40-CONT DIP DIP-SLDR
COUNTER DISPLAY BOARD ASSEMBLY
DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .43-H YEL
DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .43-H YEL
DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .43-H YEL
DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .43-H YEL
DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .43-H YEL
DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .43-H YEL
DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .43-H YEL
DISPLAY-NUM-SEG 1-CHAR .43-H YEL
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
01295
34649
01295
28480
34649
34649
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28a80
28480
28480
28480
SN74LS138N
D8039
SN74LS373N
08443-80002
P8155
P8243
1251-2035
1200-0694
1200-0565
1200-0694
08443.60091
HDSP-4130
HDSP-4130
HDSP-4130
HDSP-4130
HDSP-4130
HDSP-4130
HDSP-4130
HDSP-4130
28480
28480
28480
28480
25088
28480
28480
00000
00000
04713
04713
28480
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
28480
28480
4040-0749
4040-0750
1480-0059
08443-60095
D2R2GS1B50K
1901-0050
1901-0535
ORDER By DESCRIPTION
ORDER By DESCRIPTION
2N4236
2N2222A
0757-1000
C4-1/8-TO-1471-F
C4-1/8-TO-178R-F
C4-1/8-TO-162R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-2153-F
1251-0600
1251-0600
1251-0600
1251-0600
SN74LS138N
1902-0126
1251-1887
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
00000
00000
28480
28480
08443-00072
08443-60064
8150-0453
08443-60064
8150-0453
ORDER BY DESCRlPTION
ORDER BY DESCRIPTION
3050-0010
08443-40009
COUNTER DISPLAY MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
A1A3
A1A3C1
A1A3CR1
A1A3CR2
A1A3MP1
A1A3MP2
A1A3Q1
A1A3Q2
A1A3R1
A1A3R2
A1A3R3
A1A3R4
A1A3R5
A1A3R6
A1A3R7
A1A3TP1
A1A3TP2
A1A3TP3
A1A3TP4
A1A3U1
A1A33VR1
A1A33VR1
4040-0749
4040-0749
1480-0059
08443-60095
0180-2620
1901-0050
1901-0535
0380-0885
0380-0885
1853-0213
1854-0477
0757-1000
0757-1094
0698-3439
0757-0405
0757-0442
0757-0442
0698-3454
1251-0600
1251-0600
1251-0600
1251-0600
1826-0161
1902-0126
1251-1887
4
7
8
6
6
3
9
5
5
7
7
7
9
4
4
9
9
3
0
0
0
0
7
6
7
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
EXTR.PC BD BRN POLYC .062.BD.THKN8
EXTR.PC BD BRN POLYC .062.BD.THKN8
PIN ROLL .062-.IN-DIA .25-IN-LG STL
+6V SWITCHED BOARD ASSEMBLY
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 50VDC TA
DIODE-SWITCHING 80V 200 MA 2NS D0-35
DIODE-SCHOTTKY
STANDOFF-RVT-ON .156-IN-LG 4-40THD
STANDOFF-RVT-ON .156-IN-LG 4-40THD
TRANSISTOR PNP 2N4236 SI TO-5 PD=1W
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2222A SI TO-18 PD-500MW
RESISTOR 51.1 1% .5F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.47K 1% .125F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 178 1% .125F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 162 1% .125F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 215K 1% .125F TC=0+-100
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-BSC SZ SQ
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-BSC SZ SQ
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-BSC SZ SQ
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-BSC SZ SQ
IC OP AMP GP QUAD 14-DIP-P
DIODE-ZNP 2.61V 5% 00-7 PD=.4W TC=.072%
CONNECTOR-PC EDGE 22.CONT/ROW 2.ROWS
MISC. MECHANICAL & ATTACHING PARTS
A1MP1
A1W1
A1W2
08443-00072
08443-60064
8150-0453
08443-00044
0460-0079
2200-0103
2360-0121
3050-0010
08443-40009
3
9
4
9
9
2
2
2
0
1
1
1
1
1
6
2
2
1
LF COUNTER ENCLOSURE
CABLE ASSEMBLY HF DECADE D OUTPUT
WIRE-24AWG, HF DECADE D INPUT, 0.1FT.
GUIDE +-6v SWITCH B0ARD ASSEMBLY
BUSHING: RUBBER, ADHESIVE, 0.2 FT
SCREW-MACH 4-40 .25-IN-LG PAN.-HD-POZI
SCREW-MACH 6-52 .5-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
WASHER-FL MTLC NO. 6 .147-IN-lD
WINDOW, COUNTER DISPLAY, YELLOW
Change 1 B-8
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SERVICE SHEET 5 (CHANGE 9)
Low Frequency Counter A1A1 and Counter Display
A1A2 (Service Sheet 9)
The Low Frequency Counter develops two kinds of
outputs using the inputs it receives from High Frequency
Decade Assembly A6 and Time Base Assembly A5.
Twenty-nine digital outputs make up the first group.
These are supplied to Digital Output Assembly A19 on
the 8443A rear panel for use in external equipment. The
second group of outputs drives the numeric display ICs
on Counter Display Assembly A1A2, which plugs into a
socket on the Low Frequency Counter Board Assembly.
The functions of the inputs to the Low Frequency
Counter are described below:
Transfer. The Transfer input is a negative-going pulse
which interrupts the central processing unit (CPU) in
microcomputer U7’s microprocessor. This interruption
permits the transfer of readout data from U7 to the
readout decoders (U4 and U6), and digital data to rearpanel connector assembly A19. During the "write"
portion of the CPU cycle, a negative-going WR (activelow write) input to transfer flip-flop U5A-U5B resets the
interrupt function.
Resolution Control. There are three resolution inputs.
In a standard 8443A they are 1000 Hz, 100 Hz, and 10
Hz. If, however, the 8443A has been modified to equip it
with the 1 Hz resolution option, the resolution inputs are
100 Hz, 10 Hz, and 1 Hz. Notice that the 1 Hz resolution
option deletes the 1000 Hz resolution selection available
in the standard instrument.
These inputs determine the placement of the decimal
point in the numerical display (display indicates
frequency in MHz). If the front-panel RESOLUTION
switch is set to 1000 Hz, the 1000 Hz line is grounded
and the other two resolution input lines (100 Hz and 10
Hz) are open. In the display, the decimal point appears
five places to the right of the far left numeral (e.g.,
00105.555). Similarly, if 100 Hz or 10 Hz resolution is
selected, the 100 Hz or 10 Hz line is grounded and the
other two lines are open. For 100 Hz resolution the
decimal point appears four places to the right of the far
left numeral (e.g., 0105.5555), and for 10 Hz resolution it
is three places to the right (e.g., 105.55555). The
optional 1 Hz resolution sets the decimal point two
places to the right of the far left numeral and is usable for
frequency counts up to 99.999999 MHz.
Blanked/Unblanked. When the blanking selector switch
on the 8443A rear panel is set to UNBLANKED, all eight
of the numeric display ICs light, with those to the left of
the most significant digit showing a zero.
If the blanking selector switch is set to BLANKED,
numeric display ICs to the left of the most significant
digit, or to the left of the decimal point if it precedes the
most significant digit, are blanked. Thus, if the display in
the UNBLANKED mode shows 00105.555 MHz, setting
the blanking switch to BLANKED changes the display to
105.555 MHz. An unblanked display of 00000.500 MHz,
if blanked, changes to .500 MHz.
Reset. The Reset input is a positive-going pulse
approximately 50 microseconds wide that sets the
counter to zero and holds it there for its 50-microsecond
duration. At the end of the Reset pulse a new sampling
of the input frequency is taken and the counter develops
a new readout display.
A , B , C ,. D . Inputs A , B , C , and D make up a 12-4-8 BCD input to Timer and BCD Driver circuit U10U11.
The BCD represents the counter input frequency divided
by 10. The D input is also fed to the Prescaler where it is
transformed into four more BCD levels: 16, 32, 64, and
128, which are also fed to the Timer and BCD Driver
(U10-U11). In the Timer and BCD Driver ICs, the eightlevel BCD and the inputs from the microcomputer (U7)
are translated into two groups of signals: the first group
comprises 29 digital signals which are fed to rear-panel
connector assembly A19. The second group consists of
eight address signals which are fed via the counter
address bus to microcomputer IC U7.
In U7 the signals received from the Timer and BCD
Driver via the address bus are converted into two groups
of BCD. The first group is a four-level BCD which is
translated in the LED Segment Driver circuit into seven
lines, each for a particular numerical display IC segment.
These lines are connected in parallel to all eight of the
numerical display ICs on the Counter Display Assembly
(A1A2).
The second group is a three-level BCD which is
converted into eight numerical display IC turn-on outputs.
Each of these outputs is fed, one at a time, to a particular
one of the eight numerical display ICs on the Counter
Display Assembly. Their purpose is to turn the numerical
display ICs on and off sequentially so that only one of the
eight is on at a time. Thus, although the segment drives
are applied simultaneously to all eight numerical display
ICs, only one IC actually displays a numeral in a given
instant.
For example, if the input to the counter is a frequency of
105.72348 MHz, the segments drive for a "1" is received
at the eight display ICs at the same time as the turn-on
signal for the far left IC. This causes the "1" to appear
on the far left IC only. The next numeral generated by
the BCD-to-7 Segment Decoder is the "0", and this
output to
Change 1 B-9
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SERVICE SHEET 5 (CHANGE 9) (Cont’d)
the display ICs coincides with the enable signal to the
second display IC. The second IC, therefore, displays an
"0", and the seven other display ICs are blanked.
This sequence continues until the entire eight-digit
number has been displayed. Then, following a brief
delay
(equal to the "on" period of one numerical
display), the cycle starts over again. Although each
display IC is turned on for only an instant during a single
readout cycle, the sequencing occurs so fast that all
eight display ICs appear to be on simultaneously.
P/O Figure 8-31. Counter Section Logic Diagram (Low Frequency Counter Portion) (CHANGE 9)
Change 1 B-10
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SERVICE SHEET 9 (CHANGE 9)
A malfunction in the Low Frequency Counter is normally
brought to the attention of the operator by some
abnormal behavior of the counter display or the digital
output to external equipment.
The nature of the
abnormality usually indicates a possible source or
sources of the failure; and in some events, it may point
out the failed component. In all events, to successfully
troubleshoot the Counter, you must be familiar with the
Counter circuits and with digital troubleshooting
techniques.
Equipment Required
Dual-Channel Oscilloscope
Digital Voltmeter
10:1 Oscilloscope Probes (2)
General
The complete Low Frequency Counter Assembly (A1)
comprises three plug-in board assemblies surrounded by
an aluminum shield. The board assemblies are:
Low Frequency Counter Board Assembly A1A1
Counter Display Board Assembly A1A2
+ 6V Switch Board Assembly A1A3
Counter Display Board Assembly A1A2 contains eight
seven-segment digital display ICs. It plugs into a pc
board edge connector on the front edge of the
horizontally-mounted Low Frequency Counter Board
Assembly A1A1. The Low Frequency Counter Board
Assembly contains the electronic circuits that drive the
counter digital display ICs, and which supply digital
signals to the 8443A rear panel DIGITAL OUTPUT
connector. It plugs into a pc board edge connector
receptacle on + 6V Switch Board Assembly A1A3.
Board Assembly A1A3 plugs into a pc board edge
connector receptacle on the 8443A Motherboard
Assembly (A18).
Its purpose is to provide
interconnections between the Low Frequency Counter
Board Assembly and the Motherboard. It also contains a
+6V switching circuit. When the ac line POWER is
switched on at the 8443A front panel, the +6V switching
circuit delays the dc power input (+5.5V nominal) to the
counter circuits until the dc power input to the switching
circuits stabilizes.
For Counter troubleshooting, the A1A3 board, with the
A1A1 board plugged into it, and with A1A2 plugged into
A1 A1, is extended above the Motherboard on an
extender board (included in the Service Kit).
Counter Circuits Operation
The Low Frequency Counter receives four BCD inputs,
Frequency Decade Board Assembly A6; a reset and a
transfer input from Time Base Board Assembly A5; three
control inputs from the front-panel RESOLUTION switch;
and a blanking input from the rear-panel BLANKEDUNBLANKED switch. In the Low Frequency Counter
circuits, these inputs are transformed into signals which
light the seven-segment numeric display ICs, and into
digital signals for use in external equipment.
Prescaler U3 is a divide-by-ten counter which is clocked
by the active-low D (D) input. NAND gate U5D is
connected as an inverter to reverse the polarity of the D
input so it conforms with the active-high input
requirements
of U3.
The four outputs of U3,
corresponding to BCD 1-2-4-8, are fed to four port A
inputs, PA4 through PA7, of U10 (pins 25-28). The BCD
8 (PA7) output is also fed through another NAND gateturned-inverter, U5C, to the T.I. input (pin 3) of U10.
The reset input to U3 precedes each counting period to
clear U3 of any count remaining in it. If the count
remaining in U3 is any digit from 0 through 7, the reset
operates normally to clear it out. If, however, U3 has a
remaining count of 8 or 9, the reset input, in the act of
clearing U3, toggles it an additional count. If this
inconsistency were not compensated for, the next
counting period would produce an erroneous number.
To prevent such counting errors, the PC5 output of U10
is fed back to pin 3 of U3 at the end of each counting
period to preset U3 to a count of 9.
With this
arrangement, the reset input always toggles U3 an
additional count. Thus, the state of U3 immediately
following the preset input and preceding the counting
period is always the same, and the software program
deletes the purposely-introduced error. For the duration
of the preset (PC5) input, the U3 outputs are shut off.
In addition to the four BCD outputs of U3, which are
derived from the D (MSB) input, port A of U10 receives
the active-low A-B-C-D inputs at its PAO through PA3
input terminals (pins 21-24). The eight port A inputs are
continually read by U10 and, subject to a "read" or "write"
request from microcomputer U7, are available to the
address data bus.
The input from NAND gate-inverter U5C to U10 pin 3
(T.I.) drives a 14-bit binary event counter which keeps
track of the number of 8-bit counts received at port A.
This particular counting function starts on the first D input
and continues through successive D inputs until the
8443A is turned off. The event counter is reset to its
count-start state each time the 8443A line POWER
switch is set from STBY to ON by a sharply rising output
from power-up circuit Q26, Q27, and Q28.
A - B - C - D , corresponding to 1-2-4-8, from High
Change 1 B-11
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SERVICE SHEET 9 (CHANGE 9) (Cont’d)
The event counter overflows out U10 pin 6 (T.O.) to
microcomputer U7 pin 39 (T.I.) where it feeds a software
overflow register. The presence of the overflow output
from U10 verifies proper operation of the event counter
and of prescaler U3. The U7 software keeps track of the
total event count. When the transfer input is received,
the U7 software reads the event count for the new
readout and does the arithmetic to determine how many
counts have occurred since the last readout.
I/O expander and timer U10 communicates with
microcomputer U7 over the two-way multiplex address
data bus in response to read (RD), write (SR), and
address latch enable (ALE) commands from the
microcomputer.
The transfer input to the Low Frequency Counter
Assembly is a negative-going pulse which signals the
end of the counting period and the start of the "read" and
display update period. It is latched low in a flip-flop made
up of two cross-coupled NAND gates, U5A and U5B. At
the end of the read and update period, the negativegoing write pulse (WR) from U7 resets the transfer flipflop.
The three control inputs to U7 pins 36, 37, and 38
originate at the front-panel RESOLUTION switch. The
active input line is grounded through the switch; the two
inactive control lines are open-circuited. Microcomputer
U7 reads these three inputs at the beginning of each
readupdate period to determine which numerical display
IC requires a lighted decimal point. A fourth control input
to U7 at pin 35 is unconnected unless the 1 Hz control
option is built into the instrument.
Simultaneously grounding all four of the control input test
points, TP1 through TP4, causes the counter to count
from 00000000 through 99999999, lighting the decimal
points on the even numbers, then blank the display, and
finally show a four-character group on the four inner
display ICs (DS3, DS4, DS5, and DS6), with the four
outer ICs (DS1, DS2, DS7, and DS8) blank. This cycle
continues as long as the four test points remain
grounded. (The four-character display is shown below in
the Low Frequency Counter Troubleshooting.)
The blanking input originates at the BLANKED/
UNBLANKED switch on the 8443A rear panel. With the
switch set to BLANKED, the input is approximately +6
volts. When the switch is set to UNBLANKED, the input
is an open circuit. The blanking input drives NPN
transistor Q25, which inverts the input and drives pin I of
microcomputer U7. By setting U7 pin 1 solidly to either
(blanked) or +5 volts (unblanked), Q25 makes sure the
open-circuit input is not misinterpreted by U7. An
unblanked input causes all the numeric display ICs to be
lighted during the display pdate. A blanked input,
however, causes all zeros preceding the most significant
digit or the decimal point (whichever occurs first) to be
blanked. The microcomputer reads this input during
each read-update period to determine whether or not to
eliminate the leading zeros.
The multiplexed address data on the address data bus is
latched into address latch U8 by the ALE (address latch
enable) output from U7. U8 then provides 8 lines of the
11-line address required by programmed read-only
memory (PROM) U9. The three upper address lines to
U9 are from port 2 (P20, P21, P22) of U7. Shortly after
the addresses are latched by U8, the address data bus
clears and becomes ready to function as an input bus
instead of an output bus. Next, the active-low PSEN
output from U7 pin 9 is strobed low, which causes the 8bit instruction from U9 to be placed on the address data
bus and fed back to U7. U7 then performs the action
dictated by the i-bit instruction output of U9.
There are 29 digit outputs from the I/O expander circuits
in U10 and U1 11. Thirteen of these outputs are from
ports B and C of U10; the remaining sixteen are from
ports 4, 5, 6, and 7 of U11. Fed to a rear-panel
connector through Digital Output Assembly A19, they
provide seven and one-half digits to external equipment.
The eight numeric display ICs on Counter Display
Assembly A1A2 are controlled by eight outputs from port
1 of microcomputer U7. U7 outputs P10, P11, P12, and
P13 provide a four-line BCD input to BCD-to-7-segment
decoder U4. Outputs P14, P15, and P16 drive 3-to-8
decoder U6; and P17 controls the lighting of the decimal
point.
BCD-to-7-segment decoder U4 translates the levels on
its four inputs into seven outputs, each one driving a
particular alphabetically designated segment in all eight
numerical display ICs. A dual-transistor current source
in each segment drive line provides the segment turn-on
power (U4 outputs are open-collector with internal pull-up
resistors). This portion of the display drive circuitry
determines the numeral that is to be displayed.
Decoder U6 translates the levels on its three inputs into
eight digit-drive signals, each on at a different time. The
"on" output turns on one of the eight display ICs, which
then shows the numeral selected by the BCD-to-7segment decoder circuit. The transistors in the digit
drive outputs from U6 function as digit drive current
switches.
Output P17 from U7 represents the most significant bit
output from U7 port 1. It is fed in parallel to the decimal
point inputs of the eight display ICs. Its state, on or off,
determines whether or not the "on" display IC shows a
Change 1 B-12
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SERVICE SHEET 9 (CHANGE 9) (Cont’d)
decimal point. Transistors Q12 and Q24 make up a dual
transistor current source for the decimal point drive.
Although there are eight numerical display ICs, and each
is on for a different period, the counter is set to run as if
there were nine display periods with the display blanked
during the ninth.
There is also a short display blanking period that occurs
with each transfer input. This allows the microcomputer
to make the transfer without affecting the display.
When the 8443A line POWER switch is first on, and after
a brief delay purposely introduced by the +6 volt switch
circuit on board assembly A1A3, the counter
automatically performs a confidence check. At the start
of this check, the counter display shows all zeros, then it
changes to all ones, then to all twos, and so on up
through all nines. The counter does the confidence
check once before displaying the frequency count.
If the confidence check repeats, it is because the
software has detected an apparent error in the event
count arithmetic. This sometimes happens when the
event counter in U10 is not far enough along in the
operation cycle to have produced an overflow output to
the microcomputer when the count update begins, a
condition regarded as an "underflow". Therefore, when
the software overflow register in the microcomputer does
the arithmetic required to determine the number of
counts since the last readout, it obtains a negative
number, an answer it views as an arithmetic error. It
then returns the counter to its start-up condition, initiating
another confidence check. Usually the period of one
additional confidence check is enough to establish the
event counter overflow and start normal counter
operation.
+6 Volts Switch (Part of A1A3) Operation
Board assembly A1A3 serves as an interconnect device
between the Low Frequency Counter and the 8443A
Motherboard Assembly. It also contains a power-up
switching circuit which supplies +5.5 volts to the Low
Frequency Counter. The purpose of this power-up
switch is to hold off the counter operating power until the
power stabilizes and is relatively free of "switch-bounce"
glitches.
When the ac line power is first turned on, the dc input to
the switching circuit appears across two parallel resistive
voltage dividers. Voltage divider R5-R6 applies a voltage
equal to one-one-half the input level to the minus input
(pin 2) of comparator U1A and the plus input (pin 5) of
comparator U1B.
At the same time, voltage divider R3-R4 applies a
voltage that is just slightly more than one-half the input
level, but never exceeding +2.61 volts, to the minus input
(pin 6) of U1B. Since at first (that is, until the input dc
reaches about +5 volts) the minus input of U1B is more
positive than its plus input, U1B produces a zero output.
As a result of this zero output from U1B, the plus input of
U1A is lower than its minus input. Thus, U1A also
produces a zero output, which in turn holds Q2 off and
prevents Q1 from conducting.
If, when the LINE power switch is turned on, the input dc
rises cleanly to its nominal level of +6 volts, the circuit
operates as follows: at an input level of approximately +5
volts, zener diode VR1 breaks down and sets the minus
input of U1B at a maximum level of +2.61 volts. (At
inputs less than approximately +5 volts, the input to the
minus terminal of U1B is the voltage across R3.) As the
input approaches +6 volts, the plus input of U1B
becomes more positive than the minus input. Now, U1B
produces a positive output which charges capacitor C1
across R7, developing a positive-going ramp at the plus
input of U1A. As soon as the level of this ramp exceeds
the level at the minus input of U1A, U1A produces a
positive output which turns on Q2 and Q1. With Q1
conducting, approximately +5.5 volts is passed to the
Low Frequency Counter Board.
If, however, on initial power turn-on, the input dc
fluctuates so that the output of U1B is turned on and off
by polarity reverses at its inputs, C1, instead of charging,
discharges through CR2 and U1B. (Remember, it
requires approximately +5 volts input to hold the output
of U1B above zero volts.) In this event, the plus input of
U1A remains lower than its minus input, and the resulting
zero output holds off Q2 and Q1.
Once the switch is closed so that dc is supplied to the
Low Frequency Counter, the switching circuit is not
affected by narrow, negative-going, widely-spaced
glitches. A series of closely spaced glitches, however,
may cause the switch to open until the input dc
stabilizes.
Change 1 B-13
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
8443A Low Frequency Counter Troubleshooting (CHANGE 9)
Symptom
Display blanked or unintelligible
Probable Cause
1. Failure of 3-to-8 decoder U6 (check U6 for BCD
inputs and sequential outputs).
2. Failure of BCD-to-7-segment decoder U4 (check U4
for BCD inputs).
3. Failure of microcomputer U7 port 1 output circuitry (if
possible, substitute another microcomputer IC for
U7).
Counter display intermittently or successively
repeats the start-up sequence confidence check.
NOTE
In the start-up sequence, the counter
cycles all the display ICs so that the read
-out is all zeros, then all ones, then all
twos, and so on up through all nines.
The counter normally goes through this
cycle once as a confidence check, each
time the line POWER switch is turned on,
before displaying the actual frequency
count.
1. Failure of the event counter in I/O expander and timer
U10. You can check this by looking at the output
signal on U10 pin 6 (T.O.), the event counter overflow
to U7 pin 39. The signal should be toggling at some
very low frequency. In the external mode with an
input frequency of 55 MHz and the RESOLUTION
control set to 10 Hz, you should see approximately 25
signal excursions per second. Because of the overflow pulse timing, the excursions may appear somewhat irregular.
2. Failure of the reset power-up circuitry (Q26, Q27,
Q28) connected to U10 pin 4.
3. Failure of prescaler IC U3.
4. Failure of gate U5D or USC.
One or more display ICs fail to light.
NOTE
Make sure the unlighted display IC
isn’t just being blanked to eliminate
leading zeros. Check the setting of the
BLANKED/UNBLANKED switch on
the 8443A rear panel.
1. Partial failure of 3-to-8 decoder U6. Check U6 for
BCD inputs and sequential outputs.
2. Failure of U7 port 1 outputs.
3. Failure of the unlighted display ICs on the Counter
Display Board Assembly, or open connections
between the Display Board Assembly and the Low
Frequency Counter Board Assembly.
4. Failure of the current-source transistor(s) in the
applicable digit drive output(s) from U6.
Display shows a count of 777215 and two
1. Failure of I/O expander and timer U10.
random numerals.
2. Failure of Reset circuit Q26, Q27, and Q28.
Change 1 B-14
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
8443 Low Frequency Counter Troubleshooting (CHANGE 9)
Symptom
Displayed number does not agree with
actual input frequency. Digital outputs
from U10 and/or U11 also erroneous
.
Probable Cause
1. If the digital outputs from both U10 and U11 are in
error, the fault can be in U7, U8, U9, or U10. To
eliminate U8 and U9, ground test points TP1, TP2,
TP3, and TP4; then look at the address data bus
during the negative-going PSEN output from U7 pin 9.
The signals on the bus should appear as distinct
highs and lows. If, instead, the bus seems to be
floating, there is probably a failure in U9.
2. If the bus appears normal, and there doesn’t seem to
be anything wrong with U8 or U9 at this point, the
problem could be in U7. To check U7, ground the
four control input test points, TP1 through TP4, just as
in step I above. With the test points grounded, the
display should count from 00000000 through
99999999, showing decimal points with the even
numbers. Following the count of 99999999, the
display should blank momentarily, exhibit the fourcharacter group shown below for two to five
seconds, again blank momentarily, then repeat the
entire cycle from the zeros display through the fourcharacter group. The display should continue to
cycle in this manner as long as test points TP1
through TP4 are-grounded. (Note that if the test
points are not solidly grounded to the 8443A chassis,
the cycle will stop on the four-character group.)
The presence of the four-character group shown
above is a fairly good indication that U7 is performing
most of its required functions, and that the problem is
most likely in U10. If a character group other than the
one shown above is displayed, microcomputer U7 is
the most likely suspect. Note that the signals for this
character group should also be available at the DIGI
TAL OUTPUT connector on the 8443A rear panel.
Digital outputs from U11 ports 4, 5, 6, and
7 missing or incorrect. Display is normal.
1. Failure of U 1.
Digital outputs from U10 ports B and C
missing or incorrect. Display is normal.
1. Partial failure of U10.
Change 1 B-15
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
+6 Volts Switching Circuitr Troubleshooting (CHANGE 9)
Symptom
Zero dc at switch output test point TP4
with a steady +6 volts at input test
point TP2.
Probable Cause
1. Series switching transistor Q1 open.
2. Failure of control transistor Q2.
3. Failure of comparator U1A or U1B.
4. Zener diode VR1 open.
5. Capacitor C1 shorted.
6. Diode CR1 shorted.
Voltage at switch output test point TP4
is less than +5.5 volts with a steady +6 volts
at input test point TP2.
1. Partial failure of series transistor Q1or control
transistor Q2.
2. Partial failure of comparator U1A or U1B.
Switch fails to open with a significant
reduction of the input voltage level.
1. Zener diode VR1 shorted.
Change 1 B-16
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-38A. A1A1, Low Frequency Counter Board Assembly, Components (CHANGE 9)
Change 1 B-17
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-38B. A1A2, Counter Display Board Assembly, Components (CHANGE 9)
Figure 8-38C. A1A3, +6V Switched Board Assembly, Components (CHANGE 9)
Change 1 B-18
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. 8443A/B Replaceable Parts (CHANGE 10)
Reference
Designation
HP Part
Number
C
D
Qty
A6
18443-60047
8
1
A6C1
A6C2
A6C3
A6C4
A6C5
A6C6
A6C7
A6C8
A6C9
A6C10
A6C11
A6C12
A6C13
A6C14
A6C15
A6C16
A6C17
A6CIB
A6C19
A6C20
A4C21
A6C22
A6C23
A6C24
A6C25
A6C26
A6C27
A6C29
A6C29
A6C30
A6C31
A6C32
A6C33
A6C34
AhC35
A6C36
A6CR1
A6CR2
A6CR3
A6CR4
A6CR5
A6CR6
A6CR7
A6CR8
A6CR9
A6CR10
A6CR11
A6CR12
A6CR13
A6CR14
A6CR15
A6J1
A6J2
A6LI
A6L2
A6L3
A6L4
A6L5
A6L6
A6L7
A6L8
A6L9
A6L10
A6L11
A6L12
A6MP1
A6Q1
A6Q2
A6Q3
A6Q4
A6Q5
0160-2327
0160-2327
0180-0376
0180-0197
0160-2930
0160-2930
0160-2327
0160-2327
0180-0197
0180-0376
0180-0197
0180-0116
0160-2930
0160-2930
0160-3877
0160-2327
0160-0376
1810-0197
0180-0376
0160-2938
0180-0197
0100-0376
0180-0197
0160-2327
0160-3079
0160-2327
0160-2327
0160-2327
0180-0197
0160-3879
0160-2204
0160-3879
0160-3987
0160-3879
0160-3877
0160-3879
1901-0047
1901-0047
1901-I518
1901-0518
1901-0743
1901-0047
1901-0047
1901-0047
1911-0519
1901-0047
1901-0539
1901-0539
1901-0039
1991-0039 a
1901-0539
1250-1194
1250-1194
9100-1616
9100-1616
9100-1630
9100-1623
9100-1616
9100-1616
8
8
5
8
9
9
8
8
8
5
8
1
9
9
5
8
5
8
5
9
8
5
8
8
7
8
8
8
8
7
0
7
7
7
5
7
8
8
8
8
1
8
8
8
8
8
3
3
8
8
3
7
7
9
9
7
8
9
9
9
9100-1616
9110-1611
9100-1611
9100-1611
9100-1L30
0443-20041
1954-0345
1854-0345
1954-0071
1853-0020
1854-0019
9
4
4
4
7
8
8
8
7
4
3
5
7
5
1
2
6
1
6
3
1
3
2
3
5
2
1
3
1
2
1
1
3
Description
HIGH FREQUENCY DECADE ASSEMBLY
(8443A ONLY)
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .47UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF +-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .47UF +-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF +-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 6.8UF +-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-20% 200VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .47UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .47UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +80-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .47UF+-10% 35VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 10VDC-CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 1000PF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 2.2UF+-10% 20VDC TA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-5% 300VDC MICA
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD 100PF +-20% 200VDC CER
CAPACITOR-FXD .01UF +-20% 100VDC CER
DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS
DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS
DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY
DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY
DIODE-PWR RECT 1N4004 400V 1A DO-41
DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS
DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS
DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS
DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY
DIODE-SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS
DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY
DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY
DIODE-SWITCHING 50V 300MA OHM
DIODE-SWITCHING 50V 300MA OHM
DIODE-SM SIG SCHOTTKY
CONNECTOR-RF SM-SLD M SGL-HOLE-FR 50-OHM
CONNECTOR-RF SM-SLD M SGL-HOLE-FR 50-OHM
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1.5UH 10%
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1.5UH 10%
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 51UH 5% .166DX.385LG
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 27UH 5% .166DX.385LG
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1.5UH 10%
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1.5UH 10%
COIL-,05UH (P.C. BOARD TRACE)
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 1.5UH 10%
INDUCTOR RF-CH-NLD 220NH 20%
INDUCTOR RF-CH-NLD 220NH 20%
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 220NH 20%
INDUCTOR RF-CH-MLD 51UH 5% .166DX.385LG
COVER-HF DECADE ASSEMBLY
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO-72 PD-200MW
TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO-72 PD-200MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD=300MW FT=200MHZ
TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD=300MW FT=150MHZ
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-1B PD=360MW
Change 1 B-19
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
28480
08443-60047
51642
51642
56289
56289
28480
28480
51642
51642
56299
56299
56289
56289
28490
28480
29480
51642
56289
56289
56289
28480
56289
56289
56289
51642
29400
51642
51642
51642
56299
28480
28490
29480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
29480
29480
29480
01295
28480
29480
29480
28490
28480
29490
29480
28480
28480
29490
29490
29480
29840
28480
29480
29480
29480
29480
150-110-x5R-102M
150-110-X5R-to2M
150D474X9035A2
150D225X9020A2
0160-2930
0160-2930
150-110-XSR-102H
150-110-X5R-102M
150D225X9020A2
150D474X9035A2
150D225X9120A2
150Db85X903592
0160-2930
0160-2930
0160-3877
150-110-XsR-102H
150D474X9035A2
150D225X902oA2
150D474X9035A2
0160-2930
150D225X9020A2
150D474X9035A2
150D225X9020A2
150-110-XSR-102M
0160-3879
150-110-XSR-tO2H
150-110-X5R-102M
150-110-XSR-102H
150D225X9020A2
0160-3979
0160-2204
0160-3879
0160-3879
0160-3979
0160-3877
0160-3879
1901-0047
1901-0047
1901-0518
1901-1518
1N4004
1901-0047
1901-0047
1901-0047
1901-0518
1901-0047
1901-0539
1901-0539
1901-0039
1901-0039
1901-0539
1250-1194
1250-1194
9100-1616
9100-1616
9100-1630
9100-1623
9100-1616
9100-1616
28480
28480
28480
28490
28480
29480
04713
04713
29480
29480
28480
9100-1616
9100-1611
9100-1611
9100-1611
9100-1630
08443-20041
2N5179
2N5179
1954-0071
1953-0020
1854-0019
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. 8443A/B Replaceable Parts (CHANGE 10)
Reference
Designation
A6Q6
A6Q7
A6R1
A6R2
A6R3
A6R4
A6R5
A6R6
A6R7
A6R8
A6R9
A6R10
A6R11
A6R12
A6R13
A6R14
A6R15
A6R16
A6R17
A6R18
A6R19
A6R20
A6R21
A6R22*
A6R23
A6R24*
A6R25
A6R26
A6R27
A6R28
A6R29
A6R30
A6R31
A6R32
A6R33
A6R34
A6R35
A6R36
A6R37
A6R38
A6TP1
A6TP2
A6TP3
A6TP4
A6TP5
AbTP6
A6TP7
A6TP8
A6U1
A6U2
A6U3
A6U4
AbU5
A6VR1
A6VR2
A6BR3
A6W1
HP Part
Number
1854-0019
1854-0019
0698-7229
0757-0395
0757-0442
0698-7229
0757-0395
0757-0442
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0438
0757-0441
0757-0440
0698-3151
0698-3151
069s-0083
0757-0405
0698-3434
0698-3444
0698-0083
0757-0279
1757-0405
0698-3434
0757-0416
0698-3429
0698-3447
0698-0803
0757-0395
0698-7236
0698-7236
0698-7236
0757-0442
0698-0083
0698-7236
0698-7236
0698-7236
0698-7236
0698-7236
0757-0438
08443-00041
08443-00041
1250-1194
1251-0600
1251-0610
1251-0600
1251-0600
1251-0600
1820-0820
18200802
1820-1383
1920-1052
1810-1204
1902-1291
1902-0048
1902-0048
08443-60056
C
D
3
3
8
1
9
8
1
9
3
3
3
3
7
7
7
7
8
4
9
1
8
0
4
9
7
2
4
8
1
7
7
7
9
8
7
7
7
7
7
3
6
6
7
0
0
0
0
o
3
1
5
5
6
8
1
1
9
Qty
3
3
3
5
2
2
4
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
8
2
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
Description
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD-360MW
TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO-18 PD-360MW
RESISTOR 511 1% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 511 1% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 7.5K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 2.87K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 162 I% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 34,8 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 316 1% .125W F TC-0*-00
RESISTOR 1.96K I% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 3.16K 1%.125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 162 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 34.8 1% .125W F TC-O*-10
RESISTOR 511 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 19.6 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 422 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 56.2 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 10K I% .t25W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1.96K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 1K 1% .05W F TC=0+-100
RESISTOR 5.11K 1% .125W F TC=0+-100
TEST POINT CONNECTOR
TEST POINT CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR-RF SM-SLD M SGL-HOLE-FR 50-OHM
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ
CONNECTOR-SGL CONT PIN 1.14-MM-BSC-SZ SQ
IC FF ECL J-BAR K-BAR CON CLOCK DUAL
IC QUAD 2 INPUT NOR
IC CNTR ECL BCD POS-EDGE-TRIG
IC XLTR ECL ECL-TO-TTL QUAD 2-INP
NETWORK-RES 8-SIP1.0K OHM X 7
DIODE-ZNR 1N5338B 5.1V 5% PD=5W IR=1UA
DIODE-ZNR 6.81V 5% DO-35 PD=.4W
DIODE-ZNR 6.81V 5% DO-35 PD=.4W
CABLE ASSEMBLY-RF, TIME BASE INPUT
Change 1 B-20
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
29480
28480
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
03888
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
24546
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
04713
04713
04713
04713
01121
04713
28480
28480
29480
1854-0019
1854-0019
C3-1/8-T0-511R-G
C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C3-1/8-TO-511R-G
C3-1/8-TO-56R2-F
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-5111-F
C4-1/8-TO-7501-F
C4-1/8-TO-7501-F
C4-1/8-TO-2971-F
C4-1/8-TO-2871-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-162R-F
C4-1/8-TO-34R8-F
C4-1/8-TO-316R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-3161-F
C4-1/8-TD-162R-F
C4-1/8-TO-34RB-F
C4-1/8-TO-511R-F
PME55-1/8-TO-19R6-F
C4-1/8-TO-422R-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C4-1/8-TO-56R2-F
C3-1/-TO-1001-C
C3-1/8-T0-I001-C
C3-1/8-TO-1001-G
C4-1/8-TO-1002-F
C4-1/8-TO-1961-F
C3-1/8-T0-1001-G
C3-1/8-TO-1001-G
C3-1/8-T0-l001-G
C3-1/8-TO-1001-C
C3-1/8-TO-1001-C
C4-1/B-TO-5111-F
08443-00041
08443-00041
1250-1194
1251-0600
1251-0600
1251-0600
1251-0600
1251-0600
MC10135L
MC10102P
MC10138L
MC10125L
20A102
1N53388
1902-0048
1902-0048
08443-60056
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
P/O Figure 8-31. Counter Section Logic Diagram (High Frequency Decade Portion) (CHANGE 10)
Change 1 B-21
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SERVICE SHEET 8 (CHANGE 10)
High Frequency Decade Assembly A6 supplies a fourline BCD representation of the Tracking Generator
frequency to the Low Frequency Counter. It also
furnishes an end-of-count signal to Time Base Assembly
A5. If the High Frequency Decade does not supply a
correct BCD count to the Low Frequency Counter, the
counter display shows an incorrect frequency. Test
points on all four BCD outputs from the High Frequency
Decade enable you to check for their presence. There is
also a test point for the end-of-count output. To
troubleshoot the High Frequency Decade successfully,
you must be familiar with its circuits and with digital
troubleshooting techniques.
Decade
The High Frequency Decade Assembly uses timing
signals from Time Base Assembly A5 and divide-by-ten
counter to convert the RF supplied to the counter section
into four-line BCD (1-2-4-8) and end-of-count outputs.
The BCD drives Low Frequency Counter Assembly A1,
and the end-of-count output is fed to the timing circuits
on A5.
When the High Frequency Decade is operating properly,
and
the Spectrum
Analyzer
and
Tracking
Generator/Counter controls are set as shown below, the
BCD outputs to the Low Frequency Counter Assembly
should appear as shown in Figure SS8-1. Connect
oscilloscope channels A, B, C, and D to A6 assembly
test points TP4, TP5, TP6, and TP7 respectively. Initial
Control Setting (for waveform SS8-1)
Spectrum Analyzer (setting of controls not listed is
unimportant)
SCAN WIDTH PER DIVISION ....................... 10 MHz
SCAN WIDTH .....................................PER DIVISION
FREQUENCY ................................................ 10 MHZ
SCAN TIMER PER DIVISION......................... 1 msec
SCAN MODE ........................................................ INT
SCAN TRIGGER...............................................AUTO
Tracking Generator/Counter
MODE ....................................................SCAN HOLD
RESOLUTION................................................. 100 Hz
MARKER CONTROL knob .........................Pulled out
Oscilloscope
SYNC ........................................................ INTERNAL
TIME/DIV ........................................................ 2 msec
VOLTS/DIV ............................................................0.2
SLOPE ........................................................................
TRIGGER.............................................................ACF
Input Amplifier and Switching Matrix
Input RF amplifier Q1-Q2 provides flat amplification of
signals with frequencies up to 120 MHz. Inductors L10
and L11 peak the gain at the high frequency end of the
bandpass. Resistor R22 in the emitter circuit of Q2 is
selected for a value that enables a nominal -18 dBm
signal to toggle count-enable switch (NOR gate) U2A.
The value of R24 is selected to provide a dc level at pin 4
of U2A that is -1.30 volts with no signal input.
Diodes CR1 through CR4 and CR6 through CR10 make
up a switching matrix for the input RF signal. When the
front-panel MODE switch is set to MARKER or SCAN
HOLD, the switch inputs forward bias switching diodes
CR1, CR4, CR6, and CR9, while back biasing CR2,
CR3, CR7, CR8, and CR10. This allows the input RF
signal to be coupled through C3, CR1, CR6, C17, and L9
to the base of RF amplifier transistor Q1. When the
MODE switch is set to EXTERNAL, the bias on the
switching diodes is the exact opposite of what it is for the
MARKER and SCAN HOLD modes: diodes CR1, CR4,
CR6, and CR9 are now back biased, while CR2, CR3,
CR7, CR9, and CR10 are forward biased. Thus the
internal RF signal is passed to Q1.
Input Amplifier and Switching Matrix Test Procedure
Connect a 1 MHz source at +10 dBm to the 8443A
COUNTER INPUT and set the 8443A MODE switch to
EXTERNAL. Connect the oscilloscope Channel A input
to the base of Q1, the Channel B input to the base of Q2,
and the Channel C input to pin 4 of U2. Set the
oscilloscope VOLTS/DIV to .2 for each channel and the
TIME/DIV to 1 µsec. Trigger INT, ACF, and SLOPE +.
The displayed waveforms should be as shown in Figure
SS8-2.
If the Channel A waveform is present, but the Channel B
and Channel C waveforms are not, check transistor Q1
and its associated components. If waveforms A and B
are present, but C is not, check transistor Q2 and its
associated components.
If all the waveforms are
present, do the Gate Toggle Translator and Main Gate
Flip-Flop Test Procedure described on this Service
Sheet.
Gate Toggle Translator and Main Gate Flip-Flop
Main gate flip-flop U11 is clocked by the gate toggle input
from Time
Base Assembly A5.
This input is a
periodically interrupted series of square waves with a
repetition rate (in a single series) of 1 kHz, 100 Hz, or 10
Hz, selectable with the front-panel RESOLUTION switch.
It Is developed in the A5 assembly decade counter, and
is started and stopped by the A5 assembly time base flipflop.
Change 1 B-22
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SERVICE SHEET 8 (CHANGE 10) (Cont’d)
In the MARKER and SCAN HOLD modes of operation,
the time base flip-flop starts the gate toggle square
waves shortly after (less than 250 microseconds) the
spectrum analyzer scan ramp is stopped at the
frequency point set with the MARKER POSITION control.
(The scan ramp is stopped by a signal fed to the
spectrum analyzer from 8443A Marker Control Assembly
A7.) The end-of-count output from the High Frequency
Decade Assembly signals the end of the counting period.
It is used to clock the time base flip-flop in A5 into the
opposite state and thus stop the gate toggle square
waves.
Gate Toggle Translator. The gate toggles is fed to U1
through a gate toggle translator circuit. This circuit
inverts the gate toggle input and translates it from a TTL
level to the ECL level required by U1. The translator
consists of a comparator circuit, Q6-Q7, and an emitter
follower, Q5. In addition to translating the gate toggle
level, the comparator is a temperature compensation
device. For this purpose, the base of comparator
transistor Q7 is driven by a temperature-compensating
dc voltage (VBB) output from pin 1 of the output level
translators IC, U4.
This dc voltage is also the
noninverting input to each output level translator. Any
ambient temperature change that affects the input
requirements of main gate flip-flop U1 and the output
levels from divide-by-10 counter U3 also causes a
corresponding change in the VBB level applied to the
base of Q7 and the non-inverting inputs of the output
level translators.
The gate toggle translator then
changes the translated gate toggle signal level to
compensate for the temperature-induced change in the
clock input requirement of U1. Simultaneously, the level
change at the noninverting inputs of the output level
translators compensates for temperature-induced
changes in the output levels from U3.
Main Gate Flip-Flop. Flip-flop U1 is connected so that
its output state reverses each time a positive-going gate
toggle pulse transition is applied to its clock input, pin 9.
(Because the gate toggle input is inverted in translator
Q5-Q6, the positive-going transitions that clock U1 are
the negative-going transitions at the gate toggle input to
the A6 board assembly.) The frequency counting period
starts when output pin 2 of U1 is clocked low. It ends
when the next positive-going transition at U1 pin 9 clocks
U1 pin 2 high and U1 pin 3 low.
The duration of the counting period depends on the
frequency of the gate toggle input, which in turn depends
on the setting of the front-panel RESOLUTION switch. If
the RESOLUTION switch is set to 1 kHz, the positivegoing transitions at the clock input to U1 are 1
millisecond apart; therefore, the counting period (the
period when U1 pin 2 is low) has a duration of 1
millisecond. For a RESOLUTION selection of 100 Hz,
the counting period is 10 milliseconds, and for 10 Hz it is
100 milliseconds.
The length of the interval between counting periods
depends on the mode in which the 8443A is being
operated. In the MARKER mode, the spectrum analyzer
scan ramp is allowed to continue when the counting
period is over, and a new counting period is initiated on
the next ramp. In the SCAN HOLD mode, the scan ramp
is not allowed to continue when the counting period
ends; the preliminary operations to set up a new counting
period start immediately. Thus, in the SCAN HOLD
mode, the counting periods are continual, separated only
by the transfer and reset periods. If the 8443A is being
operated in the EXTERNAL mode, the counting periods
are separated by the combined widths of the transfer and
reset pulses, a 200-millisecond delay, and the very short
period required to start a new gate toggle output from
Time Base Assembly A5.
Count Enable Switch. Count enable switch U2A is a
NOR gate which switches the RF input through to U3 pin
12 (G1) during the count period, and blocks it at all other
times. The dc level at input pin 4 of U2A is fixed at -1.30
volts; the other input, pin 5, follows the pin 2 output of
main gate flip-flop U1. The enabling condition for U2A is
both inputs low (in this regard, it functions as a negativelogic NAND gate). Thus, when U1 pin 2 is high, U2A
blocks the RF input. When pin 2 of U1 is clocked low,
U2A passes the RF to U3 where it toggles the G1 (pin
12) input at the RF rate.
End-of-Count Translator. Transistors Q3 and Q4, and
their associated components make up the end-of-count
translator circuit. The end-of-count signal is the low
output from U1 pin 3, which occurs when U1 pin 2 is
clocked high to end the counting period. The purpose of
this circuit is to translate the ECL level of the U1 output
into the TTL level required to drive the associated
circuitry on Time Base Assembly A5.
Gate Toggle Translator and Main Gate Flip-Flop Test
Procedure Set the 8443A MODE switch to MARKER and
the RESOLUTION switch to 100 Hz. Set the spectrum
analyzer SCAN TIME PER DIVISION to 1
MILLISECOND. Synchronize the oscilloscope to the
spectrum analyzer scan, triggered on + slope, ACF. The
waveforms you should obtain under these conditions at
five points in the gate toggle signal path are shown in
Figure SS8-3. Set the oscilloscope VOLTS/DIV as
indicated in the illustration for each waveform.
Change 1 B-23
NOTE
These tests are valid only if Time
Base Assembly A5 is operating
properly.
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
SERVICE SHEET 8 (CHANGE 10) (Cont’d)
If you obtain waveforms 1 and 2 (Q6 base, QS5emitter),
but are unable to obtain waveforms 3, 4, and 5 (U1 pin 2,
U1 pin 3, and TP2), U1 is probably defective.
were at the last count. Before a new counting period
starts, however, the reset input returns all four outputs to
zero.
If you obtain waveform 1, but cannot get waveform 2,
check transistors Q5 and Q6, and the components
associated with them.
Output Level Translators. The outputs from the divideby-10 counter are positive logic at ECL levels, while the
requirements of the Low Frequency Counter are for
negative logic at TTL levels. Therefore, the output level
translators (U4A-D) have two primary functions: first, to
invert the divide-by-10 counter outputs to convert them to
negative logic, and second, to shift the outputs to TTL
levels to make them conform to the Low Frequency
Counter requirements.
If you obtain the first four waveforms, but get an
abnormal indication for the fifth (at TP2), transistor Q3 or
Q4 or an associated component is probably defective.
If the gate toggle input (waveform 1) is missing, try
grounding test point TP2 on Time Base Assembly A5.
Grounding A5TP2, in effect, provides a continuous count
trigger. It should produce a square wave gate toggle
input with a repetition rate that is much higher than the
normal gate toggle, but which can be used to check the
gate toggle signal path circuitry. You should note,
however, that if grounding A5TP2 is necessary to
produce a signal at the gate toggle input to the High
Frequency Decade Assembly, there is very likely a
problem with the count trigger output of Marker Control
Assembly A7.
Divide-By-10 Counter and Output Level Translators
Reset Input and Reset Translator. The reset input to
the High Frequency Decade Assembly resets divide-by10 counter U3 to zero before each counting period. It is
a positive-going pulse approximately 50 microseconds
wide.
Its leading edge starts less than 200
microseconds after the scan ramp in the spectrum
analyzer is stopped, coincidently with the negative-going
count trigger supplied by Marker Control Assembly A7 to
Time Base Assembly A5.
In the resistive voltage divider network of R38, R11, and
R12, the reset pulse is translated from the TTL level at
which is received to the ECL level required by the
counter. About one microsecond after the end of the
reset pulse, the decade counters in Time Base Assembly
A5 start generating the gate toggle square waves that
clock main gate flip-flop U1.
(See Gate Toggle
Translator and Main Gate Flip-Flop circuit description on
this Service Sheet.) When the dc level at pin 2 of NOR
gate U2A is clocked high to start the counting period, the
RF passed through U2A starts toggling the clock 1 (GI)
input (pin 12) to divide-by-10 counter U3.
Divide-By-10 Counter. Divide-by-10 counter U3 divides
the RF input to provide the four-line BCD (1-2-4-8)
required to drive the Low Frequency Counter. Because
of the way the counter is connected, the BCD 8 output
from U3 pin 2 is one-tenth the input RF rate. At the end
of every 10th RF input cycle to pin 12, the count starts
over again at 1. At the end of the counting period, the
RF input stops and the counter outputs remain as they
The output level translators integrated circuit (IC)
package, U4, contains a temperature-compensating dc
reference supply (VBB), which maintains the IC outputs
at a constant level.
This supply
responds
to
environmental temperature changes by altering the dc
reference level sufficiently to cancel any level shifts that
would otherwise be incurred in the IC circuitry as a result
of the temperature variations.
The temperature-compensating dc reference (VBB) is
available at pin 1 of U4. It is connected to the
noninverting inputs of the level translators to compensate
for temperature-induced variations in the counter output
levels. It also drives comparator transistor Q7 in the gate
toggle translator. In this instance, changes in the VBB
level cause comparator Q6-Q7 to shift the gate toggle
level in accordance with temperature-induced changes in
the U1clock input level requirement.
Divide-By-10 Counter and Output Level Translators
Test Procedure Check for the reset pulses with the
oscilloscope at Motherboard socket XA6 pin 9, or at the
junction of C15 and R38. The reset pulses should be
positive-going, three to four volts in amplitude.
Set the 8443A controls for operation in the MARKER
mode at 100 Hz RESOLUTION. Set the spectrum
analyzer SCAN TIME PER DIVISION to 1 msec.
Connect the oscilloscope channel A, B, C, and D inputs
to output test points 4, 5, 6, and 7 respectively on the
High Frequency Decade Assembly. Set the oscilloscope
TIME/DIV to 5 msec and the VOLTS/DIV to .5 for all four
channels. The oscilloscope display should appear as
shown in Figure SS8-4.
If the oscilloscope display shows a malfunction, and the
input RF amplifier (Q1-Q2) circuits and main gate flipflop (U1) are functioning normally, the problem is in NOR
gate U2A, counter U3, or in the output level translators
IC, U4. If only one output is missing, the problem is most
likely a defective output level translator in U4. If all the
outputs are missing, either U2 or U3 could be at fault.
Change 1 B-24
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure SS8-1. Output Waveforms, SCAN HOLD Mode (CHANGE 10)
Figure SS8-2. RF Amplifier Waveforms (CHANGE 10)
Change 1 B-25
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure SS8-3. Gate Toggle, Count Enable, and End-of-Count Waveforms (CHANGE 10)
Figure SS84. Output Waveforms, MARKER Mode (CHANGE 10)
Change 1 B-26
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Figure 8-36. A6, High Frequency Decade Assembly, Cover and Components (CHANGE 10)
Change 1 B-27
TM 11-6625-2858-14 & P
Table 6-3. Replaceable Parts (CHANGE 12)
Reference
Designation
HP Part
Number
C
D
A15
A1SC1
A15C2
A15C3
A15C4
0844360118
0170-0040
0170-0040
0160-3453
0160-3453
4
9
9
3
3
A15C5
A15C6
0160-3453
0160-3453
3
3
A1SCR1
A15CR2
A15CR3
A15CR4
A15CR5
1901-0200
1901-0200
1901-0200
1901-0200
1901-0743
5
5
5
5
1
A15CR6
A15CR7
A1SF1
A15F2
A15F3
1901-0743
1902-3002
2110-0001
2110-0001
2110-0002
1
3
8
8
9
A15F4
A15Q1
A1SR1
A15R2
A15R3
2110-0001
1853-0007
0812-0012
0698-0084
0757-0833
8
7
7
9
2
A15XF1
A15XF2
A15XF3
A15XF4
2110-0269
2110-0269
2110-0269
2110-0269
0
0
0
0
Qty
1
2
4
4
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
8
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
BOARD ASSY: RECTIFIER
C:FXD MY 0.047 UF 10% 200VDCW
C:FXD MY 0.047 UF 10% 200VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
28480
56289
56289
56289
56289
08443-60118
192P47392-PTS
192P47392-PTS
C023A101L503ZS25-CD4
C023A101L503Z525-CD4
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
C:FXD CER 0.05 UF +80-20% 100VDCW
56289
56289
C023A101L503ZS25-CD4
C023A101L503ZS25-CD4
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 100 PIV 3A
DIODE:SILICON 1A 400 PIV
02735
02735
02735
02735
28480
IN4998
IN4998
IN4998
IN4998
1901-0743
DIODE:SILICON 1A 400 PIV
DIODE:ZENER 2.3V 5%
FUSE:1 AMP 250V FB
FUSE:1 AMP 250V FB
FUSE:2 AMP 250V FB
28480
28480
75915
75915
75915
1901-0743
1902-3002
312001.
312001.
312.002
FUSE:1 AMP 250V FB
TSTR:SI PNP 2N3251
R:FXD WW 18 OHM 5% 3W
R:FXD MET FLM 2.15K OHM 1% .120W
R:FXD MET FLM 5.11K OHM 1% .05W
75915
28480
28480
28480
28480
312001.
1853-0007
0812-012
0698-0084
0757-0833
CLIP:FUSE 0.250 IN DIA
CLIP:FUSE 0.250 IN DIA
CLIP:FUSE 0.250 IN DIA
CLIP:FUSE 0.250 IN DIA
91506
91506
91506
91506
6008-32CN
6008-32CN
6008-32CN
6008-32CN
Description
Change 1 B-28
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
Official:
ROBERT M. JOYCE
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with special mailing list.
E. C. MEYER
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
PIN: 049671-000